University of Groningen

The origin of war Dennen, J.M.G. van der

IMPORTANT NOTE: You are advised to consult the publisher's version (publisher's PDF) if you wish to cite from it. Please check the document version below. Document Version Publisher's PDF, also known as Version of record

Publication date: 1995

Link to publication in University of Groningen/UMCG research database

Citation for published version (APA): Dennen, J. M. G. V. D. (1995). The origin of war: the evolution of a male-coalitional reproductive strategy. s.n.

Copyright Other than for strictly personal use, it is not permitted to download or to forward/distribute the text or part of it without the consent of the author(s) and/or copyright holder(s), unless the work is under an open content license (like Creative Commons).

The publication may also be distributed here under the terms of Article 25fa of the Dutch Copyright Act, indicated by the “Taverne” license. More information can be found on the University of Groningen website: https://www.rug.nl/library/open-access/self-archiving-pure/taverne- amendment.

Take-down policy If you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim.

Downloaded from the University of Groningen/UMCG research database (Pure): http://www.rug.nl/research/portal. For technical reasons the number of authors shown on this cover page is limited to 10 maximum.

Download date: 29-09-2021 Bibliography

Abegglen, J.J. (1984) On Socialization in Hamadryas Baboons. Cranbury NJ: Assoc. Univ. Presses. Abler, T.S. (1991) Comment on Knauft’s ‘Violence and sociality in human evolution’. Current Anthropol., 32, 4, pp. 409-10. Abraham, H.D. (1983) Inching towards Armageddon: A psychiatric view. Paper Symposium ‘Not Just An Ordinary Nightmare’, Yale Univ. School of Med., Feb. Abraham, K. (1955) Dreams and myths: A Study in folk-psychology. In: H.C. Abraham (Ed.) Clinical Papers and Essays on PsychoAnalysis. London: Hogarth, pp. 151- 209. Abruzzi, W.S. (1982) Ecological theory and ethnic differentiation among human populations. Current Anthropol., 23, 1, pp. 13-21. Ackerman, N.W. & M. Jahoda (1950) Anti-Semitism and Emotional Disorder. New York: Harper. Acuña, C. de (1639) Nuevo descubrimiento del gran Rio de las Amazonas, etc. Madrid (English transl. London: Hakluyt Society, 1859). Adair, J. (1775) The History of the American Indians: Particularly Those Nations Adjoining to the Mississippi, East and West Florida, Georgia, South and North Carolina, and Virginia. London: E. & C. Dilly. Adalbert von Preussen (1849) Travels of His Royal Highness Prince Adalbert of Prussia, in the South of Europe and in Brazil, with a Voyage up the Amazon and Xingu. 2 Vols. London: Seeley & Service. Adams, D.B. (1983) Why there are so few women warriors. Behav. Sci. Res., 18, 3, pp. 196-212. Adams, R.N. (1975) Energy and Structure: A Theory of Social Power. Austin: Univ. Texas Press. Adamson, T. (1926-27) Manuscript on Chehalis ethnology. Seattle: Univ. Washington Library. Adang, O.M.J. (1985) Teasing, Harassment, Provocation: The Development of Quasi- Aggressive Behaviour in Chimpanzees. PhD., Univ. Utrecht. Adhikary, A.K. (1984) Society and World View of the Birhor: A Nomadic Hunting and Gathering Community of Orissa. Calcutta: Anthropol. Survey of India. Adler, A. (1908) Der Aggressionstrieb im Leben und in der Neurose. Fortschritte der Medizin, 26, pp. 577-84. Agostini, J. (1900) Arioi. Revue d’Ethnographie et des Traditions Populaires, vol. 8. Agrawal, B.C.; P.C.G. Reddy & N.S. Rao (1984) Determinants of cultural adaptation in the process of change: A case of Yanadi. Man in India, 64, june, pp. 133-42. Aho, J.A. (1982) Religious Mythology and the Art of War: Comparative Religious Symbolisms of Military Violence. Westport: Greenwood Press. Aiello, L.C. (1981) Locomotion in the Miocene hominoidea. In: Stringer (Ed.), pp. 63-98. Aiello, L.C. (1993) The fossil evidence for modern human origins: A revised view. Amer. Anthropol., 95, pp. 73-96. Aiello, L.C. & R.I.M. Dunbar (1993) Neocortex size, group size, and the evolution of language. Current Anthropol., 34, pp. 184-93. Ailio, J. (1911): Elämästä Suomessa N. 4000 V. Sitten. Helsinki: Kansanval-seuran Kalenteri. Ainsworth, M.D. (1973) The development of infant-mother attachment. In: B.M. Caldwell & H.N. Ricciuti (Eds.) Review of Child Development Research. Vol. 3. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Alba, G.H. de (1946) The Highland tribes of southern Colombia. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 2, pp. 915-60. Alba, G.H. de (1948) The Achagua and their neighbors. In: Steward (Ed.), vol. 4, pp. 399- 402. Albert, B. (1989) Yanomami ‘violence’: Inclusive fitness or ethnographer’s representation? Current Anthropol., 30, 5, pp. 637-40. Albert, B. (1990) On Yanomami warfare: Rejoinder. Current Anthropol., 31, pp. 558-63. Albert, B. & A.R. Ramos (1989) Yanomami Indians and anthropological ethics. Sci., 244, p. 632. Albert, D.J.; M.L. Walsh & R.H. Jonik (1993) Aggression in humans: What is its biological foundation? Neurosci. & Biobehav. Rev., 17, 4, pp. 405-25. Albertis, L.M. D’ (1881) New Guinea: What I Did and What I Saw. London: Sampson, Low & Co. Albis, M.M. de (1934) Los Indios del Andaqui. Memoria de un viajero. Bol. Estud. Hist. Pasto, 6, 61 & 62. Alcock, J. (1979) Animal Behaviour: An Evolutionary Approach. 2nd. ed. Sunderland: Sinauer. Alcock, N.Z. (1972) The War Disease. Ontario: CPRI Press. Alden, B. (Ed.) (1987) Native People, Native Lands. Ottawa: Carleton Univ. Press. Alderson, E.A.H. (1908) Lessons from 100 Notes Made in Peace and War. Aldershot. Aldrich-Blake, F.P.G. (1970) The Ecology and Behaviour of the Blue Monkey (Cercopithecus mitis stuhlmani). PhD., Univ. Bristol. Alexander, B.K. & E.M. Roth (1971) The effects of acute crowding on aggressive behavior of Japanese monkeys. Behav., 39, 2-4, pp. 73-90. Alexander, F.G. (1941) The psychiatric aspects of war and peace. Amer. J. Sociol., 66, pp. 504-20. Alexander, F.G. (1951) Our Age of Unreason: A Study of the Irrational Forces in Social Life. rev. ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott. Alexander, R.D. (1974) The evolution of social behavior. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 5, pp. 325-83. Alexander, R.D. (1977) Natural selection and the analysis of human sociality. Changing Scenes in the Natural Sciences, 12, pp. 283-337. Alexander, R.D. (1979) Darwinism and Human Affairs. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Alexander, R.D. (1987) The Biology of Moral Systems. New York: Aldine. Alexander, R.D. (1989) Evolution of the human psyche. In: Mellars & Stringer (Eds.), pp. 455-513. Alexander, R.D. (1990) How Did Humans Evolve: Reflections on the Uniquely Unique Species. Michigan Mus. Zool., Spec. Publ. 1. Alexander, R.D. & G. Borgia (1978) Group selection, altruism, and the levels of hierarchical organization of life. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 9, pp. 449-74. Alexander, R.D. & K.M. Noonan (1979) Concealment of ovulation, parental care, and human social evolution. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 436-53. Alexander, R.D. & D. Tinkle (Eds.) (1981) Natural Selection and Social Behavior: Recent Research and New Theory. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Alker, H.R. & P.G. Bock (1972) Propositions about international relations: Contributions from the international encyclopedia of the social sciences. In: J.A. Robinson (Ed.) Political Science Annual. New York: Bobbs Merrill, pp. 385-495. Alland, A. (1972) The Human Imperative. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Alland, A. (1973) Evolution and Human Behavior. 2nd ed. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Alland, A. (1980) To Be Human: An Introduction to Anthropology. New York: Wiley. Alland, A. (1985) Human Nature: Darwin’s View. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Allen, V.L. & D.B. Greenberger (1978) An aesthetic theory of vandalism. Crime & Delinquency, 24, 3, pp. 309-21. Allen, V.L. & D.A. Wilder (1975) Categorization, belief similarity, and intergroup discrimination. J. Person. Soc. Psychol., 32, 6, pp. 971-77. Allison, S.S. (1892): An account of the Similkameen Indians of British Columbia. J. Anthropol Inst., 21, pp. 305-18. Allport, G.W. (1954/1958) The Nature of Prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley; New York: Anchor Books. Allport, G.W. (1979) The Nature of Hatred. New York: Addison-Wesley. Almagor, U. (1977) Raiders and elders: A confrontation of generations among the Dassanetch. In: Fukui & Turton (Eds.), pp. 119-45. Almagor, U. (1978a) Pastoral Partners: Affinitiy and Bond Partnership among the Dassanetch of Southwest Ethiopia. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press. Almagor, U. (1978b) The ethos of equality among the Dassanetch age peers. In: P.T.W. Baxter & U. Almagor (Eds.) Age, Generation and Time. New York: Atheneum, pp. 69-93. Almeida Serra, R.F. de (1845) Parecer sobre o aldeamento dos Indios Uaicurús e Guanás, com e descripção dos seus usos, religião, estabilidade e costumes. Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brazil, 7, pp. 196-208. Altmann, S.A. (1956) Avian mobbing behavior and predator recognition. Condor, 58, 4, pp. 241-53. Altmann, S.A. (1962) A field study of the sociobiology of rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Annals, 102, pp. 338-435. Altmann, S.A. (Ed.) (1967/1974) Social Communication among Primates. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Altmann, S.A. & J. Altmann (1970) Baboon Ecology: African Field Research. Basel: S. Karger. Altum, J.B.T. (1868) Der Vogel und sein Leben. Münster; Niemann. Alverdes, F. (1935) The behavior of mammalian herds and packs. In: C. Murchison (Ed.) Handbook of Social Psychology. Worcester: Clark Univ. Press, pp. 185-203. Ammon, G. (1970) Gruppendynamik der Aggression. Berlin: Pinel. Ammon, O. (1893) Die natürliche Auslese beim Menschen. Jena: G. Fischer. Ammon, O. (1900) Die Gesellschaftsordnung und ihre natürlichen Grundlagen. Jena: G. Fischer. Anderson, C.M. (1981) Intertroop relations of the chacma baboon (Papio ursinus). Internat. J. Primatol., 2, 4, pp. 285-310. Anderson, J. (1850) The Semang and Sakai Tribes of the Malay Peninsula. London: Roy. Anthropol. Inst. Anderson, J. (1890) The Selungs of the Mergui Archipelago. London: Roy. Anthropol. Inst. Anderson, J.M. (1968) Discussion: Analysis of group composition. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 150-55. Anderson, J.R. (1980) Cognitive Psychology and its Implications. San Francisco: Freeman. Anderson, K. (1985) Commodity exchange and subordination: Montagnais-Naskapi and Huron women, 1600-1650. Signs, 11, 3, pp. 48-62. Andersson, C.J. (1857) Lake Ngami; Or Explorations and Discoveries During Four Years' Wanderings in the Wilds of South Western Africa. New York: Harper. Andersson, M. (1980) Why are there so many threat displays? J. Theoret. Biol., 86, 4, pp. 773-82. Andree, R. (1887) Die Anthropophagie. Berlin: Reimer. Andreski, S. (1954/1968) Military Organization and Society. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Andreski, S. (1964) Origins of war. In: Carthy & Ebling (Eds.), pp. 129-36. Angas, J.F. (1847-50) Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New-Zealand. 2 Vols. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Anglo, M. (1979) Man Eats Man: The Story of Cannibalism. London: Jupiter. Angst, W. (1975) Basic data and concepts on the social organization of Macaca fascicularis. In: Rosenblum (Ed.), Vol. 4, pp. 325-88. Angst, W. & D. Thommen (1977) New data and a discussion of infant killing in Old World monkeys and apes. Folia Primatol., 27, pp. 198-229. Annandale, N. & H.C. Robinson (1903) Fasciculi Malayenses: Anthropology. 2 Vols. London: Longmans Green. Anthony, R. (1917) La force et le droit. Paris: Alcan. Antropova, V.V. & V.G. Kuznetsova (1964) The Chukchi. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 799-835. Appelgren-Kivalo, H. (1911): Katsaus suomen muinaisuuteen. In: Oma Maa, Vol. 5, Porvoo. Apter, M.J. (1982) The Experience of Motivation: The Theory of Psychological Reversals. London: Academic Press. Apter, M.J. & K.C.P. Smith (1979) Sexual behaviour and the theory of psychological reversals. In: M. Cook & G. Wilson (Eds.) Love and Attraction. Oxford: Pergamon. Arambourg, C. et al. (1934) Les grottes paléolithiques des Beni Segoual (Algérie). Arch. l'Inst. Paléont. Hum. Mem., XIII. Archer, J. (1976) The organization of aggression and fear in vertebrates. In: Bateson & Klopfer (Eds.), Vol. 2, pp. 231-98. Archer, J. (1979) Behavioural aspects of fear. In: Sluckin (Ed.), pp. 56-85. Archer, J. (1988) The Behavioural Biology of Aggression. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Ardrey, R. (1961) African Genesis: A Personal Investigation into the Animal Origins and Nature of Man. New York: Dell. Ardrey, R. (1966) The Territorial Imperative: A Personal Inquiry into the Animal Origins of Property and Nations. New York: Atheneum. Ardrey, R. (1970) The Social Contract; A Personal Inquiry into the Evolutionary Sources of Order and Disorder. New York: Atheneum. Ardrey, R. (1976): The Hunting Hypothesis. New York: Atheneum. Arens, W. (1979) The Man-Eating Myth: Anthropology and Anthropophagy. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Argyle, M. & M. Cook (1976) Gaze and Mutual Gaze. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Armendia, Fray Nicolas (1890) Diario del viaje al Madre de Dios, 1884 y 1885. La Paz. Armstrong, E.A. (1947) Courtship and Display amongst Birds. London: Lindsay Drummond. Armstrong, W.E. (1928): Rossel Island. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Arnd, N. (n.d.) Kriegführung. Berlin: Staatliche Museen Preußischer Kulturbesitz, Museum für Völkerkunde, Abt. Südsee, No. 079. Arndt, P.P. (1940) Soziale Verhältnisse auf Ostflores, Adonare und Solor. Internat. Sammlung Ethnol. Monogr., 14, 2, pp. 1-251. Arnold, S.J. (1983) Sexual selection: The interface of theory and empiricism. In: Bateson (Ed.), pp. 67-107. Arnon, N.S. & W.W. Hill (1979) Santa Clara Pueblo. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 9, pp. 296-307. Aronson, E. (1992) Causes of prejudice. In: Baird & Rosenbaum (Eds.), pp. 111-24. Asch, M.I. (1981) Slavey. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 338-49. Ashmore, R.D. & F.K. Delboca (1976) Psychological approaches to understanding intergroup conflicts. In: P.A. Katz (Ed.) Toward the Elimination of Racism. New York: Pergamon, pp. 73-123. Ashmore, R.D. & F.K. Delboca (1981) Conceptual approaches to stereotypes and stereotyping. In: Hamilton (Ed.). Ashworth, A.E. (1968) The sociology of trench warfare, 1914-1918. Brit. J. Sociol., 19, 4, pp. 407-23. Atkinson, J.J. (1903) The Primal Law. New York: Century. Atkinson, J.J. (n.d.) Natives of New Caledonia (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al. 1915). Attali, J. (1981) Die kannibalische Ordnung. Frankfurt a.M.: Campus. Augustine, St. (413-26) De Civitate Dei (transl.: ‘The City of God’, Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1972). Ausenda, G. (Ed.) (1992) Effects of War on Society. San Marino: AIEP Editore. Austin, W.G. & S.S. Worchel (Eds.) (1979) The Social Psychology of Intergroup Relations. Monterey: Wadsworth. Axelrod, R. (1984) The Evolution of Cooperation. New York: Basic Books. Axelrod, R. & W.D. Hamilton (1981) The evolution of cooperation. Sci., 211, 4489, pp. 1390-96. Aylmer, L. (1911) The country between the Juba River and Lake Rudolf. Geograph. J. London, 38. Azara, F. de (1809) Voyages dans l'Amérique méridionale. 4 Vols. Paris: Tastu. Azevedo, W.L. D’ (1986) Washoe. In: Sturtevant & D’Azevedo (Eds.), Vol. 11, pp. 466- 98. Azevedo, W.L. D’ (1991) Washoe. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 366-70.

Baal, J. van (1966) Dema: Description and Analysis of Marind-Anim Culture (South New Guinea). The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Bacon, M.K.; I.L. Child & H. Barry (1963) A cross-cultural study of correlates of crime. J. Abnorm. Soc. Psychol., 66, pp. 291-300. Badcock, C.R. (1989) Oedipus in Evolution: A New Theory of Sex. Oxford: Blackwell. Badcock, C.R. (1991) Evolution and Individual Behaviour: An Introduction to Human Sociobiology. Oxford: Blackwell. Badcock, C.R. (1994) PsychoDarwinism: The New Synthesis of Darwin and Freud. New York: Harper Collins. Badrian, A. & N. Badrian (1984) Social organization of Pan paniscus in the Lomako Forest, Zaire. In: Susman (Ed.), pp. 325-46. Badrian, N.; A. Badrian & R.L. Susman (1981) Preliminary observations on the feeding behavior of Pan paniscus in the Lomako Forest of Central Zaire. Primates, 22, pp. 173-81. Baer, D. & D.L. McEachron (1982) A review of selected sociobiological principles: Application to hominid evolution I: The development of group social structure. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 5, 1, pp. 69-90. Baerends, G.P. (1956) Aufbau des tierischen Verhaltens. In: Handbuch der Zoologie, Bd. 8, 10 (3). Berlin: Springer Verlag. Baerends, G.P. (1960) Inleiding tot de ethologie. Haren: Syllabus Biol. Centrum. Baerends, G.P. (1970) De ethologie van de agressie. Intermediair, 6, 25, pp. 11-15, 51. Baerends, G.P. (1975) An evaluation of the conflict hypothesis as an explanatory principle for the evolution of displays. In: Baerends, Beer & Manning (Eds.), pp. 1-25. Baerends, G.P. (1976) The functional organization of behaviour. Anim. Behav., 24, 726- 38. Baerends, G.P.; C. Beer & A. Manning (Eds.) (1975) Function and Evolution in Behaviour. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Baerends, G.P.; R. Brouwer & H.T. Waterbolk (1955) Ethological studies on Lebistes reticulatus (Peters) I. An analysis of the male courtship pattern. Behav., 8, pp. 249- 334. Bagehot, W. (1872/1884) Physics and Politics: Thoughts on the Application of the Principles of ‘Natural Selection’ and ‘Inheritance’ to Political Society. London: Henry S. King & Co.; New York: Appleton. Bagshawe, F.J. (1924) The peoples of the Happy Valley (East Africa): The aboriginal races of Kondda Irangi. J. African Soc., 24, pp. 25-33; 117-30; 219-27; 328-47. Bahadur, K.P. (1977) Castes, Tribes and Cultures of India. 5 Vols. New Delhi: ESS Publications. Bahn, P.G. (1991) Is cannibalism too much to swallow? New Scientist, 27, pp. 38-40. Bahn, P.G. (1992) Cannibalism or ritual dismemberment? In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), p. 330. Bahn, P.G. & J. Vertut (1988) Images of the Ice Age. New York: Facts on File. Bahr, D.M. & D.L. Kozak (1991) Pima-Papago. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 287- 90. Bahuchet, S. (1983) Territoriality and values among the Aka Pygmies in the Central African Republic. Paper 3rd Internat. Conf. Hunters & Gatherers, Bad Homburg, June. Bailey, J. (1863) An account of the wild tribes of the Veddahs of Ceylon. Trans. Ethnol. Soc. London, New Ser., 2, pp. 278-320. Bailey, K.G. (1985) Phylogenetic regression and the problem of extreme aggression. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 8, 3, pp. 207-23. Bailey, K.G. (1987) Human Paleopsychology: Applications to Aggression and Pathological Processes. London: L. Erlbaum. Bailey, L.R. (1966) Indian Slave Trade in the Southwest: A Study of Slave-Taking and the Traffic of Indian Captives. Los Angeles: Westernlore Press. Bailey, R.C. (1991) The Behavioral Ecology of the Efe Pygmy Men in the Ituri Forest. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Bainton, R.H. (1960) Christian Attitudes toward War and Peace: An Historical Survey and Critical Re-Evaluation. London: Hodden & Stoughton. Baird, R.M. & S.E. Rosenbaum (Eds.) (1992) Bigotry, Prejudice and Hatred: Definitions, Causes and Solutions. Buffalo: Prometheus Books. Bakken, L.J. (1973) Land of the North Umpquas: Peaceful Indians of the West. Grants Pass OR: Te-Cum-Tom Publishers. Balandier, G. (1970) Political Anthropology. London: Penguin. Balandier, G. (1986) An anthropology of violence and war. Internat. Soc. Sci. J., 110, pp. 499-511. Baldus, H. (1931) Indianerstudien im nordöstlichen Chaco. Forschungen zur Völkerpsychologie, Bd. 11, Leipzig, pp. 1-230. Baldwin, G.C. (1965) The Warrior Apaches. Tucson: Dale Stuart King. Baldwin, J.D. & J.I. Baldwin (1976) The vocalizations of howler monkeys (Alouatta palliata) in Southwestern Panama. Folia Primatol., 26, pp. 81-108. Balee, W. (1984) The ecology of ancient Tupi warfare. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 241-65. Balikci, A. (1970) The Netsilik Eskimo. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Bancroft, H.H. (1875) The Native Races of the Pacific States of North America. Vol. 1: Wild Tribes. (5 Vols.) New York: Appleton. Bandi, H.G. et al. (1961) The Art of the Stone Age. London: Methuen. Bandura, A. (1973) Aggression: A Social Learning Analysis. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Bandura, A. (1976) Social learning analysis of aggression. In: E. Ribes-Inesta & A. Bandura (Eds.) Analysis of Delinquency and Aggression. Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum, pp. 203-32. Bandura, A. (1978) Learning and behavioral theories of aggression. In: I.L. Kutash et al. (Eds.) Violence: Perspective on Murder and Aggression. San Francisco: Jossey- Bass, pp. 29-57. Bandura, A. (1983) Psychological mechanisms of aggression. In: R.G. Geen & E. Donnerstein (Eds.) Aggression: Theoretical and Empirical Reviews. Vol. 1, New York: Academic Press, pp. 1-40. Bandura, A. (1986) Social Foundations of Thought and Action: A Social Cognitive Theory. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Bandura, A. & R.H. Walters (1959) Adolescent Aggression. New York: Ronald. Bannister, R.C. (1979/1988) Social Darwinism: Science and Myth in Anglo-American Thought. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press. Banton, M. (Ed.) (1961) Darwin and the Study of Society. London: Tavistock. Banton, M. (1983) Racial and Ethnic Competition. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Barash, D.P. (1975/1977/1982) Sociobiology and Behaviour. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Barash, D.P. (1979/1980) Sociobiology: The Whisperings Within. Evolution and Origin of Human Nature. New York: Penguin/; London: Souvenir Press. Barash, D.P. (1980) Human reproductive strategies: A sociobiological overview. In: Lockard (Ed.), pp. 143-64. Barash, D.P. (1986) The Hare and the Tortoise: Culture, Biology and Human Nature. New York: Viking. Barash, D.P. (1991) Introduction to Peace Studies. Belmont CA: Wadsworth. Barash, D.P. & J.E. Lipton (1985) The Caveman and the Bomb: Human Nature, Evolution, and Nuclear War. New York: McGraw-Hill. Baraza, C. (1713 et seq.) Lettres édifiantes et curieuses écrites des missions étrangères par quelques missionaires de la Compagnie de Jésus. 5 Vols. Paris: Hachette. Barclay, W.; K. Kumar & R.R. Simms (Eds.) (1976) Racial Conflict, Discrimination and Power: Historical and Contemporary Studies. New York: AMS Press. Barkow, J.H. (1973) Darwinian psychological anthropology: A biosocial approach. Current Anthropol., 14, pp. 373-88. Barkow, J.H. (1975) Prestige and culture: A biosocial interpretation. Current Anthropol., 16, pp. 553-72. Barkow, J.H. (1980) Sociobiology: Is this the new theory of human nature? In: A. Montagu (Ed.) Sociobiology Examined. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press, pp. 171-97. Barkow, J.H. (1991) Darwin, Sex and Status: Biological Approaches to Mind and Culture. Toronto: Univ. Toronto Press. Barkow, J.H.; L. Cosmides & J. Tooby (Eds.) (1992) The Adapted Mind: Evolutionary Psychology and the Generation of Culture. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Barkun, M. (1968) Law Without Sanctions: Order in Primitive Societies and the World Community. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Barkun, M. (1986) Crucible of the Millennium. Syracuse: Syracuse Univ. Press. Barlow, G.W. & J. Silverberg (Eds.) (1980) Sociobiology: Beyond Nature/Nurture? Boulder: Westview Press. Barnard, A. (1983) Contemporary hunter-gatherers: Current theoretical issues in ecology and social organization. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 12, pp. 193-214. Barnard, J. (1890) Aborigines of Tasmania. Melbourne: Austral. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Vol. II. Barnes, F.F. et al. (1987) Us and Them: The Psychology of Ethnonationalism. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Barnes, R.H. (1968) An Ethnographic Survey of Lomblen and Neighbouring Islands, Eastern Indonesia. Unpubl. Thesis, Univ. Oxford. Barnes, R.H. (1972) Solorese. In: LeBar (Ed.), pp. 91-93. Barnes, R.H. (1976) Solorese. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 2, pp. 75-100. Barnett, H.G. (1938) The nature and function of the potlatch. Amer. Anthropol., 40, pp. 349-58. Barnett, H.G. (1955) The Coast-Salish of British Columbia. Eugene: Univ. Oregon Press. Barnett, S.A. (1967) On the hazards of analogies between human aggression and aggression in other animals. Sci. Amer., 216, pp. 135-38; Reprint in: Montagu (Ed.), 1973, pp. 75-83 Barnett, S.A. (1979) Cooperation, conflict, crowding and stress: An essay on method. Interdisciplin. Sci. Rev., 4, pp. 106-31. Barnett, S.A. (1981) Models and morals: Biological images of Man. In: Brain & Benton (Eds.), 1991a, pp. 75-83. Barnett, S.A. (1983) Humanity and natural selection. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 4, pp. 35-51. Barnett, S.A. (1988/1989) Biology and Freedom: An Essay on the Implications of Human Ethology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Baron, R.A. (1977) Human Aggression: Perspectives in Social Psychology. New York: Plenum Press. Barrère, P. (1743) Nouvelle relation de la France équinoxiale, etc. Paris: Piget. Barrett, S.A. (1908) The ethnogeography of the Pomo and neighboring Indians. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 6, 1, pp. 1-332. Barry, P.S. (1991) Mystical Themes in Milk River Rock Art. Edmonton: Univ. Alberta Press. Barton, R.F. (1915) Ifugao law. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 15. Barton, R.F. (1930a) The Half-Way Sun: Life among the Headhunters of the Phillipines. New York: Brewer & Warren. Barton, R.F. (1930b) Hunting soul-stuff: The motive behind head-taking as practised by Ifugaos of the Phillipines. Asia, 30, pp. 188-95, 225-26. Barton, R.F. (1949) The Kalingas: Their Institutions and Custom Law. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Basedow, H. (1913) Notes on the natives of Melville and Bathurst Island, North Australia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 43, pp. 291-324. Basedow, H. (1925) The Australian Aboriginal. Adelaide: F.W. Preece. Bataille, G. (1962) Eroticism. London: John Calder. Batchelor, J. (1895) The Ainu of Japan. New York: Scribner. Batchelor, J. (1901) The Ainu and Their Folklore. London: Macmillan. Batchelor, J. (1927) Ainu Life and Lore: Echoes of A Departing Race. Tokyo: Kyobunkwan. Bates, D.G. & S.H. Lees (1979) The myth of population regulation. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 273-89. Bates, D.M. (1906) The West-Australian aborigines. The West Australian, April. Bates, D.M. (1918) Aborigines of the West Coast of South Australia; Vocabularies and ethnological notes. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austral., Adelaide, 42, pp. 152-67. Bates, D.M. (1944) The Passing of the Aborigines: A Lifetime Spent among the Natives of Australia. London: Murray. Bates, H.W. (1863) Naturalist on the River Amazon. London: Reeve. Bates, M. (1953) Human ecology. In: Kroeber (Ed.), pp. 700-713. Bates, M. (1955) The Prevalence of People. New York: Scribner’s. Bates, M. & D. Abbott (1958) Coral Island: Portrait of an Atoll. New York: Scribner’s. Bateson, G. (1935) Culture contact and schismogenesis. Man, 35, pp. 178-83. Bateson, G. (1936) Naven. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bateson, G. (1941) The frustration-aggression hypothesis and culture. Psychol. Rev., 48, pp. 350-55. Bateson, G. (1983) Ökologie des Geistes. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Bateson, P.P.G. (1979) How do sensitive periods arise and what are they for? Anim. Behav., 27, pp. 470-81. Bateson, P.P.G. (Ed.) (1983) Mate Choice. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bateson, P.P.G. & R.A. Hinde (Eds.) (1976) Growing Points in Ethology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bateson, P.P.G. & P.H. Klopfer (Eds.) (1976) Perspectives in Ethology. Vol. II. New York: Plenum Press. Bateson, P.P.G. & P.H. Klopfer (Eds.) (1981) Perspectives in Ethology. Vol. IV. New York: Plenum Press. Bauer, O. (1907) Die Nationalitätenfrage und die Sozialdemokratie. Wien: Verlag der Wiener Volksbuchhandlung. Baumann, H. (1935) Lunda. Bei Bauern und Jägern in inner Angola. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. Baumann, O. (1894) Durch Massailand und seine Nachbargebiete zur Nilquelle. Berlin: Reimer. Baumgartel, M.W. (1976) Up among the Mountain Gorilla: Encounters with the Giant Apes in the Remote Highlands of Southern Uganda. New York: Hawthorn Books. Baxter, P.T.W. (1979) Boran age-sets and warfare. In: Fukui & Turton (Eds.), pp. 69-95. Bayliss-Smith, T.P. & R. Feachem (Eds.) Subsistence and Survival: Rural Ecology in the Pacific. New York: Academic Press. Bazin, J. et al. (1982) Guerres de lignages et guerres d'états en Afrique. Paris: Editions des archives contemporaines. Beals, A.R. & B.J. Siegel (1966) Divisiveness and Social Conflict: An Anthropological Approach. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press. Beals, R.L. (1933) Ethnology of the Nisenan. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 31, 6, pp. 335-414. Beals, R.L. (1970) Gifting, reciprocity, savings, and credit in peasant Oaxaca. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 26, pp. 231-41. Beals, R.L. & H. Hoijer (1965) An Introduction to Anthropology. New York: Macmillan. Bean, L.J. (1972) Mukat's People: The Cahuilla Indians of Southern California. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Bean, L.J. (1978) Cahuilla. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 575-87. Bean, L.J. & C.R. Smith (1978) Gabrielino; Serrano; Cupeño. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 538-49; 570-74; 588-91. Bean, L.J. & D. Theodoratus (1978) Western Pomo and Northeastern Pomo. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 289-305. Beauclair, I. de (1958) Fighting and weapons of the Yami of Botel Tobago. Bull. Inst. Ethnol. Academica Sinica (Taiwan), 5, Spring, pp. 87-111. Beaufre, A. (1972) La guerre révolutionnaire; Les formes nouvelles de la guerre. Paris: Fayard. Becher, H. (1967) Die endokannibalistischen Riten als früheste Erscheinungsform der Anthropophagie. Z. f. Ethnol., 92, pp. 248-53. Becker, E. (1968) The Structure of Evil: An Essay on the Unification of the Science of Man. New York: Free Press. Beckerman, S. (1979) The abundance of protein in the Amazon: A reply to Gross. Amer. Anthropol., 81, 30, pp. 533-60. Beckham, S.D. (1971) Requiem for a People: The Rogue River Indians and the Frontiersmen. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. Beer, F.A. (1974) How Much War in History? Definitions, Estimates, Extrapolations and Trends. Beverly Hills: Sage. Beer, F.A. (1981) Peace Against War: The Ecology of International Violence. San Francisco: Freeman. Behm, A. (1871) On the African Pygmies (incomplete reference in Van der Bij, 1929). Behm-Blancke, G. (1956) Bronze- und hallstattzeitliche Kulthöhlen in Gips-Gebirge bei Bad-Frankenhausen. Ausgrabungen und Funde, 1, pp. 176-77. Behm-Blancke, G. (1958) Höhlen, Heiligtümer, Kannibalen. Archäologische Forschungen im Kyffhäuser. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Behm-Blancke, G. (1959-60) Der Kannibalismus in Ehringsdorf. Alt-Thüringen, 4, pp. 131-42. Beitz, C.R. & T. Herman (Eds.) (1973) Peace and War. San Francisco: Freeman. Bell, G. (1982) The Masterpiece of Nature: The Evolution and Genetics of Sexuality. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Beltran, A. (1982) Rock Art of the Spanish Levant. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bemmelen, J.F. van (1928) Kriegsdrang ein sexueller Instinkt. Verh. 1. Internat. Kongr. f. Sexualforschung. Bendall, D.S. (Ed.) Evolution from Molecules to Man. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bender, L. (1973) Hostile aggression in children. In: Otten (Ed.), pp. 318-22. Benedict, R. (1930) Psychological types in the cultures of the Southwest. Proc. 23rd Internat. Congr. Americanists, pp. 572-81. Benedict, R. (1934) Patterns of Culture. New York: Mentor Books. Benedict, R. (1959) The natural history of war. In: M. Mead (Ed.) An Anthropologist at Work. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, pp. 369-82. Benedict, R. (1974) The Chrysanthemum and the Sword: Patterns of Japanese Culture. 2nd ed. New York: New American Library. Benignus, S. (1912) In Chile, Patagonien und auf Feuerland. Berlin: De Gruyter. Bennett, J.H.; F.A. Rhodes & H.N. Robson (1959) A possible genetic basis for kuru. Amer. J. Human Genetics. 11, pp. 169-87. Bennett, W.C. & R.M. Zingg (1935) The Tarahumara: An Indian Tribe of Northern Mexico. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Bennett Ross, J. (1980) see: Ross, J. Bennett. Benshoof, L. & R. Thornhill (1979) The evolution of monogamy and concealed ovulation in humans. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 2, pp. 95-106. Benthem van den Bergh, G. van (1984) The Nature of Peace and the Dynamics of International Politics. The Hague: Inst. Soc. Studies, Working Paper Ser., No. 24. Berger, P.L. & T. Luckmann (1966) The Social Construction of Reality. New York: Doubleday. Bergh, L.J. van den (1922) On the Trail of the Pygmies. New York: J.A. McCann. Berghe, P.L. van den (1974) Bringing beasts back in: Toward a biosocial theory of aggression. Amer. Sociol. Rev., 39, pp. 777-88. Berghe, P.L. van den (1975) Man in Society: A Biosocial View. New York: Elsevier. Berghe, P.L. van den (1978) Dimensions for comparing military organizations. In: Farrar (Ed.), pp. 37-41. Berghe, P.L. van den (1979) Human Family Systems: An Evolutionary View. New York: Elsevier. Berghe, P.L. van den (1981) The Ethnic Phenomenon. New York: Elsevier. Berghe, P.L. van den (1983) Incest taboos and avoidance: Culture in nature. Behav. & Brain Sciences, 6, pp. 91-123. Berghe, P.L. van den (1986) Kin, ethnicity, class, and the state: Of consciousness of kind, true and false. Politics & the Life Sciences, 4, pp. 142-44. Berghe, P.L. van den (1992) The biology of nepotism. In: Baird & Rosenbaum (Eds.), pp. 125-38. Berghe, P.L. van den & D.P. Barash (1977) Inclusive fitness and human family structure. Amer. Anthropol., 79, pp. 809-23. Bergler, R. (1976) Vorurteile. Köln: Deutscher Institutsverlag. Bergson, H. (1932) Les deux sources de la morale et de la religion. Paris: Alcan. Berkowitz, L. (1962) Aggression: A Social Psychological Analysis. New York: McGraw Hill. Berkowitz, L. (1965) The concept of aggressive drive: Some additional considerations. In: L. Berkowitz (Ed.) Advances in Experimental Social Psychology. Vol. 2. New York: Academic Press, pp. 301-29. Berkowitz, L. (1967) Readiness or necessity? Cont. Psychol., 12, pp. 580-83. Berkowitz, L. (Ed.) (1969) Roots of Aggression: A Reexamination of the Frustration- Aggression Hypothesis. New York: Atherton Press. Berkowitz, L. (1978) Whatever happened to the frustration-aggression hypothesis? Amer. Behav. Sci., 21, pp. 691-708. Berkowitz, L. (1981) The concept of aggression. In: Brain & Benton (Eds.), 1981a, pp. 3- 15. Berkowitz, L. (1982) Aversive conditions as stimuli to aggression. In: L. Berkowitz (Ed.) Advances in Experimental Social Psychology. Vol. 15. New York: Academic Press, pp. 249-88. Berkowitz, L. (1990) On the formation and regulation of anger and aggression: A cognitive-neoassociationist analysis. Amer. Psychol., 45, 4, pp. 494-503. Berkowitz, L. (1993) Aggression: Its Causes, Consequences, and Control. New York: McGraw-Hill. Berkowitz, L. (1994) Is something missing? Some observations prompted by the cognitive-neoassociationist view of anger and emotional aggression. In: L.R. Huesmann (Ed.) Aggressive Behavior: Current Perspectives. New York: Plenum, pp. 35-57. Bernard, J. (1951) The conceptualization of intergroup relations with special reference to conflict. Social Forces, 29, pp. 243-51. Bernard, J. (1957a) The sociological study of conflict. In: J. Bernard et al. (Eds.) The Nature of Conflict. Brussels: UNESCO, pp. 33-117. Bernard, J. (1957b) Parties and issues in conflict. J. Conflict Resolution, 1, pp. 111-21. Bernard, L.L. (1924) Instinct: A Study in Social Psychology. London: Allen & Unwin. Bernard, L.L. (1944) War and Its Causes. New York: Henry Holt. Bernatzik, H.A. (1938) Die Geister der gelben Blätter. München: F. Bruckmann. Bernatzik, H.A. (Ed.) (1939) Die große Völkerkunde. 3 Vols. Leipzig: Koehler und Voigtländer. Bernatzik, H.A. (1947) Akha und Meau, Probleme der angewandten Völkerkunde in Hinterindien, 2 Vols. Innsbruck: Kommissionsverlag Wagnerische Univ. Berndt, C.H. (1978) In aboriginal Australia. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 144-60. Berndt, C.H. (1981) Interpretations and ‘facts’ in aboriginal Australia. In: Dahlberg (Ed.), pp. 153-203. Berndt, R.M. (1955) Interdependence and conflict in the East Central Highlands of New Guinea. Man, 55, pp. 105-7. Berndt, R.M. (1962) Excess and Restraint: Social Control among a New Guinea Mountain People. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Berndt, R.M. (1964) Warfare in the New Guinea Highlands. Amer. Anthropol., 66, 4, Pt 2, pp. 183-203. Berndt, R.M. (Ed.) (1970) Australian Aboriginal Anthropology. Perth: Univ. Western Australia Press. Berndt, R.M. & C.H. Berndt (Eds.) (1965) Aboriginal Man in Australia. Sydney: Angus & Robertson. Berndt, R.M. & P. Lawrence (Eds.) (1971/1973) Politics in New Guinea. Nedlands: Univ. Western Australia Press; Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Bernhardi, F. von (1914) Germany and the Next War. New York: Longmans, Green & Co. (transl. of `Deutschland und der nächste Krieg', 1912/1913). Bernstein, I.S. (1968) The lutong of Kuala Selongor. Behav., 32, pp. 1-16. Bernstein, I.S. & T.P. Gordon (1974) The function of aggression in primate societies. Amer. Sci., 62, 3, pp. 304-11. Bernstein, I.S.; T.P. Gordon & R.M. Rose (1974) Factors influencing the expression of aggression during introductions to rhesus monkey groups. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 21-40. Berreman, G.D. (1991) The incredible ‘Tasaday’: Deconstructing the myth of a ‘Stone Age’ people. Cult. Survival Quart., 15, 1, pp. 3-45. Bertalanffy, L. von (1958) Comments on aggression. Bull. Menninger Clinic, 22, pp. 50- 57. Bertalanffy, L. von (1968) General System Theory: Foundations, Development, Applications. New York: Braziller. Bertram, B.C.R. (1973) Lion population regulation. East Afr. Wildlife J., 11, 3-4, pp. 215- 25. Bertram, B.C.R. (1975) The social system of lions. Sci. Amer., 232, 5, pp. 54-65. Bertram, B.C.R. (1976) Kin selection in lions and evolution. In: Bateson & Hinde (Eds.), pp. 281-301. Bertram, B.C.R. (1978) Pride of Lions. New York: Scribner’s. Bessels, E. (1884) The northernmost inhabitants of the earth: An ethnographic sketch. Amer. Naturalist, 18, 9, pp. 861-82. Best, E. (1902-04) Notes on the art of war as conducted by the Maori of New Zealand. J. Polynesian Soc., 11, 12 & 13, whole issue. Best, E. (1924) The Maori. 2 Vols. Wellington: Polynesian Soc. Memoir 5. Bettelheim, B. & M. Janowitz (1950) Dynamics of Prejudice. New York: Harper. Bettelheim, B. & M. Janowitz (1964) Social Change and Prejudice Including Dynamics of Prejudice. New York: Free Press. Betzig, L.L. (1986) Despotism and Differential Reproduction: A Darwinian View of History. New York: Aldine. Betzig, L.L. (1989) Rethinking human ethology: A response to some recent critiques. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 10, 5, pp. 315-24. Betzig, L.L. & S. Wichimai (1991) A not so perfect peace: A history of conflict on Ifaluk. Oceania, 61, March, pp. 240-56. Betzig, L.L.; M. Borgerhoff Mulder & P. Turke (Eds.) (1988) Human Reproductive Behaviour: A Darwinian Perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Beyerchen, A.D. (1977) Scientists under Hitler. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Bhattacharyya, A. (1953) An account of the Birhor of Palamau. Bull. Dept. Anthropol. (India), 2, July, pp. 1-16. Biart, L. (1900) The Aztecs. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Bibra, E. von (n.d.) Reise in Südamerika (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al., 1915). Bicchieri, M.G. (1969) The differential use of identical features of physical habitat in connection with exploitative settlement and community patterns: The BaMbuti. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 230. Bicchieri, M.G. (Ed.) (1972) Hunters and Gatherers Today: A Socioeconomic Study of Eleven Such Cultures in the Twentieth Century. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Bickmore, A.S. (1868) The Ainos, or Hairy Men, of Saghalien and the Kurile Islands. Amer. J. Sci. & Arts, 2nd Ser. 45. Biesele, M. (1975) Folklore and Ritual of !Kung Hunter-Gatherers. PhD., Harvard Univ. Biesele, M. (1976) Some aspects of !Kung folklore. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 34-68. Biesele, M. (Ed.) (1987) Past and Future of !Kung Ethnography: Critical Reflections and Symbolic Perspectives. Hamburg: Helmuth Buske Verlag. Bigelow, R. (1969) The Dawn Warriors: Man's Evolution towards Peace. Boston: Little, Brown. Bigelow, R. (1972) The evolution of cooperation, aggression and self-control. Nebraska Symp. on Motivation, 20, pp. 1-57. Bigelow, R. (1975) The role of competition and cooperation in human aggression. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 235-61. Bij, T.S. van der (1929) Ontstaan en eerste ontwikkeling van den oorlog. Groningen: Wolters. Bijlmer, H.J.T. (1922) Anthropological Results of the Dutch Scientific Central New Guinea Expedition A

)ROORZHG
E\
DQ
(VVD\
RQ
WKH
$QWKURSROogy of the Papuans. Leiden: Nova Guinea. Billardière, J.J. La (1800) Relation du voyage à la recherche de la Pérouse, etc. 2 Vols. Paris: H.J. Jansen Imprimeur-Libraire. Billig, M. (1973) Normative communication in a minimal intergroup situation. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 3, pp. 339-43. Billig, M. (1976) Social Psychology and Intergroup Relations. London: Academic Press. Billig, M. & H. Tajfel (1973) Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 3, pp. 27-52. Billings, D.K. (1972) Styles of Culture: New Ireland and New Hannover. PhD., Univ. Sydney. Billings, D.K. (1991) Cultural style and solutions to conflict. J. Peace Res., 28, 3, pp. 249- 62. Billings, D.K. & N. Peterson (1967) ‘Malanggan’ and ‘memai’ in New Ireland. Oceania, 38, 1, pp. 24-32. Binford, L.R. (1981) Bones: Ancient Men and Modern Myths. New York: Academic Press. Binford, L.R. (1983) In Pursuit of the Past: Decoding the Archaeological Record. London: Thames & Hudson. Binford, L.R. (1984) Faunal Remains from Klasies River Mouth. New York: Academic Press. Binford, L.R. (1985) Human ancestors: Changing views of their behavior. J. Anthropol. Archaeol., 4, pp. 292-327. Binford, L.R. & C.K. Ho (1985) Taphonomy at a distance: Zhoukoudian - the cave home of Beijing Man. Current Anthropol., 26, pp. 413-42. Biocca, E. (1971) Yanoama: The Narrative of a White Girl Kidnapped by Amazonian Indians. New York: Dutton. Biolsi, T. (1984) Ecological and cultural factors in Plains Indian warfare. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 141-59. Bird, J. (1946) The Alacaluf. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 55-80. Bird-David, N. (1983) Conjugal Units and Single Persons: Analysis of the Social System of the Naiken of South India. PhD., Cambridge Univ. Bird-David, N. (1987) The Kurumbas of the Nilgiris: An ethnographic myth? Modern Asian Studies, 21, Feb., pp. 173-89. Bird-David, N. (1988) Hunters and gatherers and other people - a re-examination. In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), pp. 17-30. Birdsell, J.B. (1968) Some predictions for the Pleistocene based on equilibrium systems among recent hunter-gatherers. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 229-40. Birdsell, J.B. (1970) Local group composition among the Australian aborigines: A critique of the evidence from fieldwork conducted since 1930. Current Anthropol., 11, pp. 115-42. Birdsell, J.B. (1972) Human Evolution: An Introduction to the New Physical Anthropology. Chicago: Rand-McNally. Birket-Smith, K. (1948) Die Eskimos. Zürich: Orell Füssli. Birket-Smith, K. & F. De Laguna (1938) The Eyak Indians of the Copper River Delta, Alaska. Copenhagen: Levin & Munksgaard. Bjerre, J. (n.d.) De laatste kannibalen in Nieuw Guinea. Amsterdam: Scheltens & Giltay. Black, D. (1990) The elementary forms of conflict management. In: School of Justice Studies (Ed.) New Directions in the Study of Justice, Law, and Social Control. New York: Plenum. Black-Michaud, L. (1975) Cohesive Force: Feud in the Mediterranean and the Middle East. New York: St.Martin’s Press. Black-Michaud, J. (1976) Feuding Societies. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Blackburn, R.H. (1974) The Okiek and their history. Azania, ix, pp. 139-57. Blackburn, R.H. (1982) In the land of milk and honey: Okiek adaptations to their forests and neighbours. In: Leacock & Lee (Eds.), pp. 283-305. Blackburn, T.C. & L.J. Bean (1978) Kitanemuk. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 564-69. Blainey, G. (1973) The Causes of War. London: Macmillan. Blainey, G. (1988) The Great Sea-Saw: A New View of the Western World, 1750-2000. London: Macmillan. Blaustein, A.R. (1983) Kin recognition mechanisms: Phenotypic matching or recognition alleles? Amer. Naturalist, 121, pp. 749-54. Bleek, D.F. (1928) The Naron: A Bushman Tribe of the Central Kalahari. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Bleek, D.F. (1930a) Rock-Paintings in South Africa. London: Methuen. Bleek, D.F. (1930b) The Hadzapi or Watindega of Tanganyika territory. Africa, 4, pp. 273-85. Bleek, W.H.I. (1864) Reynard the Fox in South Africa. London: Truebner. Blick, J. (1988) Genocidal warfare in tribal societies as a result of European-induced culture conflict. Man, 23, pp. 654-70. Blum, M.S. & N.A. Blum (Eds.) (1979) Sexual Selection and Reproductive Competition in Insects. New York: Academic Press. Blumenberg, B. (1983) The evolution of the advanced hominid brain. Current Anthropol., 24, pp. 589-606. Blumenschine, R.J. & J.A. Cavallo (1992) Scavenging and human evolution. Sci. Amer., 267, 4, pp, 70-76. Blumentritt, F. (1882) Versuch einer Ethnographie der Philippinen. Petermann’s Mitt. Ergänzungsheft 67. Blumentritt, F. (1884) Mittheilungen über die Negritos und die Kopfjägerstämme des nördlichen Luzon. Globus, 45. Blumentritt, F. (1892) Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Negritos. Z. Gesellsch. f. Erdkunde zu Berlin, 27. Boas, F. (1887) Notes on the ethnology of British Columbia. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 24, 126, pp. 422-28. Boas, F. (1888a) The Central Eskimo. Ann. Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 6, pp. 399-699. Boas, F. (1888b) The Eskimo. Proc. & Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 5, 2, pp. 35-39. Boas, F. (1888c) The Indians of British Columbia. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 6, 2, pp. 47- 57. Boas, F. (1890) First general report on the Indians of British Columbia. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 59, pp. 801-93. Boas, F. (1890) Second general report on the Indians of British Columbia. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 60, pp. 562-715. Boas, F. (1891/1892) The Bilquula. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 61, pp. 408-24. Boas, F. (1895) The Indians of British Columbia. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 65, pp. 523- 92. Boas, F. (1897) Social organization and secret societies of the Kwakiutl Indians. U.S. Nat. Mus. Ann. Rep. for 1895, pp. 311-738. Boas, F. (1898) The Chilcotin. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 69. Boas, F. (1900) The mythology of the Bella Coola Indians. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem., 1, Pt 2. Boas, F. (1901) The Eskimos of Baffinland and Hudson Bay. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 15. Boas, F. (1904) The folklore of the Eskimo. J. Amer. Folklore, 17, pp. 1-13. Boas, F. (1911) The Mind of Primitive Man. New York: Macmillan. Boas, F. (1912) An anthropologist’s view of war. Internat. Conciliation Pamphlet, No. 52, pp. 5-14. Boas, F. (1921) Ethnology of the Kwakiutl: Based on data collected by George Hunt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 35, pp. 41-581. Boas, F. (1925) Contributions to the Ethnology of the Kwakiutl. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Bock, C. (1881) The Head-Hunters of Borneo. London: Seeley & Service. Bodart, G. (1908) Militär-historisches Kriegslexikon (1618-1905). Wien: C.W. Stern. Bodart, G. (1916) Losses of Life in Modern Wars. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Bodin, J. (1576) Les six livres de la République. Paris (transl. ‘The Six Bookes of a Commonweale’, London, 1606). .Boehm, C. (1985) Execution within the clan as an extreme form of ostracism. Soc. Sci. Info., 24, pp. 309-22. Boehm, C. (1986a) Blood Revenge: The Enactment and Management of Conflict in Montenegro and Other Tribal Societies. Philadelphia: Univ. Pennsylvania Press. Boehm, C. (1986b) Capital punishment in tribal Montenegro: Implications for law, biology, and theory of social control. In: Gruter & Masters (Eds.), pp. 305-20. Boehm, C. (1992) Segmentary ‘warfare’ and the management of conflict: Comparison of East African chimpanzees and patrilineal-patrilocal humans. In: Harcourt & De Waal (Eds.), pp. 137-74. Boehm, C. (1993) Egalitarian behavior and reverse dominance hierarchy. Current Anthropol., 34, 3, pp. 227-54. Boehm, F. (1932) Formen und Motive der Anthropophagie. Imago, 18. Boehm, M.H. (1935) Nationalism. In: Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences, Vol. XI, p. 231. Boem, J. (1520) Omnium gentium mores, leges et ritus ex multis clarissimis rerum scriptoribus... super collectos. No publ. Boers, J.W. (1838) De Koeboes. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Indië (incomplete reference in van der Bij, 1929). Boesch, C. (1994) Cooperative hunting in wild chimpanzees. Anim. Behav., 48, pp. 653- 67. Boesch, C. & H. Boesch (1989) Hunting behavior of wild chimpanzees in the Tai National Park. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 78, pp. 547-73. Bogardus, E.S. (1959) Social Distance. Los Angeles: Univ. Southern California Press. Bogoraz, W. (1905) The Chuckchee: The Jesup North Pacific Expedition. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol 7, Pt 1. Bogoraz, W. (1907) The Chuckchee: Social organization. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol 11, Pt 3, pp. 277-733. Bogoraz, W. (1913) Chuckchee mythology. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol 8, Pt 1. Bohannan, P.J. (Ed.) (1960) African Homicide and Suicide. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Bohannan, P.J. (1963) Social Anthropology. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Bohannan, P.J. (Ed.) (1967) Law and Warfare: Studies in the Anthropology of Conflict. New York: Nat. Hist. Press. Bohannan, P.J. (1983) Some bases of aggression and their relationship to law. In: Gruter & Bohannan (Eds.), pp. 147-58. Bolles, R.C. (1970) Species-specific defense reactions and avoidance learning. Psychol. Rev., 77, pp. 32-48. Bolles, R.C. (1975) Theory of Motivation. New York: Harper & Row. Bolton, R. (1973) Aggression and hypoglycemia among the Qolla: A study in psychobiological anthropology. Ethnol., 12, pp. 227-57. Bolton, R. & C. Vadheim (1973) The ecology of East African homicide. Behav. Sci. Notes, 8, pp. 319-41. Bonet, H. (ca. 1385) L’arbre des batailles (‘The Tree of Battles’. transl. and ed. by G.W. Coopland. Liverpool: Liverpool Univ. Press). Bonington, M.C.C. (1935) Extracts from the census report on the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 1931. In: J.H. Hutton (Ed.) Census of India. Vol. 1, Pt 3, pp. 172-87. Bonner, J.T. (1955) Cells and Societies. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Bonner, J.T. (1980) The Evolution of Culture in Animals. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Bonney, F. (1884) Some customs of the aborigines of the River Darling, New South Wales. J. Anthropol. Inst., 13, pp. 122-36. Bonta, B.D. (1993) Peaceful Peoples: An Annotated Bibliography. Metuchen NJ: Scarecrow Press. Borgerhoff Mulder, M. (1987) Adaptation and evolutionary approaches to anthropology. Man, 22, pp. 25-41. Borgerhoff Mulder, M. (1988) Is the polygyny threshold model relevant to humans? In: C.G.N Mascie-Taylor & A.J. Boyce (Eds.) Human Mating Patterns. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 209-30 Borgia, G. (1979) Sexual selection and the evolution of mating systems. In: Blum & Blum (Eds.), pp. 19-80. Borgia, G. (1980) Human aggression as a biological adaptation. In: Lockard (Ed.), pp. 150-85. Borie, H. (1861) Notice sur les Mantras, tribu sauvage de la Peninsule Malaise. Tijdschr. v. Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, 10. Bosi, R. (1960) The Lapps. New York: Praeger. Botero, G. (1588) Delle cause della grandezza e magnificienza della città. Venice. Boulding, K.E. (1962) Conflict and Defense: A General Theory. New York: Harper. Boulding, K.E. (1978) Ecodynamics: A New Theory of Societal Evolution. Beverly Hills: Sage. Bouthoul, G. (1951) Les guerres; éléments de polémologie. Paris: Payot. Bouthoul, G. (1959) La guerre. Paris: Presses universitaires de France. Bouthoul, G. (1961) Sauver la guerre. Paris: B. Grasset. Bouthoul, G. (1962) Le phénomène-guerre. Paris: Payot. Bouthoul, G. (1969) De l'agressivité à l'animosité. Guerres et Paix, 4, 12, pp. 15-29. Bouthoul, G. (1970) L'infanticide différé. Paris: Hachette. Bouthoul, G. (1972) The emotional processes in the genesis of collective aggressiveness. In: R.S. Parker (Ed.), pp. 101-13. Bouthoul, G. (1973) Sociologie de l'agressivité. Etudes polémologiques, 3, 7, pp. 29-36. Bove, G. (1883) Über die Feuerländer. Globus, 43. Bovet, E. (1923) The Fighting Instinct. New York (transl. of `L'instinct combatif'. 2nd ed. Paris, 1928). Bowen, T. (1983) Seri. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 230-49. Bowlby, J. (1969) Attachment and Loss. London: Hogarth Press. Bowlby, J. (1973) Separation Anxiety and Anger. London: Hogarth Press. Bowler, P.J. (1976) Malthus, Darwin and the concept of struggle. J. Hist. Ideas, 38, pp. 631-50. Bowler, P.J. (1986) Theories of Human Evolution: A Century of Debate, 1844-1944. Oxford: Blackwell. Boyd, R. & P.J. Richerson (1976) A simple dual inheritance model of the conflict between social and biological evolution. Zygon, 11, pp. 254-62. Boyd, R. & P.J. Richerson (1980) Cultural transmission and the evolution of cooperative behavior. Paper Conf. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Washington, Dec. 5. Boyd, R. & P.J. Richerson (1981) Culture, biology and the evolution of variation between human groups. In: M. Collins, I. Wainer & T. Bremmer (Eds.) Science and the Question of Human Inequality. Boulder: Westview Press, pp. 99-162. Boyd, R. & P.J. Richerson (1983) Why is culture adaptive? Quart. Rev. Biol., 58, pp. 209- 14. Boyd, R. & P.J. Richerson (1985) Culture and the Evolutionary Process. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Brace, G.L. & A. Montagu (1977) Human Evolution: An Introduction to Biological Anthropology. New York: Macmillan. Bradbury, J.W. & M. Andersson (Eds.) (1987) Sexual Selection: Testing the Alternatives. New York: Wiley. Brain, C.K. (1981) The Hunter or the Hunted? An Introduction to African Cave Taphonomy. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Brain, C.K. & A. Sillen (1988) Evidence from the Swartkrans cave for the earliest use of fire. Nature, 336, pp. 464-466. Brain, P.F. & D. Benton (Eds.) (1981a) Multidisciplinary Approaches to Aggression Research. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Brain, P.F. & D. Benton (Eds.) (1981b) The Biology of Aggression. Alphen a.d. Rijn: Sijthoff & Noordhoff. Bramson, L. & G. Goethals (Eds.) (1968) War: Studies from Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology. New York: Basic Books. Brandon, W. (1961) Narrative. In: The American Heritage Book of Indians. New York: American Heritage Publ. Brandt, E.A. (1979) Sandia Pueblo. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), vol. 9, pp. 343-50. Brandt, M. von (1874) The Aino and Japanese. J. Anthropol. Inst., 3, pp. 15-35. Braun, D.P. (1990) Selection and evolution in nonhierarchical organization. In: Upham (Ed.), pp. 62-86. Braun, D.P. & S. Plog (1982) Evolution of ‘tribal’ social networks: Theory and prehistoric North American evidence. Amer. Antiquity, 47, pp. 504-25. Breeks, J.W. (1873) An Account of the Primitive Tribes and Monuments of the Nilagiris. London: India Museum. Bremer, S.A. (1992) Dangerous dyads: Conditions affecting the likelihood of interstate war, 1816-1965. J. Conflict Resolution, 36, 2, pp. 309-41. Brentjes, B. (1969) African Rock Art. New York: Farrar, Strauss, Giroux. Breuer, G. (1982) Sociobiology and the Human Dimension. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. .Brewer, J.D. (1994) The Danger from Strangers: Confronting the Threat of Assault. New York: Plenum. Brewer, M.B. (1979) The role of ethnocentrism in intergroup conflict. In: Austin & Worchel (Eds.), pp. 71-84. Brewer, M.B. & D.T. Campbell (1976) Ethnocentrism and Intergroup Attitudes: East African Evidence. New York: Halstead Press. Brewer, M.B. & R.M. Kramer (1985) The psychology of intergroup attitudes and behavior. Ann. Rev. Psychol., 36, pp. 219-43. Brewer, S. (1978) The Forest Dwellers. Glasgow: Collins. Breysig, K. (1907) Die Völker ewiger Urzeit (Die Geschichte der Menschheit, Bd. I). Berlin: Reimer. Brian, M.V. (1952) Interaction between ant colonies at an artificial nest site. Entomologist's Monthly Mag., 88, pp. 84-88. Brian, M.V. (1965) Social Insect Populations. New York: Academic Press. Brian, M.V. (1983) Social Insects: Ecology and Behavioural Biology. London: Chapman & Hall. Bridges, K.M.B. (1931) The Social and Emotional Development of the Pre-School Child. London: Kegan Paul. Bridges, T. (1866) Manners and customs of the Firelanders. A Voice for South America (Missionary Mag.), 13, pp. 181-4; 201-14. Bridges, T. (1884) Moeurs et coutumes des Fuégiens. Bull. Soc. d’Anthropologie de Paris, Ser. 3, Vol. 7. Bridges, T. (1885) The Yahgans of Tierra del Fuego. J. Anthropol. Inst., 14, pp. 288-89. Bridges, T. (1893) La Tierra del Fuego y sus habitantes. Bol. Inst. Geogr. Argentino, 14, pp. 221-41. Briggs, J.L. (1970) Never in Anger: Portrait of an Eskimo Family. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Briggs, J.L. (1978) The origins of nonviolence: Inuit management of aggression (Canadian Arctic). In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 54-93. Briggs, J.L. (1994) `Why don't you kill your baby brother?': The dynamics of peace in Canadian Inuit camps. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 155-82. Bright, W.O. (1978) Karok. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 180-89. Bright, W.O. (1991) Karok. In: O'Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 175-78. Brine, L. (1894) Travels amongst American Indians: Their Ancient Earthworks and Temples. London: A.W. Bennett. Brinton, D.G. (1882) The Maya Chronicles. Philadelphia: Library Aboriginal Amer. Literature. Brinton, D.G. (1886) Ethnography. Philadelphia: D. McKay. Brinton, D.G. (1891) The American Race: A Linguistic Classification and Ethnographic Description of the Native Tribes of North and South America. New York: N.D.C. Hodges. Broch, T. (1963) Faktorer korrelert med krigersk adferd. En statistisk analyse av Quincy Wrights data. Oslo: Instituttet for sammfunsforskning. Avdeling for konflikt- og fredsforskning, Melding no. 13. Broch, T. & J. Galtung (1966) Belligerence among the primitives: A re-analysis of Quincy Wright's data. J. Peace Res., 3, 1, pp. 33-45. Brockelman, W.Y. & S. Srikosamatara (1984) Maintenance and evolution of social structure in gibbons. In: Preuschoft et al. (Eds.). Brodie, B. (1971) Theories on the causes of war. In: Walsh (Ed.), pp. 12-23. Brodie, B. (1973/1974) War and Politics. London: Cassell. Broek, A.J.P. van den (1913) Pygmäen in niederländisch Süd-Neu-Guinea. Z. f. Ethnol. (incomplete reference in van der Bij, 1929). Bronowski, J. (1973) The Ascent of Man. Boston: Little, Brown. Brookfield, H.C. & P. Brown (1963) Struggle for Land: Agriculture and Group Territories among the Chimbu of the New Guinea Highlands. Melbourne: Oxford Univ. Press. Brooks, R.R. & V.S. Wakankar (1976) Stone Age Painting in India. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Broude, G.J. & S.J. Green (1976) Cross-cultural codes on twenty sexual attitudes and practices. Ethnol., 15, pp. 409-28. Brown, D.E. (1991) Human Universals. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press. Brown, D.J.J. (1979) The structuring of Polopa feasting and warfare. Man, NS, 14, 4, pp. 712-33. Brown, E.S. (1959) Immature nutfall of coconuts in the Solomon Islands: II. Changes in ant populations and their relation to vegetation. Bull. Entomol. Res., 50, 3, pp. 523- 58. Brown, G.C. (1910) Melanesians and Polynesians. London: Macmillan. Brown, J.L. (1964) The evolution of diversity in avian territorial systems. Wilson Bull., 76, pp. 160-69. Brown, J.L. (1975) The Evolution of Behavior. New York: Norton. Brown, J.L. & J.H. Orians (1970) Spacing patterns in mobile animals. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 1, pp. 239-62. Brown, P. (1978) Highland Peoples of New Guinea. London: Cambridge Univ. Press. Brown, P. (1982) Conflict in the New Guinea Highlands. J. Conflict Resolution, 26, 3, pp. 525-46. Brown, P. & H.C. Brookfield (1959) Chimbu land and society. Oceania, 30, pp. 1-75. Brown, P. & I. Schuster (Eds.) (1986) Culture and Aggression. Anthropol. Quart., 59, 4, whole volume. Brown, P. & D. Tuzin (Eds.) (1983) The Ethnography of Cannibalism. Washington: Soc. Physical Anthropol. Brown, R. (1873-76) The Races of Mankind: Being a Popular Description of the Characteristics, Manners and Customs of the Principle Varieties of the Human Family. 4 Vols. London: Cassell, Petter & Galpin. Brown, S. (1994) The Causes and Prevention of War. 2nd ed. New York: St.Martin’s Press. Browne, J. (1856) Die Eingeborenen Australiens, ihre Sitten und Gebräuche. Gotha: Petermanns Mitt. Browne, J.R. (1869) Adventures in the Apache Country. New York: Putnam. Browne, L.F. (1938) Psychology and peace. In: Medical Opinions on War. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Brownlee, F. (1943) The social organization of the !Kung (!Un) Bushmen of the North- western Kalahari. Africa, 14, pp. 124-29. Brownmiller, S. (1975) Against Our Will: Men, Women and Rape. New York: Simon & Schuster. Brumfiel, E.M. (1983) Aztec state making: Ecology, structure, and the origin of the state. Amer. Anthropol., 85, pp. 261-84. Brunswik, E. (1955) ‘Ratiomorphic’ models of perception and thinking. Acta Psychologica, 11, pp. 108-9. Buchholz, R. (1880) Reisen in West-Afrika. Berlin: Reimer. Buck, P.H. (1934) Mangaian society. Honolulu: Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 122. Budnitz, N. & K. Dainis (1975) Lemur catta: Ecology and behavior. In: I. Tattersall & R.W. Sussman (Eds.) Lemur Biology. New York: Plenum Press. Bueno de Mesquita, B. (1981) The War Trap. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Bueno de Mesquita, B. (1985) The War Trap revisited: A revised expected utility model. Amer. Polit. Sci. Rev., 79, pp. 157-76. Bueno de Mesquita, B. (1988) The contribution of expected utility theory to the study of international conflict. J. Interdisc. Hist., 18, pp. 629-52. Buller, J. (1878) Forty Years in New Zealand. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Bunzel, R.L. (1932) Introduction to Zuñi ceremonialism. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 47, pp. 467-544. Burch, E.S. (1974) Eskimo warfare in Northwest Alaska. Anthropol. Papers Univ. Alaska, 16, 2, pp. 1-14. Burch, E.S. & T. Correll (1971) Alliance and conflict: Inter-regional relations in North Alaska. In: L. Guemple (Ed.), Alliance in Eskimo Society. Washington: Univ. Washington Press, pp. 17-38. Burchell, W.J. (1822-24) Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa. 2 Vols. London: Truebner. Burckhardt, J.L. (1830) Notes on the Bedouins and Wahabys, Collected during his Travels in the East. London: H. Colburn & R. Bentley. Burenhult, G. (Ed.) (1993) The Illustrated History of Humankind. Vol.1: The First Humans: Human Origins and History to 10,000 BC. San Francisco: Harper. Burley, N. (1979) The evolution of concealed ovulation. Amer. Naturalist, 114, 6, pp. 835- 58. Burling, R. (1963) Rengsanggri: Family and Kinship in a Garo Village. Philadelphia: Univ. Pennsylvania Press. Burrows, E.G. (1952) From value to ethos on Ifaluk Atoll. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 8, Spring, pp. 13-35. Burrows, E.G. & M.E. Spiro (1970) An Atoll Culture; Ethnography of Ifaluk in the Central Carolines. 3rd. ed. New Haven: HRAF Press. Burt, W.H. (1943) Territoriality and home range concepts as applied to mammals. J. Mammal., 24, pp. 346-52. Burton, R. & J.W.M. Whiting (1961) The absent father and cross-sex identity. Merril- Palmer Quart., 7, whole issue. Burton, R.F. (1860) The Lake Regions of Central Africa: A Picture of Explorations. 2 Vols. London: Longmans Green. Buss, A.H. (1961) The Psychology of Aggression. New York: Wiley & Sons. Buss, A.H. (1971) Aggression pays. In: J.L. Singer (Ed.), pp. 7-18. Buys, C.J. & K.L. Larson (1979) Human sympathy groups. Psychol. Rep., 45, pp. 547-53. Bychowski, G. (1968) Evil in Man: The Anatomy of Hate and Violence. New York: Grune & Stratton. Bygott, J.D. (1972) Cannibalism among wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Nature, 238, pp. 410-411. Bygott, J.D. (1974) Agonistic Behaviour and Social Relationships among Adult Male Chimpanzees. PhD., Univ. Cambridge. Bygott, J.D. (1979) Agonistic behavior, dominance, and social structure in wild chimpanzees of the Gombe National Park. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 405- 28. Bygott, J.D.; B.C. Bertram & J.P. Hanby (1979) Male lions in large coalitions gain reproductive advantages. Nature, 282, 5741, pp. 839-41. Byrne, R.W. (1995) The Thinking Ape: The Evolutionary Origins of Intelligence. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Byrne, R.W. & A. Whiten (1988) Machiavellian Intelligence, Social Expertise and the Evolution of Intellect in Monkeys, Apes and Humans. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Byrne, R.W.; A. Whiten & S.P. Henzi (1987) One-male groups and intergroup interactions of mountain baboons. Internat. J. Primatol., 8, 6, pp. 615-33.

Cadoux, C.J. (1919) The Early Christian Attitude to War. London: Headly. Caesar, G.J. (n.d.) De Bello Gallico (transl. ‘The Conquest of Gaul’. New York: Penguin, 1982). Calder, J.E. (1874) Some account of the wars of extirpation, and habits of the native tribes of Tasmania. J. Anthropol. Inst., 3, pp. 7-28. Callender, C. (1966) The Mehennab: A Kenuz tribe. In: Fernea (Ed.), Vol. 2, pp. 181-217. Cameron, V.L. (1877) Across Africa. 2 Vols. New York: Harper & Bros. Campagna, C.; B.J. LeBoeuf & H.L. Cappozzo (1988) Group raids: A mating strategy of male southern sea lions. Behav., 105, 3-4, pp. 224-49. Campbell, B.G. (1966/1985) Human Evolution: An Introduction to Man’s Adaptations. Chicago: Aldine (6th ed. 1985). Campbell, B.G. (Ed.) (1972) Sexual Selection and the Descent of Man: 1871-1971. Chicago: Aldine. Campbell, B.G. (1979) Humankind Emerging. 2nd ed. Boston: Little, Brown. Campbell, C. (1986) Images of war: A problem in San rock art research. World Archaeol., 18, 2, pp. 255-67. Campbell, D.T. (1965) Variation and selective retention in sociocultural evolution. In: R.W. Mack et al. (Eds.) Social Change in Underdeveloped Areas: A Reinterpretation of Evolutionary Theory. Cambridge MA: Schenkman. Campbell, D.T. (1972) On the genetics of altruism and the counter-hedonic components in human culture. J. Soc. Issues, 28, 3, pp. 21-37. Campbell, D.T. (1975) On the conflicts between biological and social evolution and between psychology and moral tradition. Amer. Psychol., 30, pp. 1111-12. Campbell, D.T. (1983) The two distinct routs beyond kin selection to ultrasociality: Implications for the humanities and social sciences. In: D.L. Bridgeman (Ed.) The Nature of Pro-Social Development. New York: Academic Press, pp. 11-41. Campbell, D.T. & R.A. LeVine (1968) Ethnocentrism and intergroup relations. In: R.P. Abelson et al. (Eds.) Theories of Cognitive Consistency: A Sourcebook. Chicago: Rand-McNally. Campbell, H. (1918) The Biological Aspects of Warfare. London: S. Sonnenschein. Campbell, J.M. (1968) Territoriality among ancient hunters: Interpretations from ethnography and nature. In: B.J. Meggers (Ed.) Anthropological Archaeology in the Americas. Washington: Anthropol. Soc., pp. 1-21. Candland, D.K. et al. (1978) Behavior of unacquainted Saimiri troops upon encounter: A suggestive case study. Primates, 19, 4, pp. 643-55. Carey, B.S. & H.N. Tuck (1896) The Chin Hills. 2 Vols. Rangoon. Carneiro, R.L. (1961) Slash-and-burn cultivation among the Kuikuru and its implications for cultural development in the Amazon Basin. Anthropologica, Suppl. 2, pp. 47-67. Carneiro, R.L. (1964) Shifting cultivation among the Amahuaca of eastern Peru. In: H. Becher (Ed.) Beiträge zur Völkerkunde Südamerikas. Hannover: Munstermann, pp. 9-18. Carneiro, R.L. (Ed.) (1967) The Evolution of Society. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Carneiro, R.L. (1970) A theory of the origin of the state. Sci., 169, pp. 733-38. Carneiro, R.L. (1975) Slash-and-burn cultivation. In: D.L. Webster (Ed.) Warfare and the Evolution of the State: A Reconsideration. Amer. Antiquity, 40, pp. 464-70. Carneiro, R.L. (1978) Political expansion as an expression of the principle of competitive exclusion. In: Cohen & Service (Eds.), pp. 205-23. Carneiro, R.L. (1981) The chiefdom: Precursor of the state. In: Jones & Kautz (Eds.), pp. 37-75. Carneiro, R.L. (1990) Chiefdom-level warfare as exemplified in Fiji and the Cauca Valley. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 190-211. Carneiro, R.L. (1992) The role of warfare in political evolution: Past results and future projections. In: Ausenda (Ed.), pp. 87-102. Carneiro, R.L. (1994) War and peace: Alternating realities in human history. In: Reyna & Downs (Eds.), pp. 3-28. Caro, T.M. & D.A. Collins (1986) Male cheetahs of the Serengeti. Nat. Geograph. Res., 2, pp. 75-86. Caro, T.M. & D.A. Collins (1987) Male cheetah social organization and territoriality. Ethol., 74, 1, pp. 52-64. Carp, E.A.D.E. (1967) Agressie en agressiviteit. Utrecht: Spektrum. Carpenter, C.R. (1935) Behavior of the red spider monkey (Ateles geoffroyi) in Panama. J. Mammal., 16, pp. 171-80. Carpenter, C.R. (1940) A field study in Siam of the behavior and social relations of the gibbon (Hylobates lar). Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 16, 5, pp. 1-212. Carpenter, C.R. (1942) Societies of monkeys and apes. Biol. Symposia, 8, pp. 177-204. Carpenter, C.R. (1958) Territoriality: A review of concepts and problems. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 224-50. Carpenter, C.R. (1964) A field study of the behavior and social relations of the gibbon. In: Carpenter (Ed.). Carpenter, C.R. (Ed.) (1964) Naturalistic Behavior of Nonhuman Primates. University Park: Pennsylvania State Univ. Press. Carpenter, C.R. (1965) The howlers of Barro Colorado Island. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 250- 91 Carpenter, C.R. (1968) The contribution of primate studies to the understanding of war. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 49-58. Carpenter, C.R. (1974) Aggressive behavioral systems. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 459-96. Carr-Saunders, A.M. (1922) The Population Problem: A Study in Human Evolution. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Carrighar, S. (1965) Wild Heritage. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Carrighar, S. (1968) War is not in our genes. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 37-50. Carthy, J.D. & F.J. Ebling (Eds.) (1964) The Natural History of Aggression. New York: Academic Press. Cartwright, J. (1826) Life and Correspondence of Major Cartwright. London: H. Colburn. Caryl, P.G. (1981) Escalated fighting and the war of nerves: Games theory and animal combat. In: Bateson & Klopfer (Eds.), pp. 199-224. Casati, G. (1891) Zehn Jahre in Equatoria und die Rückkehr mit Enim Pascha. Bamberg (English transl. London: F. Warne, 1891). Cashdan, E.A. (1983) Territoriality among human foragers: Ecological models and an application to four Bushman groups. Current Anthropol., 24, 1, pp. 47-66. Cashman, G. (1993) What Causes War? An Introduction to Theories of International Conflict. Lexington: Lexington Books. Caspari, E. (1972) Sexual selection in human evolution. In: Campbell (Ed.), pp. 332-56. Cassell, J.W. (1969) Tarahumara Indians. San Antonio: Taylor. Castell, R. & D. Ploog (1967) Zum Sozialverhalten der Totenkopf-Affen (Saimiri sciureus): Auseinandersetzung zwischen zwei Kolonien. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 24, 5, pp. 625-41. Castelnau, F. de (1850-59) Expédition dans les parties centrales de l'Amérique du Sud, de Rio de Janeiro à Lima, et de Lima au Para, etc. Paris: A. Bertrand. Castile, G.P. & G. Kushner (Eds.) (1981) Persistent People: Cultural Enclaves in Perspective. Tucson: Univ. Arizona Press. Catlin, G. (1841) Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Conditions of the North American Indians. 2 Vols. New York (reprint: New York: Dover, 1973). Catton, W.R. (1961) The functions and dysfunctions of ethnocentrism: A theory. Social Problems, 8, pp. 201-11. Cavalli-Sforza, L.L. & M.W. Feldman (1981) Cultural Transmission and Evolution: A Quantitative Approach. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Chagnon, N.A. (1966) Yanomamö Warfare, Social Organization and Marriage Alliances. Doct. Thesis, Univ. Michigan. Chagnon, N.A. (1967) Yanomamö: The fierce people. Nat. Hist., 76, 1, pp. 22-31. Chagnon, N.A. (1968a) Yanomamö: The Fierce People. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Chagnon, N.A. (1968b) Yanomamö social organization and warfare. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 109-59. Chagnon, N.A. (1968c) The Feast. Nat. Hist., 77, pp. 34-41. Chagnon, N.A. (1968d) Personal fierceness and headmen in Yanomamö disputes, Paper 67th Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Seattle. Chagnon, N.A. (1970) The culture-ecology of shifting (pioneering) cultivation among the Yanomamö Indians. Proc. 8th Internat. Congr. Anthropol. & Ethnol. Sciences, 3, pp. 249-55. Chagnon, N.A. (1972) Social causes for population fissioning: Tribal social organization and genetic microdifferentiation, In: G.A. Harrison & A.J. Boyce (Eds.) The Structure of Human Populations. Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 252-82. Chagnon, N.A. (1973) Yanomamö. In: Primitive Worlds. Nat. Geogr. Soc., Special Publ. Series, pp. 141-83. Chagnon, N.A. (1974) Studying the Yanomamö. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Chagnon, N.A. (1975a) Genealogy, solidarity, and relatedness: Limits to local group size and patterns of fissioning in an expanding population. Yearbook Physical Anthropol., 19, pp. 95-110. Chagnon, N.A. (1975b) Response to Marvin Harris ‘Protein theory of warfare’, Psychol. Today, 8, 12, pp. 6-7. Chagnon, N.A. (1976a) Yanomamö: The true people. Nat. Geogr. Magazine, 149, 8, pp. 211-23. Chagnon, N.A. (1976b) Fission in an Amazonian tribe. The Sciences, 16, 1, pp. 14-18. Chagnon, N.A. (1976c) Marriage and genealogical relatedness among 3500 Yanomamö Indians: implications for population fissioning. Paper Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Washington DC. Chagnon, N.A. (1977/1983) Yanomamö: The Fierce People (2nd and 3rd expanded eds.). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Chagnon, N.A. (1979a) Mate competition, favoring close kin, and village fissioning among the Yanomamö Indians. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 86-132. Chagnon, N.A. (1979b) Is reproductive success equal in egalitarian societies? In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 374-401. Chagnon, N.A. (1981) Terminological kinship, genealogical relatedness and village fissioning among the Yanomamö Indians. In: Alexander & Tinkle (Eds.), pp. 490- 508. Chagnon, N.A. (1988a) Life histories, blood revenge, and warfare in a tribal population. Sci. 239, febr. 26, pp. 985-92. Chagnon, N.A. (1988b) Male Yanomamö manipulations of kinship classifications of female kin for reproductive advantage. In: Betzig et al. (Eds.), pp. 23-48. Chagnon, N.A. (1989) Response to R.B. Ferguson. Amer. Ethnol., 16, 3, pp. 147-52. Chagnon, N.A. (1990a) Reproductive and somatic conflicts of interest in the genesis of violence and warfare among tribesmen. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 77-104. Chagnon, N.A. (1990b) On Yanomamö violence: Reply to Albert. Current Anthropol., 31, 1, pp. 49-53. Chagnon, N.A. & P.E. Bugos (1979) Kin selection and conflict: An analysis of a Yanomamö ax fight. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 213-38. Chagnon, N.A. & R.B. Hames (1979) Protein deficiency and tribal warfare in Amazonia: New data. Sci., 203, pp. 910-13. Chagnon, N.A. & W.G. Irons (Eds.) (1979) Evolutionary Biology and Human Social Behavior: An Anthropological Perspective. Scituate: Duxbury Press. Chagnon, N.A.; M.V. Flinn & T.F. Melancon (1979) Sex-ratio variation among the Yanomamö Indians, In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 290-320. Chagnon, N.A.; J. Neel; L. Weitkamp; H. Gershowitz & M. Ayres (1970) The influence of cultural factors on the demography and pattern of gene flow from the Makiritare to the Yanomamö Indians. Amer. J. Physical Anthropol., 32, pp. 339-50. Chaillu, P. du (1863) Voyages dans l'Afrique équatoriale. Paris: J. Lebegue & Cie. Chaillu, P. du (1867) A Journey to Ashango Land. London: Cass. Chalfant, W.A. (1931) The Story of Inyo. Chicago: Publ. by the author. Chalmers, N.R. (1980) Social Behaviour in Primates. Baltimore: Univ. Park Press. Chamberlain, H.S. (1899) Grundlagen des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts (transl. ‘The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century’. London: Lane, 1911) Champlain, S. de (1619) Voyages du Sieur de Champlain ou journal et découvertes de la Nouvelle France. 5 Vols. Paris: C. Collet. Chance, M.R.A. & A.P. Mead (1953) Social behaviour and primate evolution. Symp. Soc. Exper. Biol., 7, pp. 395-439. Chandless, W. (1863) Notes on the Tapajos, Purus and Aquiry. J. Royal Geograph. Soc., 33. Chapais, B. (1983) Autonomous, bisexual subgroups in a troop of rhesus monkeys. In: Hinde (Ed.), pp. 220-22. Chapple, E.D. & C.S. Coon (1942) Principles of Anthropology. New York: Holt. Charles-Dominique, P. et al. (1980) Nocturnal Malagasy Primates: Ecology, Physiology, and Behavior. New York: Academic Press. Charlevoix, P.F.X. de (1744) Histoire et description générale de la Nouvelle France, etc. 3 Vols. Paris: Rollin Fils. Charny, I.W. (1973) And Abraham went to slay Isaac: A parable of killer, victim, and bystander in the family of Man. J. Ecumenical Studies, 10, 2, pp. 304-18. Chase, A. (1977) The Legacy of Malthus: The Social Costs of the New Scientific Racism. New York: Knopf. Chauvin, R. (1968) Animal Societies, New York: Hill & Wang. Cheney, D.L. (1981) Intergroup encounters among free-ranging vervet monkeys. Folia Primatol., 35, pp. 124-46. Cheney, D.L. (1983) Intergroup encounters among Old World monkeys. In: Hinde (Ed.), pp. 233-41. Cheney, D.L. (1987) Interactions and relationships between groups. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 267-81. Cheney, D.L. (1992) Intragroup cohesion and intergroup hostility: The relation between grooming distributions and intergroup competition among female primates. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 3, 4, pp. 334-45. Cheney, D.L. & R.M. Seyfarth (1977) Behavior of adult and immature male baboons during inter-group encounters. Nature, 269, pp. 404-6. Cheney, D.L. & R.M. Seyfarth (1987) The influence of intergroup competition on the survival and reproduction of female vervet monkeys. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 21, 6, pp. 375-86. Childe, V.G. (1941) War in prehistoric societies. Sociol. Rev., 33, pp. 126-38. Chism, J.B.; T.E. Rowell & D.K. Olson (1984) Life history patterns of female patas monkeys. In: Small (Ed.), pp. 209-23. Chittenden, H.M. & A.T. Richardson (Eds.) (1905) Life and Letters of Father Pierre-Jean De Smet, S.J. New York: Harper. Chivers, D.J. (1969) On the daily behaviour and spacing of howler monkey groups. Folia Primatol., 10, pp. 48-102. Chivers, D.J. (1974) The Siamang in Malaya: A Field Study of a Primate in Tropical Rain Forest. Basel: Karger. Chivers, D.J. (Ed.) (1980) Malayan Forest Primates: Ten Years' Study in Tropical Rain Forest. New York: Plenum Press. Chivers, D.J. & J. Herbert (Eds.) (1978) Recent Advances in Primatology. Vol. I: Behaviour. New York: Academic Press. Chivers, D.J. & J.J. Raemaekers (1980) Long-term changes in behavior. In: Chivers (Ed.), pp. 321-54. Choucri, N. (1974) Population Dynamics and International Violence: Propositions, Insights and Evidence. Lexington: Lexington Books. Christiansen, K. & E.M. Winkler (1992) Hormonal, anthropometrical, and behavioral correlates of physical aggression in !Kung San men of Namibia. Aggr. Behav., 18, 4, pp. 271-80. Church, G.E. (1877) On the Purus and Madeira. Geograph. Mag., April, pp. 96-105. Church, G.E. (1912) Aborigines of South America. London: Chapman & Hall. Churchyard, T. (1578) Commendatory Verses to Barnaby Rich’s ‘Allarme to England’. London: Edward White. Ciani, A.C. (1982) Citta Foresta: Ragioni e consequenze di uno doppio habitat nel comportamento di une populazione di Macaca mulatta a Simla (India). Unpubl. Thesis. Florence: Inst. Anthropol. Ciani, A.C. (1986) Intertroop agonistic behavior of a feral rhesus macaque troop ranging in town and forest areas in India. Aggr. Behav., 12, 6, pp. 433-39. Cipriani, L. (1953) Report on a survey of the Little Andaman during 1951-53. Bull. Dept. Anthropol. (India), 2, Jan., pp. 61-82. Cipriani, L. (1966) The Andaman Islanders. London: Weidenfeld & Nicholson. Claessen, H.J.M. (1975) Circumstances under which civil war comes into existence. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 559-72. Claessen, H.J.M. & P. Skalnik (Eds.) (1978) The Early States. The Hague: Mouton. Claiborne, R. (1974) God or Beast?: Evolution and Human Nature. New York: Norton. Clare Hart, R. (1911) A vindication of war. The Nineteenth Century and After, 70, pp. 226-39. Clark, G. (1967) The Stone Age Hunters. New York: McGraw-Hill. Clark, G. & S. Piggott (1965) Prehistoric Societies. New York: Knopf. Clark, L.L. (1984) Social Darwinism in France. Alabama State Univ. Press. Clark, W.M. (1986) The cultural patterning of risk-seeking behavior: Implications for armed conflict. In: Foster & Rubinstein (Eds.), pp. 79-90. Clarke, R. (1971) The Science of War and Peace. London: Jonathan Cape. Clastres, P. (1972) The Guayaki. In: Bicchieri (Ed.), pp. 138-74. Clausewitz, K. von (1832) Vom Kriege. Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler (transl. `On War'. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1968). Clavigero, F.S. (1787) The History of Mexico. 2 Vols. London (orig.: Historia antigua de Mexico. Mexico City, 1780). Cleland, H.F. (1928) Our Prehistoric Ancestors. New York: Coward-McCann. Clements, F.E. & V.E. Shelford (1939) Bio-Ecology. New York: Wiley. Clendinnen, I. (1987) Ambivalent Conquests: Maya and Spaniard in Yucatan 1517-1570. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Clerq, C. Le (1910) New Relation of Gaspesia, With the Customs and Religion of the Gaspesian Indians [1691]. Toronto: The Champlain Soc. Clutton-Brock, T.H. (Ed.) (1988) Reproductive Success: Studies of Individual Variation in Contrasting Breeding Systems. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Clutton-Brock, T.H. & S.D. Albon (1979) The roaring of red deer and the evolution of honest advertisement. Behav., 69, 3-4, pp. 145-70. Clutton-Brock, T.H. & P.H. Harvey (1976) Evolutionary rules and primate societies. In: Bateson & Hinde (Eds.), pp. 195-237. Clutton-Brock, T.H. & P.H. Harvey (1977) Primate ecology and social organisation. J. Zool., 183, pp. 1-39. Clutton-Brock, T.H.; S.D. Albon & F.E. Guinness (1979) The logical stag: Adaptive aspects of fighting in red deer (Cervus elaphus L.). Anim. Behav., 27, pp. 211-25. Clutton-Brock, T.H.; F.E. Guiness & S.D. Albon (1982) Red Deer, The Behaviour and Ecology of Two Sexes. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Coats, W.J. (1966) Armed Forces as Power: The Theory of War Reconsidered. New York: Exposition Press. Codere, H. (1950) Fighting with Property: A Study of Kwakiutl Potlatching and Warfare, 1792-1930. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Codere, H. (1961) Kwakiutl. In: E.H. Spicer (Ed.) Perspectives in American Indian Culture Change. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 431-516. Codere, H. (1990) Kwakiutl: Traditional culture. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 359-79. Codrington, R.H. (1881) Religious beliefs and practices in Melanesia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 10, pp. 261-315. Codrington, R.H. (1891) The Melanesians: Studies in Their Anthropology and Folklore. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Cofer, C.N. & M.H. Appley (1964) Motivation: Theory and Research. New York: Wiley & Sons. Cohen, M.N. (1977) The Food Crisis in Prehistory: Overpopulation and the Origins of Agriculture. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Cohen, M.N. (1987) The significance of long-term changes in human diet and food economy. In: M. Harris & E.B. Ross (Eds.) Food and Evolution. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press, pp. 261-83. Cohen, R. (1984) Warfare and state formation: Wars make states and states make wars. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 329-58. Cohen, R. (1986) War and war-proneness in pre- and postindustrial states. In: Foster & Rubinstein (Eds.), pp. 253-68. Cohen, R. & E.R. Service (Eds.) (1978) Origins of the State: The Anthropology of Political Evolution. Philadelphia: Inst. Study Human Issues. Cohn, N. (1981) Warrants for Genocide. 2nd ed. California: Scholars Press. Colden, C. (1747) The History of the Five Indian Nations. London: T. Osborne. Coleman, J.S. (1957) Community Conflict. New York: Free Press. Collias, N.E. (1943) Statistical analysis of factors which make for success in initial encounters between hens. Amer. Naturalist, 77, pp. 519-38. Collias, N.E. (1944) Aggressive behavior among vertebrate animals. Physiol. Zool., 17, pp. 83-123. Collias, N.E. (1970) Aggressive behavior and evolution. In: Southwick (Ed.), pp. 111-37. Collier, J.F. & M.Z. Rosaldo (1981) Politics and gender in simple societies. In: S.B. Ortner & H. Whitehead (Eds.) Sexual Meanings: The Cultural Construction of Gender and Sexuality. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 275-329. Collins, R. (1971) A conflict theory of sexual stratification. Social Problems, 19, 1, pp. 3- 21. Collins, R. (1974) Three faces of cruelty: Towards a comparative sociology of violence. Theory & Society, 1, 4, pp. 415-40. Collins, R.O (1961) The Turkana Patrol 1918. Uganda J., 25, pp. 16-33. Colson, E. (1953) Social control and vengeance in Plateau Tonga society. Africa, 23, pp. 199-211. Colson, E. (1962) The Plateau Tonga of Northern Rhodesia: Social and Religious Studies. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press. Colson, E. (1971) Heroism, martyrdom, and courage: An essay on Tonga ethics. In: T. Beidelman (Ed.) The Translation of Culture. London: Heinemann. Colson, E. (1974) Tradition and Contract: The Problem of Order. Chicago: Aldine. Colson, E. & M. Gluckman (Eds.) (1951) Seven Tribes of British Central Africa. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press. Columbus, C. (1893) The Journal of Christopher Columbus. London: Hakluyt Society. Commerson, M. (1772) Supplement au voyage de M. de Bougainville. Paris: A. Bertrand. Compiègne, Marquis de (1875) L'Afrique équatoriale. Paris: J. Lebegue & Cie. Comte, A. (1830-42) Cours de la philosophie positive. Paris: Baillière. Conklin, H.C. (1954) The Relation of Hanunoo Culture to the Plant World. PhD., Yale Univ. Connor, R.C. (1988) Coalitions and `supercoalitions' in male bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops sp.). Paper HBES Conf., Ann Arbor, April 8-10. Connor, R.C.; R. Smolker & A. Richards (1992) Dolphin alliances and coalitions. In: Harcourt & De Waal (Eds.), pp. 415-44. Constantin, A. (1907) Le rôle sociologique de la guerre et le sentiment national. Paris: Alcan. Conway, M. (1915/1916) The Crowd in Peace and War. London: Fisher Unwin. Cook, S.F. (1946) Human sacrifice and warfare as factors in the demography of precolonial Mexico. Human Biol., 18, pp. 81-102. Cooley, C.H. (1902) Human Nature and the Social Order. New York: Scribner’s. Coolidge, M.R. (1929) The Rain-Makers. Boston. Coombe, F. (1911) Islands of Enchantment. London: Macmillan. Cooper, J.M. (1917) Analytical and critical bibliography of the tribes of Tierra del Fuego and adjacent territory. Amer. Bur. Ethnol., Bull. 63, pp. 1-243. Cooper, J.M. (1946) The Yahgan; The Ona. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 81-106; 107-26. Coppens, Y. (1994) East side story: The origin of humankind. Sci. Amer., 270, 5, pp. 62- 69. Coppinger, R.W. (1883) Cruise of the Alert in Patagonian and Polynesian Waters. London: Macmillan. Coquilhat, C. (1888) Sur le Haut-Congo. Paris: J. Lebegue & Cie. Corbey, R. (1988) Aapmensen, mensapen, primitieven. De Gids, 151, 7/8, pp. 504-13. Corelis, J. (1980) Kent State reconsidered as nightmare. J. Psychohistory, 8, 2, pp. 137-47. Corning, P.A. (1973) Human violence: Some causes and implications. In: Beitz & Herman (Eds.), pp. 119-44. Corning, P.A. (1975) An evolutionary paradigm for the study of human aggression. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 359-87. Corning, P.A. (1983) The Synergism Hypothesis: A Theory of Progressive Evolution. New York: McGraw-Hill. Corning, P.A. & C.H. Corning (1972) Toward a general theory of violent aggression. Soc. Sci. Info., 3/4, pp. 7-35. Coser, L.A. (1956) The Functions of Social Conflict. New York: Free Press. Coser, L.A. (1966) Some social functions of violence. The Annals, 364, March, pp. 8-18. Coser, L.A. (1967) Continuities in the Study of Social Conflict. New York: Free Press. Coser, L.A. (1961) The termination of conflict. J. Conflict Resolution, 5, pp. 347-53. Cosmides, L. & J. Tooby (1981) Cytoplasmic inheritance and intragenomic conflict. J. Theoret. Biol., 89, pp. 83-129. Cosmides, L. & J. Tooby (1987) From evolution to behavior: Evolutionary psychology as the missing link? In: Dupré (Ed.), pp. 277-306. Cosmides, L. & J. Tooby (1993) Cognitive adaptations for threat, cooperation, and war. Paper HBES Conf., Binghamton Univ., Aug. 5-8. Cosmides, L.; J. Tooby & J.H. Barkow (1992) Introduction: Evolutionary psychology and conceptual integration. In: Barkow, Cosmides & Tooby (Eds.), pp. 3-18. Coudreau, H.A. (1893) Chez nos Indiens; Quatre années dans la Guyane française 1887- '91. Paris: Hachette. Coues, E. (Ed.) (1897) New Light on the Early History of the Greater Northwest, etc: Exploration and Adventure among the Indians of the Red, Saskatchewan, Missouri and Columbia Rivers. 3 Vols. New York: Harper. Count, E.W. (1973) Being and Becoming Human: Essays on the Biogram. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Cox, C.R. & B.J. LeBoeuf (1977) Female incitation of male competition: A mechanism in sexual selection. Amer. Naturalist, 111, pp. 317-35. Cox, R. (1831) Adventures on the Columbia River, etc. 2 Vols. London: H. Colburn & R. Bentley. Craig, W. (1918) Appetites and aversions as constituents of instincts. Biol. Bull., 34, pp. 91-107. Craig, W. (1928) Why do animals fight? Internat. J. Ethics, 31, pp. 246-78. Craik, K.J.W. (1943) The Nature of Explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Cranach M. von; K. Foppa; W. Lepenies & D. Ploog (Eds.) (1979) Human Ethology: Claims and Limits of a New Discipline. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Crane, L. (1925) Indians of the Enchanted Desert. Boston: Little, Brown. Crantz, D. (1767) The History of Greenland: Containing a Description of the Country and its Inhabitants. 2 Vols. London: Dodsley. Crawford, C.B. (1991) Psychology. In: Maxwell (Ed.), pp. 303-18. Crawford, C.B.; M.S. Smith & D. Krebs (Eds.) (1987) Sociobiology and Psychology: Ideas, Issues and Applications. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum. Crawley, A.E. (1902) The Mystic Rose: A Study of Primitive Marriage, etc. London: Macmillan Creamer, W. & J. Haas (1985) Tribe versus chiefdom in Lower Central America. Amer. Antiquity, 50, pp. 738-54. Creighton, C. & M. Shaw (Eds.) (1987) The Sociology of War and Peace. London: Macmillan. Cremony, J.C. (1868) Life among the Apaches. San Francisco. Creveld, M. van (1991) The Transformation of War. New York: Free Press. Crile, G.M. (1915) A Mechanistic View of Peace and War. New York: Crile. Crippen, T. (1992) An evolutionary critique of cultural analysis in sociology. Human Nature, 3, 4, pp. 379-412. Cronin, H. (1991) The Ant and the Peacock: Altruism and Sexual Selection from Darwin to Today. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Crook, J.H. (1965) The adaptive significance of avian social organizations. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 14, pp. 181-218. Crook, J.H. (1968) The nature and function of territorial aggression. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 141-78. Crook, J.H. (1972) Sexual selection, dimorphism and social organization in the primates. In: Campbell (Ed.), pp. 231-81. Crook, J.H. (1973) Darwinism and the sexual politics of primates. Soc. Sci. Info., 12, 3, pp. 7-28. Crook, J.H. (1980) The Evolution of Human Consciousness. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Crook, J.H. & J.S. Gartlan (1966) Evolution of primate societies. Nature, 210, pp. 1200- 1203. Crook, P. (1994) Darwinism, War and History: The Debate over the Biology of War from the ‘Origin of Species’ to the First World War. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Crooke, W.W. (1897) The North-Western Provinces of India: Their History, Ethnology, and Administration. London: Methuen. Crooke, W.W. (1899) The hill tribes of the Central Indian Hills. J. Anthropol. Inst., 28, pp. 220-48. Cross, J.G. & M.J. Guyer (1980) Social Traps. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Crow, J.F. (1979) Genes that violate Mendel’s rules. Sci. Amer., 240, 2, pp. 104-13. Crow, J.F. (1987) The importance of recombination. In: Michod & Levin (Eds.), pp. 56- 73. Cunow, H. (1894) Die Verwandtschaftsorganisation der Australneger. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. Curio, E. (1976) The Ethology of Predation. New York: Springer Verlag. Curio, E. (1978) The adaptive significance of avian mobbing: I. Teleonomic hypotheses and predictions. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 48, 2, pp. 195-83. Curr, E.M. (1886-87) The Australian Race: Its Origin, Language, Customs. 4 Vols. Melbourne: J. Ferres. Curtis, E.S. (1907-30) The North-American Indian. 14 Vols. Cambridge MA: Univ. Cambridge Press. Curtis, E.S. (1915) The North-American Indian, Vol. 10: The Kwakiutl. Cambridge MA: Univ. Cambridge Press. Curtis, E.S. (1922) The North-American Indian, Vol. 12: The Hopi. Cambridge MA: Univ. Cambridge Press. Cushing, F.H.; J.W. Fewkes & E.C. Parsons (1922) Contributions to Hopi history. Amer. Anthropol., NS, 24. Czaplicka, M.A. (1914) Aboriginal Siberia: A Study in Social Anthropology. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Dahlberg, F. (Ed.) (1981) Woman the Gatherer. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Dalton, E.T. (1872) Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal. Calcutta: Her Majesty’s Publishers. Daly, M. & M. Wilson (1978) Sex, Evolution and Behavior. North Scituate: Duxbury Press. Daly, M. & M. Wilson (1987/1988) Homicide. Hawthorne: Aldine de Gruyter. Daly, M.; M. Wilson & S.J. Weghorst (1982) Male sexual jealousy. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 3, 1, pp. 11-27. Damas, D. (Ed.) (1969) Contributions to Anthropology: Band Societies. Ottawa: Nat. Mus. Canada. Damas, D. (1984) Central Eskimo: Introduction. In: Sturtevant & Damas (Eds.), Vol. 5, pp. 391-96. Dams, L. (1984) Les peintures rupestres du Levant Espagnol. Paris: Picard. Danda, D.G. (1987) Little Andaman and the Onge. Human Sci., 36, March, pp. 66-91. Daniels, D. (1983) The evolution of concealed ovulation and self deception. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 4, pp. 69-87. Darlington, C.D. (1969) The Evolution of Man and Society. New York: Simon & Schuster. Darlington, C.D. (1978) The Little Universe of Man. London: Allen & Unwin. Darlington, H.S. (1939) The meaning of head-hunting: An analysis of a savage practice and its relationship to paranoia. Psychoanal. Rev., 26, pp. 55-68. Dart, R.A. (1953): The predatory transition from ape to man. Internat. Anthropol. Linguist. Rev., 1, pp. 201-19. Dart, R.A. (1957) The osteodontokeratic culture of Australopithecus prometheus. Transvaal Mus. Memoir, No. 10. Dart, R.A. (1959) Adventures with the Missing Link. New York: Harper. Darwin, C.R. (1842/1878) Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology of the Countries Visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round the World. London: Murray. Darwin, C.R. (1859) The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, Or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. London: Murray. Darwin, C.R. (1868) The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication. London: Murray. Darwin, C.R. (1871) The Descent of Man, and Selection in Relation to Sex. London: Murray. Darwin, C.R. (1873) The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals. London: Murray. Darwin, F. (1888) The Life and Letters of Charles Darwin. New York: Appleton. David, J. (1904) Notizen über die Pygmäen des Ituriwaldes. Globus, 86. Davie, M.R. (1929) The Evolution of War: A Study of its Role in Early Societies. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Davies, N.B. (1981) Human Sacrifice in History and Today. New York: William Morrow. Davis, D.D. (1962) Mammals of the lowland rainforest of North Borneo. Bull. Nat. Mus. Singapore, No. 31. Davis, W.W.H. (1857) El Gringo, or New Mexico and Her People. New York: Putnam. Davydov, G.I. (1812) Two Voyages to America. Vol. 2. St.Petersburg: Naval Printing Office. Dawkins, M.S. (1986) Unravelling Animal Behaviour. London: Longman. Dawkins, M.S. (1993) Through Our Eyes Only? Oxford: Freeman. Dawkins, R. (1976) The Selfish Gene. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Dawkins, R. (1979) Twelve misunderstandings of kin selection. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 51, pp. 184-200. Dawkins, R. (1980) Good strategy or evolutionary stable strategy? In: Barlow & Silverberg (Eds.), pp. 331-67. Dawkins, R. (1981) The Extended Phenotype: The Gene as the Unit of Selection. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press Dawkins, R. (1982) Replicators and vehicles. In: King's College Sociobiology Group (Eds.) Current Problems in Sociobiology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 45-64. Dawkins, R. (1985/1986) The Blind Watchmaker. London: Longmans. Dawkins, R. & J.R. Krebs (1978) Animal signals: information or manipulation? In: Krebs & Davies (Eds,), pp. 282-309. Dawkins, R. & J.R. Krebs (1979) Arms races between and within species. Proc. Roy. Soc. London., B205, pp. 489-511. Dawson, J.J. (1881) The Australian Aborigines: The Languages and Customs of Several Tribes of Aborigines in the Western District of Victoria, Australia. Melbourne: G. Robertson. Deacon, A.B. (1934) Malekula: A Vanishing People in the New Hebrides. London: Routledge. Deacon, T.W. (1992) The human brain. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 115-23 Deag, J.M. (1973) Intergroup encounters in the wild Barbary macaque Macaca sylvanus L. In: Michael & Crook (Eds.), pp. 315-74. DeBrul, E.L. (1962) The general phenomenon of bipedalism. Amer. Zool., 2, pp. 205-8. Del Mar F. (1924) A Year among the Maoris. London: E. Benn. Delafosse, M. (1897) Essai sur le peuple et la langue Sara. Paris: Hachette. DeLaguna, F. & C. McClellan (1981) Ahtna. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 641-63. Delhaise C. & C.V. Overbergh (1909) Les Warega (Congo Belge). Bruxelles: A. Dewit. Dellenbaugh, F.S. (1901) The North-Americans of Yesterday: A Comparative Study of North American Indian Life, Customs, and Products, etc. New York: Putnam's Sons. Delson, E. (Ed.) (1985) Ancestors: The Hard Evidence. New York: Alan Liss. DeMause, L. (1977) The psychogenic theory of history. J. Psychohistory, 4, pp. 253-67. DeMause, L. (1979) Historical group fantasies. J. Psychohistory, 7, 1. Denevan, W.M. (1970) The aboriginal population of western Amazonia in relation to habitat and subsistence. Revista Geographica, 72, pp. 61-86. Denig, E.T. (1952) Of the Assiniboines. Bull. Missouri Hist. Soc., 8, pp. 121-50. Deniker, J. (1883) Les Ghiliaks. Revue d’Ethnographie Paris, 2. Deniker, J. (1900) Les races et peuples de la terre. Paris (transl. ‘The Races of Man’. New York: Ch. Scribner’s Sons, 1907). Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1975) Population Dynamics and Violence. Manuscript, Polemological Inst. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1977a) De ‘primitieve’ oorlogvoering. In. F. van den Burg (Ed.) Vrede en Oorlog. Opstellen voor Prof. Mr. B.V.A. Röling. Amsterdam: Arbeiderspers, pp. 232-54. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1977b) De Apologeten van de Oorlog. Manuscript, Polemological Inst. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1978) Oorlogsapologie en Sociaal-Darwinisme. Speling, 30, 1, pp. 61-71. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1979) Agressie en oorlog. Polemological Inst., IP/05. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1980a) Problems in the Concepts and Definitions of Aggression, Violence, and Some Related Terms. Polemological Inst., IP/14. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1980) Agressie en oorlog. In: Everts & Tromp (Eds.), pp. 132- 42. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1981) On war: Concepts, definitions, research data: A short literature review and bibliography. In: UNESCO Yearbook on Peace and Conflict Studies. Paris: UNESCO, pp. 128-89. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1983a) Clinical aggressology: Neuropathology and (violent) aggression. Paper ISRA Conf., Zeist, Sept. (Abstract in Aggr. Behav., 10, 2, 1984, p. 175). Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1983b) Theories of War Causation. Vol. 6: The Demographic- Ecological School. Manuscript, Polemological Inst. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1984) Source Materials for the Study of Primitive War: A Bibliography (Containing Some 5,500 Entries). Manuscript, Polemological Inst. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1985) The role of fear in the agonistic complex. Paper ESS Conf., Milano, July. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1986) Four fatal fallacies in defense of a myth: The aggression- warfare linkage. In: Wind & Reynolds (Eds.), pp. 43-68. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1987) Ethnocentrism and in-group/out-group differentiation: A review and interpretation of the literature. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 1- 47. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1988a) The Ethnological Inventory Project. 5 Vols., 3rd ed., Library Polemological Inst. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1988b) `Krieg als Geschlechtsphänomen': Why is the human primitive warrior virtually always the male of the species? Paper Conf. Zur Sozialgeschichte der Kriegsbegeisterung, Groningen, Oct. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1990a) Origin and evolution of `primitive' warfare. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 149-88. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1990b) Primitive war and the Ethnological Inventory Project. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 247-69. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1990c) De primitieve oorlog in evolutionair perspektief. In: van Hooff et al. (Eds.), pp. 76-128. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1991a) Studies of conflict. In: Maxwell (Ed.), pp. 223-41. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1991b) Calumet and corroboree: The ethics and politics of peace in `primitive' societies. Paper ESS Conf. Prague, Aug. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (Ed.) (1992) The Nature of the Sexes: The Sociobiology of Sex Differences and the ‘Battle of the Sexes’. Groningen: Origin Press. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1993) Evolutionary theories of hominid/human warfare and the Ethnological Inventory Project. Paper Conf. Evolution and the Human Sciences, London School of Economics, June. Dennen, J.M.G. van der (1994) Machiavellian intelligence, Darwinian algorithms, and Clausewitzian war. Paper ESS Conf., Krems, Aug. Dennen, J.M.G. van der & V.S.E. Falger (Eds.) (1990) Sociobiology and Conflict: Evolutionary Perspectives on Competition, Cooperation, Violence and Warfare. London: Chapman & Hall. Dennen, J.M.G. van der & P.P. van der Molen (1980) Violent aggression as a social unskill: Notes on the psychopathology of everyday life. Paper ISRA Conf., Strasbourg, Sept. Dennen, J.M.G. van der & P.P. van der Molen (1982) Striving, playing and learning: A novel conceptual model of coping skills (Abstract). Aggr. Behav., 8, 2, p. 233. Densmore, F. (1918) Teton Sioux music. Washington: Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 61. Densmore, F. (1929) Papago music. Washington: Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 90. Dentan, R.K. (1968/1979) The Semai: A Nonviolent People of Malaya. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Dentan, R.K. (1975) If there were no Malays, who would the Semai be? Contrib. to Asian Studies, 7, pp. 50-60. Dentan, R.K. (1978) Notes on childhood in a nonviolent context: The Semai case (Malaysia). In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 94-143. Dentan, R.K. (1988a) On reconsidering violence in simple societies. Current Anthropol., 29, 4, pp. 625-29. Dentan, R.K. (1988b) Band-level Eden: A mystifying chimera. Cultural Anthropol., 3, pp. 276-84. Dentan, R.K. (1992) The rise, maintenance, and destruction of peaceable polity: A preliminary essay in political ecology. In: Silverberg & Gray (Eds.), pp. 214-70. Dentan, R.K. (1994) ‘Surrendered Men’: Peaceable enclaves in the postenlightenment West. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 69-108. Descamps, P. (1925) Le cannibalisme, ses causes et ses modalités. L’Anthropologie, 35, pp. 321-44. Deschamps, E. (1891) Les Veddas de Ceylon et leurs rapports avec les peuples environnants les Rhodias et les Singhalais. L’Anthropologie, 2. Deschner, K. (Ed.) (1966) Das Jahrhundert der Barbarei. München: Verlag Kurt Desch. Deutsch, K.W. & D. Senghaas (1971) Die brüchige Vernunft von Staaten. In: D. Senghaas (Ed.) Kritische Friedensforschung. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp, pp. 105-63. Deutsch, K.W. & D. Senghaas (1973) The steps to war: A survey of system levels, decision stages, and research results. In: Sage Internat. Yearbook Foreign Policy Studies, Vol. 1, pp. 275-329. Deutsch, M. (1973) The Resolution of Conflict: Constructive and Destructive Processes. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. DeVore, I. (Ed.) (1965) Primate Behavior: Field Studies of Monkeys and Apes. New York: Treubner King. DeVore, I. & K.R.L. Hall (1965) Baboon ecology. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 20-52. DeVore, I & S.L. Washburn (1963) Baboon ecology and human evolution. In: F.C. Howell (Ed.) African Ecology and Human Evolution. Chicago: Aldine, pp. 335-67. Dewey, J. (1922) Human Nature and Conduct. New York: Henry Holt. Dewsbury, D.A. (1982) Social dominance, copulatory behavior, and differential reproduction. Quart. Rev. Biol., 57, 2, pp. 135-59. Diab, L.N. (1970) A study of intra-group and inter-group relations among experimentally produced small groups. Genetic Psychol. Monogr., 82, pp. 49-82. Dickemann, M. (1979) Female infanticide, reproductive strategies, and social stratification: A preliminary model. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 321-67. Dickinson, G.L. (1920) The Causes of International War. London: Swarthmore Press. Dickstein, E.B. (1979) Biological and cognitive bases of moral functioning. Human Developm., 22, pp. 37-59. Diehl, P.F. (1985) Contiguity and military escalation in major power rivalries, 1816-1980. J. Politics, 47, 4, pp. 1203-11. Dijk, J.J.M. van (1977) Dominantiegedrag en geweld: Een multidisciplinaire visie op de veroorzaking van geweldsmisdrijven. Nijmegen: Dekker & van de Vegt. Dion, K.L. (1973) Cohesiveness as a determinant of ingroup-outgroup bias. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 28, pp. 163-71. Divale, W.T. (1970a) An explanation for primitive warfare: Population control and the significance of primitive sex ratios. The New Scholar, 2, pp. 173-92. Divale, W.T. (1970b) An explanation for tribal warfare. Paper 69th Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., San Diego. Divale, W.T. (1970c) Population control and the Yanomamö women shortage: An explanation for Amazonian warfare. Paper Ann. Meeting Southwestern Anthropol. Assoc., Asilomar. Divale, W.T. (1971a) A Theory of Population Control in Primitive Culture. M.A. Thesis, California State College. Divale, W.T. (1971b) Ibo warfare, social organization and population control. Calif. Anthropol., 1, pp. 10-24. Divale, W.T. (1971c) Kapauku warfare, calories, and population control. Paper Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., New York. Divale, W.T. (1972) Systemic population control in the middle and upper Paleolithic: Inferences based on contemporary hunter-gatherers. World Archaeol., 4,, pp. 222-43. Divale, W.T. (1973) Warfare in Primitive Societies: A Bibliography. Santa Barabara: Clio Press. Divale, W.T. (1974) Migration, external warfare, and matrilocal residence: An explanation for matrilineal residence systems. Behav. Sci. Res., 9, pp. 75-133. Divale, W.T. & M. Harris (1976) Population, warfare, and the male supremacist complex. Amer. Anthropol., 78, pp. 521-38. Divale, W.T. & M. Harris (1978) The male supremacist complex: Discovery of a cultural invention. Amer. Anthropol., 80, pp. 668-71. Divale, W.T.; F. Chamberis & D. Gangloff (1976) War, peace, and marital residence in pre-industrial societies. J. Conflict Resolution, 20, 1, pp. 57-78. Divale, W.T.; M. Harris & D.T. Williams (1978) On the misuse of statistics: A reply to Hirschfeld et al. Amer. Anthropol., 80, pp. 379-86. Dixon, J.M. (1883) The Tsuishikari Ainos. Trans. Asiatic Soc. Japan, Vol. 11. Dixon, N.F. (1976) On the Psychology of Military Incompetence. London: Jonathan Cape. Dixon, P. (1976) Barbarian Europe. London: Book Club Associates. Dixon, R.B. (1905) The northern Maidu. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 17, 3, pp. 119-346. Dixon, R.B. (1907) The Shasta. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 17, 5, pp. 381-498. Dobrizhoffer, M. (1784/1822) An Account of the Abipones, An Equestrian People of Paraguay. 3 Vols. London: Murray. Dobson, R. (1875) On the Andamans and the Andamanese. J. Anthropol. Inst., 4, pp. 1-27. Dobyns, H.F. (1972) Military transculturation of Northern Piman Indians 1782-1821. Ethnohistory, 19, pp. 323-43. Dobyns, H.F.; P.H. Ezell; A.W. Jones & G. Ezell (1957) Thematic changes in Yuman warfare. In: V.F. Ray (Ed.) Cultural Stability and Cultural Change. Seattle: Amer. Ethnol. Soc., pp. 46-71. Dobzhansky, T. (1955) Evolution, Genetics, and Man. New York: Wiley. Dobzhansky, T. (1962) Mankind Evolving: The Evolution of the Human Species. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Dobzhansky, T. & E. Boesiger (1983) Human Culture: A Moment in Evolution. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Doise, W. (1978) Groups and Individuals: Explanations in Social Psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Doise, W. & A. Sinclair (1973) The categorization process in intergroup relations. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 3, pp. 145-57. Dole, G.E. (1956-58) Ownership and exchange among the Kuikuru Indians of Mato Grosso. Revista do Museu Paulista, NS, 10, pp. 125-33. Dolgikh, B.O. (1964) The Entsy. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 582-86. Dolhinow, P. (1972) The north Indian langur. In: Dolhinow (Ed.), pp. 1-19. Dolhinow, P. (Ed.) (1972) Primate Patterns. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Dollard, J. (1938) Hostility and fear in social life. Soc. Forces, 17, 15-25. Dollard, J. & N.E. Miller (1950) Personality and Psychotherapy. New York: McGraw- Hill. Dollard, J. et al. (1939) Frustration and Aggression. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Donahue, P. (1985) The Human Animal. New York: Simon & Schuster. Donald, L. (1987) Slave raiding on the North Pacific Coast. In: Alden (Ed.), pp. 161-72. Dongen, G.J. van (1906) De Koeboes van Sumatra. Tijdschr. Binnenlandsch Bestuur, Batavia, 30, pp. 225-63. Dongen, G.J. van (1910) De Koeboes in de onderafdeling Koeboestreken der residentie Palembang. Bijdr. Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde Ned. Indië, 63, pp. 181-336. Dongen, G.J. van (1913) Nog een en ander over de Koeboes. Bijdr. Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde Ned. Indië, 67. Donovan, J. (1960) The Oakville Massacre. Cowlitz County Hist. Quart., 2, 1, p. 13. Dornan, S.S. (1925) Pygmies and Bushmen of the Kalahari. London: Seeley & Service. Dornstreich, M.D. & G.E.B. Morren (1974) Does New Guinea cannibalism have nutritional value? Human Ecol., 2, pp. 1-12. Dorsey, G.A. (1903) Indians of the Southwest. Chicago: Atcheson etc. Dorsey, J.O. (1884a) Omaha sociology. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep. 3, pp. 205-370. Dorsey, J.O. (1884b) An account of the war customs of the Osages, given by Red Corn (Hapa Oulse) of the Tsiou peace-making gens. Amer. Naturalist, 18, pp. 113-33. Dorsey, J.O. (1894) A study of Siouan cults. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 11, whole issue. Dorsey, J.O. (1897) Souian sociology. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 15, whole issue. Dorsinfang-Smets, A. (1961) La sauvegarde de la paix dans le monde dit archaïque. Recueils de la Société Jean Bodin: XIV La Paix, Pt 1. Bruxelles: Editions de la Librairie Encyclopédique, pp. 99-121. Dougherty, J.E. & R.L. Pfaltzgraff (1971) Contending Theories of International Relations. Philadelphia: Lippincott. Douglas, M. (1981) Ritual, Tabu und Körpersymbolik. Sozialanthropologische Studien in Industriegesellschaft und Stammeskulture. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Dow, J. (1983) Women capture as a motivation for warfare: A comparative analysis of intra-cultural variation and a critique of the male supremacist complex. In: Dyson- Hudson & Little (Eds.), pp. 97-115. Downs, J.F. (1966) The Two Worlds of the Washo: An Indian Tribe of California and Nevada. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Dowty, A. & R. Kochan (1974) Recurrent patterns in the history of international violence: The constraints of the past on the future of violence. In: J.D. Ben-Dak (Ed.) The Future of Collective Violence. Lund: Studentlitteratur, pp. 154-88. Dozier, E.D. (1966) Mountain Arbiters: The Changing Life of a Philippine Hill People. Tucson: Univ. Arizona Press. Dozier, E.D. (1967) The Kalinga of Northern Luzon, Philippines. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Draper, P. (1973) Crowding among hunter-gatherers: The !Kung Bushmen. Sci., 182, 4109, pp. 301-3. Draper, P. (1976) Social and economic constraints on child life among the !Kung. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 199-217. Draper, P. (1978) The learning environment for aggression and anti-social behavior among the !Kung (Kalahari Desert, Botswana, Africa). In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 31-53. Driberg, J.H. (1923) The Lango: A Nilotic Tribe of Uganda. London: Fisher & Unwin. Driver, H.E. (1936) Wappo ethnography. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 36, pp. 179-220. Driver, H.E. (1961) Indians of North America. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Dröber, W. (1909) Die Ainos. München: F. Bruckmann. Drower, E.S.S. (1937) The Mandeans of Iraq and Iran. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Drucker, P. (1937) The Tolowa and their Southwest Oregon kin. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 36, pp. 221-300. Drucker, P. (1950) Culture element distributions XXVI: Northwest Coast. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 9, pp. 157-294. Drucker, P. (1965) Cultures of the North Pacific Coast. San Francisco: Chandler. Drucker, P. (1967) Indians of the Northwest Coast. New York: McGraw-Hill. Drucker, P. & R.F. Heizer (1967) To Make My Name Good: A Reexamination of the Southern Kwakiutl Potlatch. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. DuBois, C. (1935) Wintu ethnography. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 36, pp. 1-148. DuBois, C. (1941) Why people quarrel in Alor. Asia, 41, pp. 91-94. DuBois, C. (1944) The People of Alor: A Social-Psychological Study of an East Indian Island. Minneapolis: Univ. Minnesota Press. Dubos, R. (1973) Man's nature and social institutions. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 84-91. Dumas, S. & K.O. Vedel-Peterson (1923) Losses of Life Caused by War, 1792-1919. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Dumond, D.E. (1972) Population growth and political centralization. In: B. Spooner (Ed.) Population Growth: Anthropological Implications. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. Dumont d'Urville, J.S.C. (1842) Voyage au Pôle sud et dans l'Océanie sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zélée pendant les années 1837-1840. 10 Vols. Paris: Tastu. Dunbar, R.I.M. (1985) The sociobiology of war. Medicine & War, 1, pp. 201-8. Dunbar, R.I.M. (1987) Sociobiological explanations and the evolution of ethnocentrism. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 48-59. Dunbar, R.I.M. (1988) Primate Social Systems. London: Croom Helm. Dunbar, R.I.M. (1992) Mating and parental care. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 150-54. Dunbar, R.I.M. (1992) Neocortex size as a constraint on group size in primates. J. Human Evol., 22, pp. 469-94. Dundas, K.R. (1910) The tribes inhabiting the Baringo District, East Africa Protectorate. J. Anthropol. Inst., 40, pp. 49-72. Dundas, K.R. (1913) The Wawanga and other tribes of the Elgon District, British East Africa. J. Anthropol. Inst., 43, pp. 19-75. Dunn, J.P. (1844) History of the Oregon Territory and the British North-American Fur Trade; With an Account of the Habits and Customs of the Principal Native Tribes on the Northern Continent. London: Edward & Hughes. Dupré, J. (Ed.) (1987) The Latest on the Best: Essays on Evolution and Optimality. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. Dupuy, R.E. & T.N. Dupuy (1986) The Encyclopedia of Military History, From 3500 B.C. to the Present. rev. ed. London: Jane's. Duran, N. & B. Fortuny (1958) Reply to the interrogario of 1812, Mission San José. In: F.F. McCarthy (Ed.) The History of Mission San José, California, 1797-1835. Fresno: Academic Library Guild. Durbin, E.F.M. & J. Bowlby (1938/1939) Personal aggressiveness and war. In: E.F.M. Durbin & G. Catlin (Eds.) War and Democracy. London: Kegan Paul. Reprint in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 81-103. Durham, N.M. (1975) Some ecological, distributional, and group behavioral features of Atelinae in southern Peru: With comments on interspecific relations. In: Tuttle (Ed.), pp. 87-102. Durham, W.H. (1976) Resource competition and human aggression. Part 1: A review of primitive war. Quart. Rev. Biol., 51, pp. 385-415. Durham, W.H. (1979) Toward a coevolutionary theory of human biology and culture. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 39-58. Durham, W.H. (1987) Imposition versus choice in the cultural evolution of Mundurucu warfare. Paper 86th Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Chicago. Durham, W.H. (1990) Advances in evolutionary culture theory. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 19, pp. 187-210. Durham, W.H. (1991) Coevolution: Genes, Culture, and Human Diversity. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press. Durkheim, E. (1893) De la division du travail social. Paris: Alcan. Dyer, G. (1985) War. New York: Crown. Dyk, W. (1931) A Study of the Effect of Change of Technique on the Warfare of Primitive Peoples. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Chicago. Dyson-Hudson, R. & M. Little (Eds.) (1983) Rethinking Human Adaptation: Biological and Cultural Models. Boulder: Westview Press. Dyson-Hudson, R. & E.A. Smith (1978) Human territoriality: An ecological assessment. Amer. Anthropol., 80, 1, pp. 21-42.

Eaton, R.L. (1970) Group interactions, spacing and territoriality in cheetahs. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 27, pp. 481-91. Eaton, R.L. (1974) The Cheetah: The Biology, Ecology, and Behavior of an Endangered Species. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Eaton, R.L. (1975) The biology and social behavior of reproduction in the lion. In: R.L. Eaton (Ed.) The World's Cats. Vol. 2. Seattle: Woodland Park Zoo. Eaton, R.L. (1978) The evolution of trophy hunting. Carnivore, 1, pp. 110-21. Eberhart, J.A. & D.K. Candland (1981) A preliminary model of primate intergroup encounters. In: Brain & Benton (1981b), pp. 577-84. Eckert, P. & R. Newmark (1980) Central Eskimo song duels: A contextual analysis of ritual ambiguity. Ethnol., 19, 2, pp. 191-211. Eckhardt, W. (1971) Cross-cultural militarism: A test of Krieger’s developmental model of military man. J. Contemp. Revolutions, 3, 2, pp. 113-39. Eckhardt, W. (1972) Cross-cultural theories of war and aggression. Internat. J. Group Tensions, 2, 3, pp. 36-51. Eckhardt, W. (1973) Anthropological correlates of primitive militarism. Peace Res., 5, 2. Eckhardt. W. (1974) Primitive militarism. Peace Res. Rev., 6, 2, pp. 63-78. Eckhardt, W. (1975) Primitive militarism. J. Peace Res., 12, 1, pp. 55-62. Eckhardt, W. (1981) Quincy Wright’s study of war: An interpretative essay. Peace Res., 13, 1, pp. 1-8. Eckhardt, W. (1982) Atrocities, civilizations, and savages: Ways to avoid a nuclear holocaust. Bull. Peace Proposals, 13, 4, pp. 343-50. Eckhardt, W. (1989) Conditions of peace suggested by some quantitative studies of primitive warfare. Peace Res., 21, 3, pp. 37-40. Eckhardt, W. (1990) Civilizations, empires and war. J. Peace Res., 27, 1, pp. 9-24. Eggan, F. (1943) The general problem of Hopi adjustment. Amer. Anthropol., 45, pp. 357- 73. Eggan, F. (1950) Social Organization of the Western Pueblos. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Ehrenfels, U.R. von (1952) The Kadar of Cochin. Madras: Madras Univ. Press. Ehrenreich, P. (1886) Über die Puris Ostbrasiliens. Z. f. Ethnol., 18, pp. 184-88. Ehrenreich, P. (1898) Neue Mitteilungen über die Guayaki in Paraguay. Globus, 73, pp. 73-78. Ehrlich, H.J. (1973) The Social Psychology of Prejudice. New York: Wiley. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1961) The fighting behavior of animals. Sci. Amer., 205, pp. 112-21. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1963) Aggressive behavior and ritualized fighting in animals. In: Masserman (Ed.), pp. 8-17. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1970) Liebe und Haß, Zur Naturgeschichte elementarer Verhaltensweisen. München: Piper Verlag. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1972) Love and Hate. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1973) Der vorprogrammierte Mensch. Das Ererbte als bestimmender Faktor im menschlichen Verhalten. Wien: Molden Verlag. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1974a) The myth of the aggression-free hunter and gatherer society. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 435-58. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1974b) Phylogenetic adaptations as determinants of aggressive behavior in man. In: De Wit & Hartup (Eds.), pp. 29-58. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1975a) Krieg und Frieden aus der Sicht der Verhaltensforschung. München: Piper Verlag. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1975b) Aggression in the !Ko-Bushmen. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 281-96. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1977) Evolution of destructive aggression. Aggr. Behav., 3, 2, pp. 127- 44. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1978a) Die Evolution der destruktiven Aggression aus der Sicht der Verhaltensforschung. Beiträge zur Konfliktforschung, 8, 2, pp. 87-111. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1978b) Territorialität und Aggressivität der Jäger und Sammlervölker. In: R.A. Stamm & H. Zeier (Eds.) Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts, Bd 6. Zürich: Kindler, pp. 477-94. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1979) The Biology of Peace and War. London: Thames & Hudson. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1980) Strategies of social interaction. In: R. Plutchik & H. Kellerman (Eds.) Emotion: Theory, Research, and Experience, Vol. 1. New York: Academic Press. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1982) Warfare, man's indoctrinability and group selection. Z. f. Tierpsychologie, 60, 3, pp. 177-98. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1984) Die Biologie des menschlichen Verhaltens: Grundriß der Humanethologie. München: Piper Verlag. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1986) Die Biologie des menschlichen Verhaltens: Grundriß der Humanethologie. 2nd rev. ed. München: Piper Verlag. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1988) Aggression, the will to peace corresponds to our biological motivational structure. Beiträge Konfliktforschung, 18, 4, pp. 17-35. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1993) Aggression and war: Are they part of being human? In: Burenhult (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 26-9. Eisenberg, J.F. (1981) The Mammalian Radiations: An Analysis of Trends in Evolution, Adaptation and Behaviour. London: Athlone Press. Eisenberg, J.F. & W.S. Dillon (Eds.) (1971) Man and Beast: Comparative Social Behavior. Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press. Eisenberg, L. (1972) The ‘human’ nature of human nature. Sci., 176, 4031, pp. 123-28. Eisler, R. (1987) The Chalice and the Blade: Our History, Our Future. San Francisco: Harper & Row. Eldridge, A.F. (1979) Images of Conflict. New York: St.Martin’s Press. Elias, N. (1936) Über den Prozeß der Zivilisation. Soziogenetische und psychogenetische Untersuchungen. Bern: Francke Verlag. Elias, N. (1978) Transformations of aggressiveness. Theory & Society, 5, pp. 229-42. Elias, N. (1987) Involvement and Detachment. Oxford: Blackwell. Elias, R. & J. Turpin (Eds.) Rethinking Peace. Boulder: Lynne Rienner. Elkin, A.P. (1938) The Australian Aborigines: How to Understand Them. Sydney: Angus & Robertson. Ellefson, J.O. (1968) Territorial behavior in the common white-handed gibbon, Hylobates lar Linn. In: Jay (Ed.), pp. 180-99. Ellefson, J.O. (1974) A natural history of white-handed gibbons in the Malayan peninsula. In: D.M. Rumbaugh (Ed.) Gibbon and Siamang. Vol. 3. Basel: Karger. Elliot, G.F.S. (1894) Some notes on native West-African customs. J. Anthropol. Inst., pp. 80-83. Ellis, A.B. (1890) The Ewe Speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa. London: Chapman & Hall. Ellis, F.H. (1951) Patterns of aggression and the war cult in southwestern Pueblos. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 7, 2, pp. 177-201. Ellis, J. (1982) The Sharp End of War: The Fighting Man in World War II. London: Corgi Books. Ellis, L. (1986) Evolution and the nonlegal equivalent of aggressive criminal behavior. Aggr. Behav., 12, 1, pp. 57-71. Ellis, W. (1827) Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii, or Ownyhee. London: Fisher, Son & Jackson. Ellis, W. (1830) Polynesian Researches, During a Residence of Nearly Eight Years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. London: Fisher, Son & Jackson. Ellis, W. (1838) History of Madagascar. London: Fisher, Son & Jackson. Elms, A.C. (1972) Horoscopes and Ardrey. Psychol. Today, 65, oct., p. 36. Elsasser, A.B. (1978) Wiyot; Mattole, Nongatl, Sinkyone, Lassik, and Wailaki. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 155-63; 190-204. Else, J.G. & P.C. Lee (Eds.) Primate Ontogeny, Cognition, and Social Behaviour. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Eltinge, L. (1915) Psychology of War. Fort Leavenworth. Ember, C.R. (1974) An evaluation of alternative theories of matrilocal versus patrilocal residence. Behav. Sci. Res., 9, pp. 135-49. Ember, C.R. (1975) Residential variation among hunter-gatherers. Behav. Sci. Res., 10, pp. 199-227. Ember, C.R. (1978) Myths about hunter-gatherers. Ethnol., 17, pp. 439-48. Ember, C.R. & M. Ember (1972) The conditions favoring multilocal residence. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 28, pp. 382-400. Ember, C.R. & M. Ember (1992) Resource unpredictability, mistrust, and war: A cross- cultural study. J. Conflict Resolution, 36, 2, pp. 242-62. Ember, C.R. & M. Ember (1994) War, socialization, and interpersonal violence: A cross- cultural study. J. Conflict Resolution, 38, 4, pp. 620-46. Ember, C.R.; M. Ember & B.M. Russett (1992) Peace between participatory polities: A cross-cultural test of the ‘democracies rarely fight each other’ hypothesis. World Politics, 44, 4, pp. 573-99. Ember, M. (1974) Warfare, sex ratio, and polygyny. Ethnol., 13, 2, pp. 197-206. Ember, M. (1982) Statistical evidence for an ecological explanation of warfare. Amer. Anthropol., 84, pp. 645-49. Ember, M. & C.R. Ember (1971) The conditions favoring matrilocal versus patrilocal residence. Amer. Anthropol., 73, pp. 571-94. Ember, M. & C.R. Ember (1994) Cross-cultural studies of war and peace: Recent achievement and future possibilities. In: Reyna & Downs (Eds.), pp. 185-208. Emerson, A.E. (1958) The evolution of behavior among social insects. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 311-35. Emerson, R.W. [1841] War. In: Essays. 2nd ed. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1903. Emin Pascha (1886) Sur les Akkas et les Baris. Z. f. Ethnol., 18, pp. 172-83. Emin Pascha (1894) Land und Leute von Latuka. In: Stuhlmann. Emlen, S.T. & L.W. Oring (1977) Ecology, sexual selection, and the evolution of mating systems. Sci., 197, 4300, pp. 215-23. Emmert, M.A. (1984) Biobehaviorism and small group research. Politics & the Life Sciences, 3, pp. 3-10. Endicott, K. (1974) Batek Negrito Economy and Social Organization. PhD., Harvard Univ. Endicott, K. (1979) Batek Negrito Religion: The Worldview and Rituals of a Hunting and Gathering People of Peninsular Malaysia. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Endicott, K. (1983) The effects of slave raiding on the aborigines of the Malay Peninsula. In: Reid & Brewster (Ed.), pp. 216-45. Endicott. K. (1988) Property, power and conflict among the Batek of Malaysia. In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), pp. 110-28. Endicott, K.L. (1984) The Batek De’ of Malaysia. Cultural Survival Quart., 8, 2, pp. 6-8. Endleman, R. (1981) Psyche and Society: Explorations in Psychoanalytic Sociology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Engelgardt, A.N. (n.d.) [Progress as the Evolution of Cruelty] (In Russian, quoted in Sorokin, 1928). Engels, F. [1878] Anti-Dühring. In: Marx-Engels Werke. Berlin, 1962. Engels, F. (1884) The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. Zürich: Hottingen. Engels, F. [1962] Die Rolle der Gewalt in der Geschichte. In: Marx-Engels Werke, Bd 21. Berlin. Enloe, C.H. (1973) Ethnic Conflict and Political Development. Boston: Little, Brown. Enloe, C.H. (1983) Does Khaki Become You? London: Pluto Press. Enzensberger, H.M. (1966) Politik und Verbrechen. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp Verlag. Ericksen, K.P. & H. Horton (1992) Blood feuds: Cross-cultural variations in kingroup vengeance. Behav. Sci. Res., 26, 1-4, pp. 57-85. Erikson, E.H. (1964) Childhood and Society. rev. ed. New York: Norton. Erikson, E.H. (1965) Psychoanalysis and ongoing history: Problems of identity, hatred and nonviolence. Amer. J. Psychiat., 122, pp. 241-50. Eron, L.D. (1994) Theories of aggression: From drives to cognitions. In: Huesmann (Ed.), pp. 3-11. Erskine, J.E. (1853) Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific. London: Dawsons of Pall Mall. Es, M. van (1978) Naar een theorie van agressief gedrag? Unpubl. Manuscript, Polemological Inst. Esman, M. (1977) Ethnic Conflict in the Western World. Ithaca: Cornell Univ. Press. Essene, F.J. (1935) Ethnographic Notes from Fieldwork among the Owens Valley and Mono Lake Paiute. Unpubl. Manuscript, Bancroft Library, Univ. California. Essene, F.J. (1942) Culture element distributions XXI: Round Valley Paiute. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 8, 1, pp. 1-97. Essock-Vitale, S.M. & M.T. McGuire (1980) Predictions derived from the theories of kin selection and reciprocation assessed by anthropological data. Ethol. & Sociobiol, 1, pp. 233-44. Evans, I.H.N. (1927) Papers on the Ethnology and Archaeology of the Malay Peninsula. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Evans, I.H.N. (1937) The Negritos of Malaya. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Evans-Pritchard, E.E. (1940) The Nuer: A Description of the Modes of Livelihood and Political Institutions of a Nilotic People. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Everts, P.P. & H.W. Tromp (Eds.) Tussen oorlog en vrede: Thema’s in de polemologie. Amsterdam: Intermediair Bibliotheek. Ewers, J.C. (1955) The horse in Blackfoot Indian culture: With comparative material from other Western tribes. Smithsonian Inst. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 159. Ewers, J.C. (1958) The Blackfeet: Raiders on the Northwestern Plains. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. Ewers, J.C. (1967) Blackfoot raiding for horses and scalps. In: Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 327- 44. Ewers, J.C. (1975) Intertribal warfare as the precursor of Indian-white warfare on the northern Great Plains. Western Hist. Quart., 6, pp. 377-410. Eyles, J. (1971) Space, territory and conflict. Univ. Reading Geograph. Paper, 1, pp. 1-15. Eylmann, E. (1908) Die Eingeborenen der Kolonie Südaustralien. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. Ezell, P.H. (1983) History of the Pima. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 149-60.

Fabbro, D. (1978) Peaceful societies: An introduction. J. Peace Res., 15, 1, pp. 67-83. Fabbro, D. (1980) Peaceful societies. In: Falk & Kim (Eds.), pp. 180-203. Fadiman, J.A. (1976) Mountain Warriors: Traditional Warfare among the Meru of Mt. Kenya. Athens: Ohio Univ. Press. Fadiman, J.A. (1980) Mountain Warriors: The Pre-Colonial Meru of Mt. Kenya. Athens: Ohio Univ. Press. Fadiman, J.A. (1982) An Oral History of Tribal Warfare: The Meru of Mt. Kenya. Athens: Ohio Univ. Press. Fahrenfort, J.J. (1963) Oorlog en vrede bij natuurvolken en `halfnatuurvolken'. In: De oorlog in het licht der wetenschappen. Deel 1, Assen: van Gorcum, pp. 147-58. Falger, V.S.E. (1987) From xenophobia to xenobiosis? Biological aspects of the foundation of international relations. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 235- 50. Falger, V.S.E. (1988) Oorlog in sociobiologisch perspectief. In: W. Callebaut et al. (1988) Sociobiologie. Brussel: VUB Press, pp. 135-59. Falger, V.S.E. (1991) The missing link in international relations theory (Review of `Genetic Seeds of Warfare' by Shaw & Wong). J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 14, pp. 73-77. Falger, V.S.E. (1992) Cooperation in conflict: Alliances in international politics. In: Harcourt & De Waal (Eds.), pp. 323-49. Falger, V.S.E. (1994) Evolutie en politiek: biopoliticologische opstellen. Groningen: Origin Press. Falk, D. (1992) Braindance. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Falk, R.A. & S.S. Kim (Eds.) (1980) The War System: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Boulder: Westview Press. Falls, C. (1961) The Art of War from the Age of Napoleon to the Present Day. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Farabaugh, S.M.; E.D. Brown & J.M. Hughes (1992) Cooperative territorial defense in the Australian magpie, Gymnorhina tibicen (Passeriformes: Cracticidae), a group-living songbird. Ethol., 92, 4, pp. 283-92. Farrand, L. (1904) The American Nation: A History. Vol. II: Basis of American History. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Farrar, L.L. (Ed.) (1978) War: A Historical, Political, and Social Study. Santa Barbara: Clio Press. Farrer, J.A. (1880) Savage and civilized warfare. J. Anthropol. Inst., 9, pp. 358-68. Fathauer, G.H. (1954) The structure and causation of Mohave warfare. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 10, pp. 97-118. Faunce, W.H.P. (1918) Religion and War. New York: Abingdon. Favre, P. (1848) Wild tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, Sumatra, and a few neighbouring islands. J. Ind. Archipel., 2, pp. 237-82. Faye, P.L. (1923) Notes on the southern Maidu. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 20, 3, pp. 35-53. Fearing, F. (1950) Group behavior and the concept of emotion. In: L.M. Reymert (Ed.) Feelings and Emotions: The Moosehart Symposium. New York: McGraw-Hill. Federn, P. (1932) The reality of the death instinct, especially in melancholia. Psychoanal. Rev., 19, pp. 129-51. Fedigan, L.M. (1986) The changing role of women in models of human evolution. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 15, pp. 25-66. Feest, C.F. (1980) The Art of War. London: Thames & Hudson. Feinman, G. & J. Neitzel (1984) Too many types: An overview of sedentary prestate societies in the Americas. Adv. Archeol. Method & Theory, 7, pp. 39-102. Felkin, R.W. (1884) Notes on the Madi or Moro tribes of Central Africa. Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soc. Edinburgh, 12, pp. 303-51. Fenichel, O. (1935) Über Psychoanalyse, Krieg und Frieden. Internat. Ärztliches Bull., Bd. II, Nr. 2-5. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis. New York: Norton. Fenichel, O. (1953) A critique of the death instinct. In: O. Fenichel Collected Papers. New York: Norton. Fenne, T. (1590) Fennes Frutes. London. Ferguson, A. (1767) An Essay on the History of Civil Society. Reprint ed. Chicago: Aldine, 1966. Ferguson R.B. (1984a) Introduction: Studying war. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 1-81. Ferguson, R.B. (1984b) A reexamination of the causes of Northwest Coast warfare. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 267-328. Ferguson, R.B. (Ed.) (1984) Warfare, Culture and Environment. New York: Academic Press. Ferguson, R.B. (1986) Promoting peace: Which way to go? Paper Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Philadelphia. Ferguson, R.B. (1989a) Anthropology and war: Theory, politics, ethics. In: Turner & Pitt (Eds.), pp. 141-59. Ferguson, R.B. (1989b) Ecological consequences of Amazonian warfare. Ethnol. 28, 3, pp. 249-64. Ferguson, R.B. (1989c) Do Yanomamo killers have more kids? Amer. Ethnol., 16, 3, pp. 564-65. Ferguson, R.B. (1989d) Game wars? Ecology and conflict in Amazonia. J. Anthropol. Res., 45, 2, pp. 179-206. Ferguson, R.B. (1990a) Explaining war. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 26-55. Ferguson, R.B. (1990b) Blood of the Leviathan: Western contact and warfare in Amazonia. Amer. Ethnol., 17, pp. 237-57. Ferguson, R.B. (1992a) A savage encounter: Western contact and the Yanomami war complex. In: Ferguson & Whitehead (Eds.), pp. 199-228. Ferguson, R.B. (1992b) Tribal warfare. Sci. Amer., Jan., pp. 90-95. Ferguson, R.B. (1994) The general consequences of war: An Amazonian perspective. In: Reyna & Downs (Eds.), pp. 85-112. Ferguson, R.B. & L. Farraghar (1988) The Anthropology of War: A Bibliography. New York: H.F. Guggenheim Occasional Paper #1. Ferguson, R.B. & N.L. Whitehead (Eds.) (1992) War in the Tribal Zone: Expanding States and Indigenous Warfare. Santa Fe: School of American Research. Ferguson, T.J. & W. Eriacho (1990) Ahayu:da: Zuñi war gods. Native Peoples, 4, Fall, pp. 6-12. Fernea, E.W. & R.A. Fernea (1991) Nubian Ethnographies. Prospect Heights: Waveland Press. Fernea, R.A. (Ed.) (1966) Contemporary Egyptian Nubia. New Haven: HRAF Press. Fernea, R.A. (1973) Nubians in Egypt: Peaceful People. Austin: Univ. Texas Press. Ferrero, G. (1898) Il Militarismo. Milano: Treves. Ferri, E. (1895) L’omicidio. Torino: Fratelli Bocca. Ferrill, A. (1985) Origins of War: From the Stone Age to Alexander the Great. New York: Thames & Hudson. Feshbach, S. (1964) The function of aggression and the regulation of aggressive drive. Psychol. Rev., 71, pp. 257-72. Feshbach, S. (1970) Aggression. In: P.H. Mussen (Ed.) Carmichael’s Manual of Child Psychology, Vol. II, rev. ed. New York: Wiley, pp. 159-259. Feshbach, S. (1974) The development and regulation of aggression: Some research gaps and a proposed cognitive approach. In: de Wit & Hartup (Eds.), pp. 167-92. Feshbach, S. (1994) Nationalism, patriotism, and aggression: A clarification of functional differences. In: L.R. Huesmann (Ed.), pp. 275-91. Feshbach, S. & A. Fraczek (Eds.) (1979) Aggression and Behavior Change: Biological and Social Processes. New York: Praeger. Fewkes, J.W. (1903) Hopi katchinas. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 21. Finlay, D.; O. Holsti & R. Fagen (1967) Enemies in Politics. Chicago: Rand McNally. Finsch, O. (1879) Reise nach West-Siberien im Jahre 1876. Berlin: A. Schall. Firrari, M. (1981) An observation of the infant's response to strangers: A test for ecological validity. J. Genetic Psychol., 139, pp. 157-8. Firth, R.W. (1936/1957) We, the Tikopia: A Sociological Study of Kinship in Primitive Polynesia. Boston: Beacon Press; London: Allen & Unwin. Firth, R.W. (1959) Social Change in Tikopia: A Restudy of a Polynesian Community after a Generation. London: Allen & Unwin. Firth, R.W. (1967) Tikopia Ritual and Belief. Boston: Beacon Press. Fischer, H. (1965) Das Triumphgeschrei der Graugans (Anser anser). Z. f. Tierpsychol., 22, pp. 247-304. Fisher, H.E. (1982) The Sex Contract: The Evolution of Human Behavior. New York: William Morrow. Fisher, H.E. (1989) Evolution of human serial pairbonding. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 78, pp. 331-54. Fisher, R.A. (1930/1958) The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection. Oxford: Clarendon Press; New York: Dover. Fitz-Roy, R. (1839) Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of His Majesty’s Ships ‘Adventure’ and ‘Beagle’. 3 Vols. London: Dawsons of Pall Mall. Fjellman, S.M. (1979) Hey, you can't do that: A response to Divale and Harris'
Q‚ƒˆyh‡v‚ h sh r hq ‡ur €hyr †ˆƒ r€hpv†‡ p‚€ƒyr‘
 Behav. Sci. Res., 14, pp. 189-200. Flannery, K.V. (1972) The cultural evolution of civilizations. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Systematics, 3, p. 399-426. Fletcher, A.C. & F. LaFlesche (1906/1911) The Omaha tribe. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 27, pp. 17-654. Flinn, M.V. & R.D. Alexander (1982) Culture theory: The developing synthesis from biology. Human Ecol., 10, pp. 393-400. Flohr, A.K. (1994) Fremdenfeindlichkeit: Biosoziale Grundlagen von Ethnozentrismus. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag. Flohr, H. (1987) Biological basis of social prejudices. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 190-207. Flohr, H. & W. Tönnesmann (Eds.) (1983) Politik und Biologie. Beiträge zur Life- Sciences-Orientierung der Sozialwissenschaften. Berlin: Parey. Flügel, J.C. (1949) The death instinct, homeostasis and allied concepts. In: J.C. Flügel Studies in Feeling and Desire. London: Duckworth. Flügel, J.C. (1950) The Psycho-Analytic Study of the Family. London: Hogarth Press. Flügel, J.C. (1955) Man, Morals and Society: A Psycho-Analytical Study. 2nd ed. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Fodor, J.A. (1983) The Modularity of Mind: An Essay on Faculty Psychology. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. Foelsche, P. (1895) The manners, customs, etc. of some tribes of the aborigines in the neighbourhood of Port Darwin and the West Coast of the Gulf of Carpentaria, North Australia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 24, pp. 190-98. Foley, R.A. (Ed.) (1984) Hominid Evolution and Community Ecology: Prehistoric Human Adaptation in Biological Perspective. New York: Academic Press. Foley, R.A. (1987) Another Unique Species: Patterns in Human Evolutionary Ecology. New York: Wiley. Foley, R.A. (1988) Hominids, humans, and hunter-gatherers: An evolutionary perspective. In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), Vol. 1, pp. 207-21. Foley, R.A. (1989) The evolution of hominid social behavior. In: Standon & Foley (Eds.), pp. 473-94. Foley, R.A. (1991) How useful is the culture concept in early hominid studies? In: Foley (Ed.), pp. 25-38. Foley, R.A. (Ed.) (1991) The Origins of Human Behavior. New York: Harper Collins. Foley, R.A. & P.C. Lee (1989) Finite social space, evolutionary pathways, and reconstructing hominid behavior. Sci., 243, pp. 901-5. Forbes, J.D. (1960) Apache, Navaho, and Spaniard. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press Forbes, H.O. (1884) The ethnology of Timor-Laut. J. Anthropol. Inst., 13, pp. 8-29. Forbes, H.O. (1885) The Kubus of Sumatra. J. Anthropol. Inst., 14, pp. 121-26. Forel, A. [1874] The Social World of the Ants Compared with That of Man. New York: Putnam's Sons, 1928. Fornari, F. (1974/1975) The Psychoanalysis of War. New York: Doubleday; Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press. Forsyth, J. (1871) The Highlands of Central India. London: Macmillan. Fortes, M. (1945) The Dynamics of Clanship among the Tallensi. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Fortes, M. & E.E. Evans-Pritchard (Eds.) (1940) African Political Systems. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Fortune, R.F. (1939) Arapesh warfare. Amer. Anthropol., 41, pp. 22-41. Fortune, R.F. (1947) The rules of relationship behavior in one variety of primitive warfare. Man, 47, pp. 108-10. Fossey, D. (1971) More years with mountain gorillas. Nat. Geograph. Mag., 140, 4, pp. 574-85. Fossey, D. (1976) The Behavior of the Mountain Gorilla. Doct. Diss., Univ. Cambridge. Fossey, D. (1979) Development of the mountain gorilla (Gorilla gorilla berengei): The first thirty-six months. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 139-86. Fossey, D. (1981) The imperiled mountain gorilla. Nat. Geograph. Mag., 159, 4, pp. 501- 23. Fossey, D. (1983) Gorillas in the Mist. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Fossey, D. (1984) Infanticide in mountain gorillas (Gorilla gorilla berengei) with comparative notes on chimpanzees. In: Hausfater & Hrdy (Eds.), pp. 217-36. Fossey, D. & A.H. Harcourt (1977) Feeding ecology of free-ranging mountain gorillas (Gorilla gorilla berengei). In: T.H. Clutton-Brock (Ed.) Primate Ecology. New York: Academic Press. Foster, M.L. (1986) Is war necessary? In: Foster & Rubinstein (Eds.), pp. 71-78. Foster, M.L. (1988) Expanding the anthropology of peace and conflict. In: Rubinstein & Foster (Eds.), pp. 1-28. Foster, M.L. & R.A. Rubinstein (Eds.) (1986) Peace and War: Cross-Cultural Perspectives. New Brunswick: Transaction Books. Fourie, L. (1960) The Bushmen of South-west Africa. In: Ottenberg & Ottenberg (Eds.), pp. 79-106. Fowler, C.S. (1991) Northern Paiute; Southern Paiute (and Chemehuevi). In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 262-65; 329-33. Fox, C.E. (1924) The Threshold of the Pacific. An Account of the Social Organization, Magic, and Religion of the People of San Christoval in the Solomon Islands. London: Kegan Paul. Fox, M.W. (1968) Aggression: Its adaptive and maladaptive significance in man and animals. In: M.W. Fox (Ed.) Abnormal Behavior in Animals. Philadelphia: Saunders. Fox, M.W. (1971) Behaviour of Wolves, Dogs and Related Canids. London: Jonathan Cape. Fox, R. (1967) Kinship and Marriage: An Anthropological Perspective. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Fox, R. (1972) Alliance and constraint: Sexual selection in the evolution of human kinship systems. In: Campbell (Ed.), pp. 282-331. Fox, R. (Ed.) (1975) Biosocial Anthropology. London: Dent. Fox, R. (1980) The Red Lamp of Incest. New York: Dutton. Fox, R. (1982) The violent imagination. In: P. Marsh & A. Campbell (Eds.) Aggression and Violence. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 6-26. Fox, R. (1989) The Violent Imagination. New Brunswick: Rutgers Univ. Press. Fox, R. (Ed.) (1989) The Search for Society: Quest for a Biosocial Science and Morality. New Brunswick: Rutgers Univ. Press. Fox, R. (1991) Aggression: then and now. In: Robinson & Tiger (Eds.), pp. 81-91. Fox, R.B. (1953) The Pinatubo Negritos: Their useful plants and material culture. Philippine J. Sci., 81, pp. 173-414. Frake, C.O. (1960) The eastern Subanun of Mindanao. In: Murdock (Ed.), pp. 51-64. Frake, C.O. (1967) Social Organization and Shifting Cultivation among the Sindangan Subanun. PhD., Yale Univ. Frame, G.W. & L.H. Frame (1981) Swift and Enduring: Cheetahs and Wild Dogs of the Serengeti. New York: Dutton. Franchère, G. (1854) Narrative of a Voyage to the North-West Coast of America during the Years 1811, 1812, 1813 and 1814. New York (reprint Toronto: Champlain Society, 1969). François, H. von (1895) Nama und Damara. Deutsch Südwestafrika. Magdenburg. Frank, L.G. (1986) Social organization of the spotted hyena Crocuta crocuta. Anim. Behav., 34, pp. 1500-27. Franssen-Herderschee, J. (1905) Verslag van de Gonini-expeditie; Verslag van de Tapanahoni-expeditie. Leiden: Brill. Fraser, J. (1892) The Aborigines of New-South-Wales. Sydney. Fray Pedro de Medio [n.d.] Manuscript on Negritos in Blumentritt, 1892. Frayer, D.W. (1981) Body size, weapon use, and natural selection in the European Upper Paleolithic and Mesolithic. Amer. Anthropol., 83, 1, pp. 57-73. Frazer, J.G. (1890) The Golden Bough; A Study of Magic and Religion. 12 Vols. London: Macmillan. Frazer, J.G. (1910) Totemism and Exogamy. London: Macmillan. Frazer, J.G. (1918) Folk-Lore in the Old Testament. London: Macmillan. Frazer, J.G. (1939) The Native Races of Australasia. London: Humphries. Freedman, D.G. (1961) The infant’s fear of strangers and the flight response. J. Child Psychol. Psychiat., 2, pp. 242-48. Freedman, D.G. (1967) A biological view of man’s social behavior. In: W. Etkin Social Behavior from Fish to Man. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press, pp. 152-88. Freedman, D.G. (1974) Human Infancy: An Evolutionary Perspective. Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum. Freedman, D.G. (1979) Human Sociobiology: A Holistic Approach. New York: Macmillan. Freedman, D.G. (1984) Village fissioning, human diversity, and ethnocentrism. Polit. Psychol., 5, pp. 629-34. Freedman, L.Z. & A. Roe (1958) Evolution and human behavior. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 455-79. Freeman, D. (1964/1973) Human aggression in anthropological perspective. In: Carthy & Ebling (Eds.), pp. 109-19. Amended version in Otten (Ed.) 1973, pp. 119-30. Freeman, L. (1968) A theoretical framework for interpreting archaeological materials. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 262-67. Fremont, J.C. (1845) Report on the Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains in the Year 1842 and to Oregon and Northern California in the Years 1843-1844. Washington: Gales & Seaton. Fremont, J.C. & W.H. Emory (1849) Notes of Travel in California. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co. French-Sheldon, M. (1892) Customs among the natives of East Africa, from Teita to Kilimegalia, with special reference to their women and children. J. Anthropol. Inst., 21, pp. 353-90. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. London: Hogarth. Freud, A. (1949) Notes on aggression. Bull. Menninger Clinic, 13. Freud, A. (1972) Comments on aggression. Internat. J. Psychoanal., 53, 2, pp. 163-71. Freud, A. & D.T. Burlingham (1943) War and Children. New York: Medical War Books. Freud, S. (1913) Totem und Tabu. Wien: Heller. Freud, S. (1915a) Instincts and their vicissitudes. In: Collected Papers, Vol. 4. London: Hogarth Press. Freud, S. (1915b) Zeitgemäßes über Krieg und Tod. Imago, 4, pp. 1-21. Freud, S. [1920] Beyond the Pleasure Principle. London: Internat. Psychoanal. Press, 1922. Freud, S. (1921) Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego. London: Hogarth Press. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its Discontents. London: Hogarth Press. Freud, S. (1932) Why War? In: Collected Papers, Vol. 5. London: Hogarth Press. Reprint in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 71-80. Fried, M.H. (1961) Warfare, military organization, and the evolution of society. Anthropologica, 3, 2, pp. 134-47. Fried, M.H. (1967) The Evolution of Political Society: An Essay in Political Anthropology. New York: Random House. Fried, M.H. (1975) The Notion of ‘Tribe’. Menlo Park: Cummings. Fried, M.H. (1978) The state, the chicken, and the egg: Or, what came first? In: Cohen & Service (Eds.), 35-48. Fried, M.H.; M. Harris & R. Murphy (Eds.) (1968) War: The Anthropology of Armed Conflict and Aggression. New York: Natural History Press. Friederici, G. (1906) Skalpieren und ähnliche Kriegsgebräuche in Amerika. Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg. Friederici, G. (1912) Beiträge zur Völker- und Sprachenkunde von Deutsch Neuguinea. Berlin: Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten, Ergänzungsheft, 5. Frisbie, T.R. (1991) Zuni. In: O'Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 396-400. Fritsch, G. (1872) Die Eingeborenen Süd-Afrikas ethnographisch und anatomisch beschrieben. Breslau. Frobenius, L. (1903) Weltgeschichte des Krieges. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Frobenius, L. (1914) Menschenjagden und Zweikämpfe. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Frölich, H. (1888) Über die Menschenverluste in Kriegen. Streffleur's Österreichische militärische Zeitschrift. Bd. I. Fromm, E. (1941) Escape from Freedom. New York: Rinehart & Co. Fromm, E. (1964) The Heart of Man: Its Genius for Good and Evil. New York: Harper & Row. Fromm, E. (1973/1974) The Anatomy of Human Destructiveness. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Fry, D.P. (1980) The evolution of aggression and the level of selection controversy. Aggr. Behav., 6, 1, pp. 69-89. Fry, D.P. (1986) An Ethological Study of Aggression and Aggression Socialization among Zapotec Children of Oaxaca, Mexico. PhD., Indiana Univ. Fry, D.P. (1992) ‘Respect for the rights of others is peace’: Learning aggression versus nonaggression among the Zapotec. Amer. Anthropol., 94, 3, pp. 621-39. Fry, D.P. (1994) Maintaining social tranquility: Internal and external loci of aggression control. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 133-54. Fuchs, S. (1973) The Aboriginal Tribes of India. Madras: Macmillan. Fürer-Haimendorf, C. von (1943) The Chenchus, Jungle Folk of the Deccan. London: Macmillan. Fürer-Haimendorf, C. von (1960) Notes on the Malapantaram of Travancore. Bull. Inst. Current & Urgent Anthropol. & Ethnol. Res., 3, pp. 45-51. Fürer-Haimendorf. C. von (1962) The Apa Tanis and Their Neighbors. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Fürer-Haimendorf, C. von (Ed.) (1981) Asian Highland Societies in Anthropological Perspective. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers. Fürer-Haimendorf. C. von (1985) Tribal Populations and Cultures of the Indian Subcontinent. Leiden: Brill. Fukui, K. & D. Turton (Eds.) (1979) Warfare among East African Herders. Osaka: Nat. Mus. Ethnol. Fuller, J.F.C. (1932) War and Western Civilization, 1832-1932. London: Hutchinson. Fuller, J.F.C. (1972) The Conduct of War, 1789-1961. London: Methuen. Furness, W.H. (1902a) The Home Life of Borneo Head-Hunters. Philadelphia: D. McKay. Furness, W.H. (1902b) The ethnography of the Nagas of Eastern Assam. J. Anthropol. Inst., 32, pp. 445-66. Furuya, Y. (1965) Social organization of the crab-eating monkey. Folia Primatol., 6, 3-4, pp. 285-336.

Gabow, S.L. (1973) Dominance order reversal between two groups of free-ranging rhesus monkeys. Primates, 14, 2-3, pp. 215-23. Gabriel, R.A. (1990) The Culture of War: Invention and Early Development. Westport: Greenwood Press. Gaisford, J.; S. Leaning; L. Singer & R. Carlisle (1978) Atlas of Man. London: Marshall Cavendish Editions. Galdikas, B.M.F. (1979) Orangutan adaptation at Tanjung Puting Reserve: Mating and ecology. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 195-234. Galdikas, B.M.F. & G. Teleki (1981) Variations in subsistence activities of female and male pongids: New perspectives on the origin of hominid labor division. Current Anthropol., 22, 3, pp. 241-56. Gale, B. (1972) Darwin and the concept of a struggle for existence. Isis, 63, pp. 321-44. Gallardo, C.R. (1910) Tierra del Fuego: Las Onas. Buenos Aires. Gallie, W.B. (1978) Philosophers of Peace and War. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Galtung, J. (1965) Institutionalized conflict resolution: A theoretical paradigm. J. Peace Res., 2, pp. 348-97. Galtung, J. (1968). Peace. International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, Vol 11, pp. 487-96. Galtung, J. (1973) ‘The Limits to Growth’ and ‘Class Politics’. J. Peace Res., 10, pp. 101- 14. Galvão, E. (1953) Cultura e sistema de parentesco das tribos do Alto Rio Xingu. Bol. Museu Nacional (São Paolo), 10, pp. 1-56. Garber, P.A.; J.D. Pruetz & J. Isaacson (1993) Patterns of range use, range defense, and intergroup spacing in moustached tamarin monkeys (Saguinus mystax). Primates, 34, 1, pp. 11-25. Garcilaso de la Vega, I. (1609) Primera parte de los commentarios reales que tratan de el origen de los Incas, etc. Madrid (English transl. New York: Avon, 1961; London: Cassel, 1963; Austin: Univ. Texas Press, 1966). Gardiner, J.S. (1898) The natives of Rotuma. J. Anthropol. Inst., 27, pp. 396-435; 457- 524. Gardner, P.M. (1966) Symmetric respect and memorate knowledge: The structure and ecology of individualistic culture. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 22, pp. 389-415. Gardner, P.M. (1969) Paliyan social structure. In: Damas (Ed.), pp. 153-71. Gardner, P.M. (1972) The Paliyans. In: Bicchieri (Ed.), pp. 404-50. Gardner, P.M. (1988) Pressures for Tamil propriety in Paliyan social organization. In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), pp. 91-106. Garlan, Y. (1975) War in the Ancient World: A Social History. London: Chatto & Windus. Garson, J.G. (1886) The inhabitants of Tierra del Fuego. J. Anthropol. Inst., 15, pp. 141- 57. Garth, T.R. (1953) Atsugewi ethnography. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 14, 2, pp. 129- 212. Garth, T.R. (1964) Early nineteenth century tribal relations in the Columbia Plateau. Southwest J. Anthropol., 20, pp. 43-57. Garth, T.R. (1965) The Plateau whipping complex and its relationship to the Plateau- Southwest contacts. Ethnohistory, 12, 2, pp. 141-70. Garth, T.R. (1978) Atsugewi. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 236-43. Gartlan, J.S. & C.K. Brain (1968) Ecology and social variability in Cercopithecus aethiops and C. mitis. In: Jay (Ed.), pp. 253-92. Gasaway, W.C.; K.T. Mossestad & P.E. Stander (1989) Demography of spotted hyenas in an arid savanna, Etosha National Park, South West Arica/Namibia. Madoqua, 16, pp. 121-27. Gasman, D. (1971) The Scientific Origins of National Socialism. London: Macdonald. Gates, G. (1579) The Defence of Military Profession. London. Gatschet, A.S. (1900) Various Ethnographic Notes Concerning the North American Aborigines. Philadelphia: D. Rice & A.N. Hart. Gaud, F. & C. van Overbergh (1911) Les Mandja. Coll. Monogr. Ethnol., 8, pp. 1-574. Gause, G.F. (1932) Ecology of populations. Quart. Rev. Biol., 7, pp. 27-46. Gautier-Hion, A. & J.P. Gautier (1978) Le singe de Brazza: une stratégie originale. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 46, pp. 84-104. Gayton, A.H. (1948) Yokuts and Western Mono ethnography. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 10, 1-2, pp. 1-302. Geen, R.G. (1972) Aggression. Morristown: General Learning Press. Geen, R.G. & E. Donnerstein (Eds.) (1983) Aggression: Theoretical and Empirical Reviews. 2 Vols. New York: Academic Press. Geertz, C. (1964) Ideology as a cultural system. In: D.E. Apter (Ed.) Ideology and Discontent. New York: Free Press. Geiger, G. (1988) On the evolutionary origins and function of political power. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 11, pp. 235-50. Geist, V. (1966) The evolution of horn-like organs. Behav. 27, pp. 175-214. Geist, V. (1971) Mountain Sheep: A Study in Behavior and Evolution. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Geist, V. (1974) On fighting strategies in animal combat. Nature, 250, p. 354. Geist, V. (1978) On weapons, combat, and ecology. In: Krames et al. (Eds.), pp. 1-30. Gellner, E.F. (1983) Nations and Nationalism. Oxford: Blackwell. Gellner, E.F. (1988) Plough, Sword and Book: The Structure of Human History. London: Collins Harvill. Gellner, E.F. (1989) Culture, constraint, and community: Semantic and coercive compensations for the genetic under-determination of Homo sapiens sapiens. In: Mellars & Stringer (Eds.), pp. 514-25. Geoghegan, W.H. (1975) Balangingi. In: LeBar (Ed.), Vol. 2, pp. 6-9. Geoghegan, W.H. (1977) Balangingi' Samal. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 4, pp. 1-36. Gerard, H.B. (1979) Funktion und Entwicklung von Vorurteilen. In: A. Heigl-Evers (Ed.) Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts. Vol. 8. Zürich: Kindler. Gersdorf, E. (1966) Beobachtungen über das Verhalten von Vögelschwärmen. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 23, 1, pp. 37-43. Gerson, W.M. (1968) Violence as an American value theme. In: O. Larsen (Ed.) Violence and the Mass Media. New York: Harper & Row, pp. 89-125. Ghiglieri, M.P. (1984) The Chimpanzees of Kibale Forest: A Field Study of Ecology and Social Structure. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Ghiglieri, M.P. (1987a) Sociobiology of the great apes and the hominid ancestor. J. Human Evolution, 16, pp. 319-58. Ghiglieri, M.P. (1987b) War among the chimps. Discover, 8, 11, pp. 67-76. Ghiglieri, M.P. (1988) East of the Mountains of the Moon: The Chimpanzees of Kibale Forest. New York: Free Press. Ghiglieri, M.P. (1990) Hominoid sociobiology and hominid social evolution. In: P.G. Heltne & L.A. Marquardt (Eds.) Understanding Chimpanzees. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press, pp. 370-79. Ghiselin, M.T. (1974) The Economy of Nature and the Evolution of Sex. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Giacobini, G. (Ed.) Hominidae. Proc. 2nd Internat. Congr. Human Paleontol., Turino, Sept. 28-Oct. 3, 1987. Milano: Jaca Book. Gibbon, U.S.N. (1852) Voyage down the Amazons (incomplete reference in Markham, 1895). Gibbs, J.L. (Ed.) (1965/1966) Peoples of Africa. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Giblin, R.W. (1928) The Early History of Tasmania. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Gibson, T.P. (1985) The sharing of substance versus the sharing of activity among the Buid. Man, 20, 3, pp. 391-411. Gibson, T.P. (1986) Sacrifice and Sharing in the Philippine Islands: Religion and Society among the Buid of Mindoro. London: Athlone Press. Gibson, T.P. (1989) Symbolic representations of tranquility and aggression among the Buid. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 60-78. Gibson, T.P. (1990) Raiding, trading and tribal autonomy in insular Southeast Asia. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 125-45. Gieseler, W. (1952) Schädelverletzungen, Kannibalismus und Bestattungen im europäischen Paläolithikum. Aus der Heimat, 59, 12. Gieseler, W. (1953) Das jungpaläolithische Skelett von Neuessing. Aus der Heimat, 61, 7/8. Gilberg, R. (1984) Polar Eskimo. In: Sturtevant & Damas (Eds.), Vol. 5, pp. 577-94. Gilberg, R. (1991) Inughuit. In: O'Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 159-61. Gilbert, G.M. (1950) The Psychology of Dictatorship: Based on an Examination of the Leaders of Nazi Germany. New York: Ronald Press. Gillen, F.J. (1896) Notes on some manners and customs of the aborigines of the McDonnell Ranges belonging to the Arunta tribe. Report of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia, Vol. IV, London, pp. 161-96. Gillin, J.P. (1948) Tribes of the Guianas. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol 3, pp. 799-858. Gilissen, J. (1961) Essai d’une histoire comparative de l’organisation de la paix. Bruxelles: Editions de la librairie encyclopédique. Gini, C. (1921) The war from the eugenic point of view. In: Eugenics in Race and State. Baltimore. Gini, C. (1934) Gli effeti eugenici o disgenici della guerra. Genus, 1, pp. 29-42. Gittins, S.P. (1980) Territorial behavior in the agile gibbon. Internat. J. Primatol., 1, 4, pp. 381-99. Gittleman, J.L. & P.H. Harvey (1982) Carnivore home-range size, metabolic needs and ecology. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 10, pp. 57-63. Givens, R.D. (1975) Aggression in nonhuman primates: Implications for understanding human behavior. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 263-80. Givens, R.D. & M.A. Nettleship (Eds.) (1976) Discussions on War and Human Aggression. The Hague: Mouton. Gjessing, G. (1950) Krigen og kulturene. Oslo: Gyldendal. Gjessing, G. (1967) Ecology and peace research. J. Peace Res., 4. pp. 125-39. Glad, B. (Ed.) (1990/1991) Psychological Dimensions of War. Newbury Park: Sage. Gladstone, A.I. (1959) The conception of the enemy. J. Conflict Resolution, 3, 2, pp. 132- 37. Glantz, K. (1989) Conference Report (HBES Conf. Northwestern Univ., Aug. 25-7, 1989) ASCAP Newsletter, 2, 10, pp. 3-9. Glasse, R.M. (1959) Revenge and redress among the Huli: A preliminary account. Mankind, 5, 7, pp. 273-89. Glasse, R.M. (1968) The Huli of Papua: A Cognatic Descent System. Paris: Mouton. Glasse, R.M. & S. Lindenbaum (1973) South Fore politics. In: Berndt & Lawrence (Eds.), pp. 362-80. Glasse, R.M. & M.J. Meggitt (Eds.) (1969) Pigs, Pearlshells, and Women. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Glover, E. (1947) War, Sadism and Pacifism: Further Essays on Group Psychology and War. London: Allen & Unwin. Glover, E. & M. Ginsberg (1934) A symposium on the psychology of peace and war. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 14, pp. 274-93. Gluckman, M. (1940) The kingdom of the Zulu of South Africa. In: Fortes & Evans- Pritchard (Eds.), pp. 25-55. Gluckman, M. (1955) Custom and Conflict in Africa. Oxford: Blackwell. Gluckman, M. (1960) The rise of the Zulu empire. Sci. Amer., 202, 4, pp. 157-68. Gluckman, M. (1963) Order and Rebellion in Tribal Africa. New York: Free Press. Gluckman, M. (1965) Politics, Law, and Ritual in Tribal Society. Chicago: Aldine. Gluckman, M. (Ed.) (1972) The Allocation of Responsibility. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press. Gobineau, A. Comte de (1853) Essay sur l'inégalité des races humaines. Paris: Librairie de Fermin-Didot. Gobineau, A. Comte de (1970) Gobineau: Selected Political Writings. Ed. and introduced by M. Biddis. London: Jonathan Cape. Gochman, C.S. (1990) Prometheus bound: The state and war. In: Gochman & Sabrosky (Eds.), pp. 287-308. Gochman, C.S. & Z. Maoz (1984) Militarized interstate disputes, 1816-1976: Procedures, patterns and insights. J. Conflict Resolution, 28, 4, pp. 585-615. Gochman, C.S. & A.N. Sabrosky (Eds.) Prisoners of War? Nation States in the Modern Era. Lexington: Heath. Goddard, P.E. (1913) The Indians of the Southwest. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Godden, G.M. (1897/1898) Naga and other frontier tribes of North-East India. J. Anthropol. Inst., 26, pp. 161-201; 27, pp. 2-51 Godelier, M. (1977) Perspectives in Marxist Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Godelier, M. (1978) Territory and property in primitive society. Soc. Sci. Info., 17, pp. 399-426. Godwin-Austen, H.H. (1872) The stone monuments of the Khasi Hill tribes; Khasi Hill tribes. J. Anthropol. Inst., 1, pp. 122-40; 213-50. Godwin-Austen, H.H. (1873) On Garo Hill tribes. J. Anthropol. Inst., 2, pp. 391-95. Goeje, C.H. de (1908) Verslag der Toemoekhoemak-expeditie. Leiden: Brill. Goens, R. van (1932) Memoirs of Ryckloff van Goens. Colombo: Government Press. Goertz, G. & P.F. Diehl (1992) Territorial Changes and International Conflict. London: Routledge. Goffmann, E. (1959) The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. Garden City: Doubleday. Goffmann, E. (1976) Der bestätigende Austausch. In: M. Auwärter et al. (Eds.) Seminar: Kommunikation, Interaktion, Identität. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Goldfrank, E.S. (1945) Socialization, personality, and the structure of Pueblo society (with particular reference to Hopi and Zuni). Amer. Anthropol., 47, pp. 516-39. Goldman, I (1937/1961) The Zuñi Indians of New Mexico. In: Mead (Ed.), pp. 313-53. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1951) Nomlaki ethnography. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 42, 4, pp. 303-443. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1966) Comparative Functionalism: An Essay in Anthropological Theory. Los Angeles: Univ. California Press. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1969) Man’s Way: A Preface to the Understanding of Human Society. New York: Holt. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1978) Nomlaki. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), pp. 341-49. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1988) Inducement to military participation in tribal societies. In: Rubinstein & Foster (Eds.), pp. 47-65. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1989) Inducement to military participation in tribal societies. In: Turner & Pitt (Eds.), pp. 15-31. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1990) The Human Career: The Self in the Symbolic World. Cambridge MA: Blackwell. Goldschmidt, W.R. (1994) Peacemaking and the institutions of peace in tribal societies. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 109-32. Goldschmidt, W.R.; G. Foster & F. Essene (1939) War stories from two enemy tribes. J. Amer. FolkLore, 52, 204, pp. 141-54. Goldstein, A.P. (Ed.) (1983) Prevention and Control of Aggression: Principles, Practices and Research. New York: Pergamon Press. Goldstein, A.P. (1994) The Ecology of Aggression. New York: Plenum Press. Goldstein, J.H. (1975/1986) Aggression and Crimes of Violence. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Goltz, C. von der (1883) Das Volk in Waffen. 2nd ed. Berlin. Gomes, E.H. (1911) Seventeen Years among the Sea Dyaks of Borneo. London: Seeley & Service. Good, K. (1991) Into the Heart: An Amazonian Love Story. New York: Simon & Schuster. Goodall, J. (1965) Chimpanzees of the Gombe Stream Reserve. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 425- 73. Goodall, J. (1971) Some aspects of aggressive behavior in a group of free-living chimpanzees. Internat. Soc. Sci. J., 23, 1, pp. 89-97. Goodall, J. (1977) Infant killing and cannibalism in free-living chimpanzees. Folia Primatol., 28, pp. 259-82. Goodall, J. (1979) Life and death at Gombe. Nat. Geograph. Mag., 155, 5, pp. 592-621. Goodall, J. (1986) The Chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of Behavior. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Goodall, J. (1990) Through a Window: My Thirty Years with the Chimpanzees of Gombe. Philadelphia: Houghton-Mifflin. Goodall, J. et al. (1979) Intercommunity interactions in the chimpanzee population of the Gombe National Park. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 13-54. Goody, J.R. (1980) Technology, Tradition and the State in Africa. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Gorer, G. (1938) Himalayan Village: An Account of the Lepchas of Sikkim. London: M. Joseph. Gorjanovic-Kramberger, K. (1906) Der diluviale Mensch von Krapina in Kroatien. Ein Beitrag zur Paläoanthropologie. Wiesbaden. Gotmark, F. & M. Anderson (1984) Colonial breeding reduces nest predation in the common gull Larus canus. Anim. Behav., 32, pp. 485-92. Gottschling, E. (1905) The Bawenda: A sketch of their history and customs. J. Anthropol. Inst., 35, pp. 365-86. Goudsblom, J. (1989) The domestication of fire and the origin of language. In: J. Wind et al. (Eds.) Studies in Language Origins, Vol 1. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Gouin Décarie, T. (1974) The Infant’s Reaction to Strangers. New York: Internat. Univ. Press. Gould, S.J. (1994) The evolution of life on the earth. Sci. Amer., Oct., pp. 63-69. Gould, S.J. &R.C. Lewontin (1979) The spandrels of San Marco and the Panglossian paradigm: A critique of the adaptationist program. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, Ser. B., 205, pp. 581-98. Gouzoules, H.; L.M. Fedigan & L. Fedigan (1975) Responses of a transplanted troop of Japanese monkeys (Macaca fuscata) to bobcat (Lynx lynx) predation. Primates, 16, pp. 335-49. Gowlett, J.A.J. (1984) Ascent to Civilization: The Archaeology of Early Man. New York: Knopf. Gowlett, J.A.J.; J.W.K. Harris; D. Walton & B.A. Wood (1981) Early archaeological sites, hominid remains, and traces of fire from Chesowanja, Kenya. Nature, 294, pp. 125- 29. Grabowsky, F. (1885) Die Orang Bukit oder Bergmenschen von Mindai in Südost-Borneo. Das Ausland, 58, pp. 783-6. Graebner, F. (1906) Wanderung und Entwicklung sozialer Systeme in Australien. Globus, 90, pp. 181-237. Graeve, B. von (1989) The Pacaa Nova: Clash of Cultures on the Brazilian Frontier. Peterborough, Ontario: Broadview Press. Grafen, A. (1984) Natural selection, kin selection and group selection. In: Krebs & Davies (Eds.), pp. 62-84. Grafen, A. (1987) The logic of divisively asymmetric contests: Respect for ownership and the desperado effect. Anim. Behav., 35, 2, pp. 462-67. Graham, E.E. (1975) Yuman warfare: An analysis of ecological factors from ethnohistorical sources. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 451-62. Gramby, R. (1977) Deerskins and hunting territories: Competition for a scarce resource of the Northeastern Woodlands. Amer. Antiquity, 42, pp. 601-5. Grant, C. (1978) Chumash: Introduction; Eastern Coastal Chumash; Island Chumash; Interior Chumash. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), pp. 505-8; 509-19; 524-29; 530- 34. Graves, P.M. (1991) New models and metaphors for the Neanderthal debate. Current Anthropol., 32, pp. 513-41. Gray, J.G. (1970) The Warriors: Reflections on Men in Battle. New York: Harper & Row. Green, A.W. (1956) Sociology: An Analysis of Life in Modern Society. New York: McGraw Hill. Green, P.A. (1995) Evolutionary insights into problems of sexism, classism and racism, including prospects for their elimination. Race, Gender & Class, 2, 2, pp. 65-83. Greene, J.C. (1959) The Death of Adam: Evolution and its Impact on Western Thought. Ames: Iowa State Univ. Press. Greenhouse, C.J. (1985) Mediation: A comparative approach. Man, 20, 1, pp. 90-114. Greenhouse, C.J. (1986) Fighting for peace. In: Foster & Rubinstein (Eds.), pp. 49-60. Greenhouse, C.J. (1987) Cultural perspectives on war. In: Väyrynen (Ed.), pp. 32-47. Greenwood, P.J.; P. Harvey & M. Slatkin (Eds.) Evolution: Essays in Honour of John Maynard Smith. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Gregor, T.A. (1990) Uneasy peace: Intertribal relations in Brazil's Upper Xingu. In: Haas. (Ed.), pp. 105-24. Gregor, T.A. (1994) Symbols and rituals of peace in Brazil's Upper Xingu. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 241-58. Gregor, T.A. & L.E. Sponsel (1994) Preface. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. xv-xviii. Grey, G. (1841) Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in N.W. and W. Australia during the Years 1837, ’38 and ’39. London: T. & W. Boone. Griffin, D.R. (1981) The Question of Animal Awareness. New York: Rockefeller Univ. Press. Griffin, P.B. (1984) Forager resource and land use in the humid tropics: The Agta of Northeastern Luzon, the Philippines. In: Schrire (Ed.), pp. 95-121. Grimm, H. & H. Ullrich (1965) Ein jungpaläolitischer Schädel und Skelettreste aus Döbritz, Kr. Pößneck. Alt-Thüringen, 7, pp. 50-89. Grinnell, G.B. (1915) The Fighting Cheyennes. New York: Scribner. Grodzins, M. (1956) The Loyal and the Disloyal. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Groen, J.J. (1974) Een psycho-biologische bijdrage tot de kennis van groepsagressie en oorlogsgedrag. Intermediair, 45, pp. 1-9. Gross, D.R. (1975) Protein capture and cultural development in the Amazon Basin. Amer. Anthropol., 77, 3, pp. 526-49. Grotius, H. [1625] De Jure Belli ac Pacis Libri Tres. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1925. Grubb, W.B. (1911) An Unknown People in an Unknown Land: An Account of the Life and Customs of the Lengua Indians of the Paraguayan Chaco. London: Seeley & Service. Gruter, M. & P. Bohannan (Eds.) (1983) Law, Biology and Culture: The Evolution of Law. Santa Barbara: Ross-Erikson. Gruter, M. & R.D. Masters (Eds.) (1986) Ostracism: A Social and Biological Phenomenon. New York: Elsevier. Gudgeon, W.E. (1902-03) The whence of the Maori. J. Polynesian Soc., 11-12. Guenther, M.G. (1981) Bushman and hunter-gatherer territoriality. Z. f. Ethnol., 106, pp. 109-20. Guenther, M.G. (1986) The Nharo Bushmen of Botswana. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Guenther, M.G. (1992) Not a Bushman thing: Witchcraft among the Bushmen and hunter- gatherers. Anthropos, 87, pp. 83-107. Guise, R.E. (1899) The tribes inhabiting the mouth of the Wanigela River, New Guinea. J. Anthropol. Inst., 28, pp. 205-19. Gulliver, P.H. (1979) Disputes and Negotiations: A Cross-Cultural Perspective. New York: Academic Press. Gumilla, J. (1745) El Orinoco Ilustrado, y defendo historia natural, civil, y geographica de este Gran Rio, y de sus caudalosas vertientes. Madrid. Gumilla, J. (1791) Historia natural, civil y geografica de las naciones situadas en las riveras del Rio Orinoco. 2 Vols. Barcelona. Gumplowicz, L. (1883) Der Rassenkampf. Innsbruck: Wagner. Gumplowicz, L. (1885) Grundriß der Soziologie. Wien: Manz. Gumplowicz, L. (1892) Die soziologische Staatsidee. Innsbruck: Wagner. Gusinde, M.P. (1923) Vierte Reise zum Feuerland-Stamm der Ona. Anthropos, 18-19, 522-36. Gusinde, M.P. (1956) Die Twiden - Pygmäen und Pigmoide im tropischen Afrika. Mödling bei Wien: Anthropos Bibliothek.

Haas, J. (1975/1982) The Evolution of the Prehistoric State. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Haas, J. (1990) Warfare and the evolution of tribal polities in the prehistoric Southwest. In: Haas. (Ed.), pp. 171-89. Haas, J. (Ed.) (1990) The Anthropology of War. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Hacker, F. (1971) Aggression, die Brutalisierung der modernen Welt. Wien: Verlag Fritz Molden. Haddon, A.C. (1901) Head-Hunters: Black, White and Brown. London: Routledge. Hadfield, E. (1920) Among Natives of the Loyalty Group. London: Macmillan. Hadingham, E. (1979) Secrets of the Ice Age: The World of the Cave Artists. New York. Hagen, B. (1908a) Die Orang Kubu auf Sumatra. Frankfurt a.M.: Joseph Baer. Hagen, B. (1908b) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Orang Sekka (Sakai) oder Orang Laut, sowie der Orang Lom oder Mapor, zweier nicht-muhamedanischer Volksstämme auf der Insel Banka. Abhandlungen zur Anthropol., Ethnol., u. Urgeschichte, pp. 37-46. Hahn, C.H.L. (1928) The Ovambo. In: Hahn, Fourie & Vedder (Eds.), pp. 1-36 Hahn, C.H.L.; L. Fourie & H. Vedder (Eds.) The Native Tribes of Southwest Africa. New York: Barnes & Noble. Hahn, T. (1867) Die Nama-Hottentotten. Ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischen Ethnographie. Globus, 12. Hahn, T. (1870) Beiträge zur Kunde der Hottentotten. Jahresbericht des Vereins f. Erdkunde zu Dresden, 6-7. Hajda, Y. (1984) Regional Social Organization in the Greater Lower Columbia, 1792- 1830. PhD., Univ. Washington. Hajda, Y. (1987) Exchange spheres on the Greater Lower Columbia. Paper 86th Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Chicago. Hajda, Y. (1990) Southwestern Coast Salish. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 503-17. Haldane, J.B.S. (1932) The Causes of Evolution. London: Longmans Green. Hale, A. (1886) On the Sakais. J. Anthropol. Inst., 15, pp. 285-301. Hale, H.E. (1883/1886) The Iroquois Book of Rites. Philadelphia: D.G. Brinton. Hall, G.S. (1914) A synthetic genetic study of fear. Amer. J. Psychol., 25, 2/3, pp. 149- 200; 321-92. Hall, G.S. (1917) Psychology and war. J. Heredity, 8, pp. 442-47. Hall, G.S. (1919) Some relations between the war and psychology. Amer. J. Psychol. 29, whole issue. Hall, K.R.L. (1964) Aggression in monkey and ape societies. In: Carthy & Ebling (Eds.), pp. 51-64. Hall, K.R.L. & I. DeVore (Eds.) Baboon social behavior. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 53-110. Halle, L.J. (1973) Does war have a future? Foreign Affairs, 52, 1, pp. 20-34. Halliday, R.J. (1971) Social Darwinism: A definition. Victorian Studies, 14, pp. 389-405. Hallowell, A.I. (1940) Aggression in Saulteaux society. Psychiat., 3, pp. 395-407. Hallowell, A.I. (1941) The social function of anxiety in primitive society. Amer. Sociol. Rev., 6, Dec., pp. 869-81. Hallowell, A.I. (1959) Behavioral evolution and the emergence of the self. In: Anthropol. Soc. Wash. (Eds.) Evolution and Anthropology: A Centennial Appraisal. Washington DC., pp. 36-60. Hallpike, C.R. (1973) Functionalist interpretations of primitive warfare. Man, 8, pp. 451- 70. Hallpike, C.R. (1977) Bloodshed and Vengeance in the Papuan Mountains: The Generation of Conflict in Tauade Society. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Hallpike, C.R. (1978) Introduction. In: B. Blackwood The Kukukuku of the Upper Watut. Oxford: Pitt Rivers Museum. Hallpike, C.R. (1979) The Foundations of Primitive Thought. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Halperin, M. (1936) Cereals and civilization. Scientific Monthly, April. Hambly, W.D. (1946) Primitive warfare: So-called ‘savages’ fight less, and less cruelly, than ‘civilized’ nations. Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus. Bull., 17, 1-10, pp. 4-5. Hambly, W.D. (1947) How primitive man waged war. Travel, 88, p. 18. Hamburg, B.A. (1978) The biosocial basis of sex differences. In: Washburn & McCown (Eds.), pp. 155-213. Hamburg, D.A. (1963) Emotions in the perspective of human evolution. In: P. Knapp (Ed.) Expression of the Emotions in Man. New York: Internat. Univ. Press, pp. 300- 317. Hamburg, D.A. (1971) Psychobiological studies of aggressive behaviour. Nature, 230, pp. 19-23. Hamburg, D.A. (1972) An evolutionary perspective on human aggressiveness. In: D. Offer & D. Freedman (Eds.) Modern Psychiatry and Clinical Research. New York: Basic Books. Hamburg, D.A. (1973a) Recent evidence on the evolution of aggressive behavior. In: Otten (Ed.), pp. 82-92. Hamburg, D.A. (1973b) An evolutionary and developmental approach to human aggressiveness. Psychoanal. Quart., 42, 4, pp. 185-96. Hamburg, D.A. (1975) Evolution of aggressive behavior in primates. In: W.S. Fields & W.H. Sweet (Eds.) Neural Bases of Violence and Aggression. St. Louis: Warren H. Green, pp. 137-45. Hamburg, D.A. (1978) Human aggressiveness and conflict resolution. In: N.C. Dahl & J.B. Weisner (Eds.) World Change and World Security. Cambridge MA: MIT Press, pp. 39-60. Hamburg, D.A. (1991) An evolutionary perspective on human aggression. In: Bateson (Ed.), pp. 419-57. Hamburg, D.A. & J. van Lawick-Goodall (1974) Factors facilitating development of aggressive behavior in chimpanzees and humans. In: De Wit & Hartup (Eds.), pp. 59-85. Hamburg, D.A. & E.R. McCown (Eds.) (1979) The Great Apes: Perspectives on Human Evolution. Vol. V. Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings. Hamburg, D.A. & M.B. Trudeau (1981) Biobehavioral Aspects of Aggression. New York: Alan R. Liss. Hames, R.B. (1979) Relatedness and interaction among the Ye’kwana: A preliminary analysis. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 238-49. Hamilton, D.L. (Ed.) Cognitive Processes in Stereotyping and Intergroup Behavior. Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum. Hamilton, W.D. (1963) The evolution of altruistic behavior. Amer. Naturalist, 97, pp. 354- 56. Hamilton, W.D. (1964) The genetical evolution of social behaviour. J. Theoret. Biol., 7, 1, pp. 1-52. Hamilton, W.D. (1970) Selfish and spiteful behaviour in an evolutionary model. Nature, 228, pp. 1218-20. Hamilton, W.D. (1971) Selection of selfish and altruistic behavior in some extreme models. In: Eisenberg & Dillon (Eds.), pp. 57-92. Hamilton, W.D. (1975) Innate social aptitudes of man: An approach from evolutionary genetics. In: Fox (Ed.), pp. 133-55. Hamilton, W.D. (1987) Discriminating nepotism: Expectable, common, overlooked. In: D.J.C. Fletcher & C.D. Michener (Eds.) Kin Recognition in Animals. New York: Wiley. Hamilton, W.D. & M. Zuk (1989) Parasites and sexual selection. Nature, 341, pp. 289-90. Hamilton, W.D.; R. Axelrod & R. Tanese (1990) Sexual reproduction as an adaptation to resist parasites. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 87, pp. 3566-73. Hamilton, W.J. (f.c.) Intergroup Conflict: An Animal-Human Comparison. Hamilton, W.J.; R.E. Buskirk & W.H. Buskirk (1975) Defensive stoning by baboons. Nature, 256, 5517, pp. 488-89. Hamilton, W.J.; R.E. Buskirk & W.H. Buskirk (1976) Defense of space and resources by chacma (Papio ursinus) baboon troops in an African desert and swamp. Ecol., 57, pp. 1264-72. Hammerstein, P. (1981) The role of asymmetries in animal contests. Anim. Behav., 29, 1, pp. 193-205. Hammerstein, P. & G.A. Parker (1982) The asymmetric war of attrition. J. Theoret. Biol., 96, pp. 647-82. Hammerstein, P. & G.A. Parker (1987) Sexual selection: games between the sexes. In: Bradbury & Anderson (Eds.), pp. 119-42. Hammond, G.P. & A. Rey (Eds.) (1940) Narratives of the Coronado Expedition, 1540- 1542. Albuquerque: Univ. New Mexico Press. Hammond, P.B. (1971) An Introduction to Cultural and Social Anthropology. New York: Macmillan. Hansen, O. (1980) Speech and Language: A Compendium in Empirical Sociobiology. Lund: Institute of Genetics. Harary, F. (1961) A structural analysis of the situation in the Middle East in 1956. J. Conflict Resolution, 5, pp. 167-78. Harbottle, T.B. (1904) Dictionary of Battles from the Earliest Date to the Present Time. London: S. Sonneschein. Harcourt, A.H. (1978) Strategies of emigration and transfer by primates with particular reference to gorillas. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 48, pp. 401-20. Harcourt, A.H. (1987) Cooperation as a competitive strategy in primates and birds. In: Y. Ito, J. Brown & J. Kikkawa (Eds.) Animal Societies: Theories and Facts. Tokyo: Japan Sci. Soc. Press, pp. 141-57. Harcourt, A.H. (1992) Cooperation in conflicts: Commonalities between humans and other animals. Politics & Life Sciences, 11, 2, pp. 251-59. Harcourt, A.H. & F.B.M. de Waal (1992) Cooperation in conflict: From ants to anthropoids. In: Harcourt & de Waal (Eds.), pp. 493-510. Harcourt, A.H. & F.B.M. de Waal (Eds.) (1992) Coalitions and Alliances in Humans and Other Animals. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Harcourt, A.H.; P.H. Harvey; S.G. Larson & R.V. Short (Eds.) Testis weight, body weight and breeding system in primates. Nature, 293, pp. 55-57. Hardin, G. (1968) The tragedy of the commons. Sci., 162, 3859, pp. 1243-48. Hardin, G. (1972) Population skeletons in the environmental closet. Bull. Atomic Scientist, 28, 6, pp. 37-41. Harding, R.S.O. (1975) Meat eating and hunting in baboons. In: Tuttle (Ed.), pp. 245-57. Harding, R.S.O. & G. Teleki (Eds.) (1981) Omnivorous Primates: Gathering and Hunting in Human Evolution. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Hardy, A.C. (1960) Was man more aquatic in the past? New Scientist, 7, pp. 642-45. Hardy, A.C. (1977) Was there a Homo aquaticus? Zenith, 15, 1, pp. 4-6. Hardy, N.H. & E.W. Elkington (1907) The Savage South Seas. London. Harkness, H. (1832) A Description of a Singular Aboriginal Race Inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills. London: W.H. Allen. Harner, M.J. (1962) Jivaro souls. Amer. Anthropol., 64, 2, pp. 258-72. Harner, M.J. (1970) Population pressure and the social evolution of agriculturists. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 26, pp. 67-86. Harner, M.J. (1972) The Jivaro: People of the Sacred Waterfalls. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Harner, M.J. (1977) The ecological basis for Aztec sacrifice. Amer. Ethnol, 4, 1, pp. 117- 35. Harpending, H.C. (1972) !Kung Hunter-Gatherer Population Structure. PhD., Harvard Univ. Harrington, C. & J. Whiting (1972) Socialization processes and personality. In: F. Hsu (Ed.) Psychological Anthropology. Cambridge: Schenkman, pp. 469-507. Harrington, F.H. (1984) To howl or not to howl. In: D. Macdonald (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Mammals. New York: Facts on File, pp. 60-61. Harrington, F.H. (1987) Aggressive howling in wolves. Animal Behav., 35, 1, pp; 7-12. Harrington, F.H. & L.D. Mech (1979) Wolf howling and its role in territory maintenance. Behav., 68, 3-4, pp. 207-49. Harrington, J.P. (1928) Konomihu and Shasta Fieldnotes. Manuscript. Dept Linguistics, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. Harris, D.R. (1992) Human diet and subsistence. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 69-74. Harris, J.W.K. (1986) Archaeological evidence bearing on an understanding of adaptive behaviours of Late Pliocene hominids. Abstract in: The Longest Record: The Human Career in Africa. A Conference in honour of J. Desmond Clark. Berkeley, April. Harris, M. (1968) The Rise of Anthropological Theory: A History of Theories of Culture. New York: Thomas Crowell. Harris, M. (1971) Ecology, demography and war. Chapter in: M. Harris Culture, Man and Nature. New York: Thomas Crowell. Harris, M. (1972) Warfare old and new. Nat. Hist., 81, 3, pp. 18-20. Harris, M. (1974) Cows, Pigs, Wars and Witches: The Riddles of Culture. New York: Random House. Harris, M. (1975) Culture, Man and Nature. 2nd ed. New York: Thomas Crowell. Harris, M. (1977/1978) Cannibals and Kings: The Origins of Cultures. New York: Random House; New York: Vintage Books. Harris, M. (1979) Cultural Materialism: The Struggle for a Science of Culture. New York: Random House. Harris, M. (1979) The Yanomamö and the cause of war in band and village societies. In: M. Margolis & W. Carter (Eds.) Brazil: An Anthropological Perspective. Essays in Honor of Charles Wagley, New York: Columbia Univ. Press, pp. 121-32. Harris, M. (1980) Culture, People, Nature: An Introduction to General Anthropology. 3rd ed. New York: Harper & Row. Harris, M. (1984a) A cultural materialist theory of band and village warfare: The Yanomamo test. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 111-40. Harris, M. (1984b) Animal capture and Yanomamö warfare: Retrospect and new evidence. J. Anthropol. Res., 40, 1, pp. 183-201. Harris, M. (1989) Our Kind: Who We Are, Where We Came From and Where We Are Going. New York: Harper. Harris, M. & E. Ross (1987) Death, Sex, and Fertility: Population Regulation in Preindustrial and Developing Societies. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Harrison, M.J.S. (1983a) Territorial behaviour in the green monkey, Cercopithecus sabaeus: seasonal defense of local food supplies. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 12, 1, pp. 85-94. Harrison, M.J.S. (1983b) Patterns of range use by the green monkey, Cercopithecus sabaeus at Mt. Assirik, Senegal. Folia Primatol., 41, pp. 157-79. Harrison, R. (1973) Warfare. Minneapolis: Burgess Publ. Co. Hart, C.W.M. & A.R. Pilling (1960) The Tiwi of North Australia. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Hartland, S. (1914) Hottentots. In: J. Hastings (Ed.) Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Vol. 6, New York: Scribner. Hartland, S. (1921) Primitive Society. London: Murray. Hartmann, F.H. (1982) The Conservation of Enemies: A Study in Enmity. Westport: Greenwood Press. Hartmann, H.; E. Kris & R.M. Loewenstein (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. In: A. Freud (Ed.) Psychoanalytic Study of the Child. New York: Internat. Univ. Press, pp. 9-36. Hartmann, L. (1915) Der Krieg in der Weltgeschichte. Wien: Manz. Harvey, A. (1983) A Journey in Ladakh. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Harvey, P.H. & A.H. Harcourt (1984) Sperm competition, testes size, and breeding systems in primates. In: R.L. Smith (Ed.), pp. 589-600. Harvey, P.H. & A.D. Read (1992) Home range and territory. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 155-56. Harvey, P.H.; R.D. Martin & T.H. Clutton-Brock (1987) Life histories in comparative perspective. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 181-96. Harvey, P.H.; L. Partridge & T.R.E. Southwood (Eds.) (1991) The Evolution of Reproductive Strategies. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Hasegawa, T. et al. (1983) New evidence of scavenging behavior in wild chimpanzees. Current Anthropol., 24, 2, pp. 231-32. Hasselrot, P. (1984) Hällbilder. Stockholm: Liber Förlag. Hasselt, J.L. van (1876) Die Nuforesen. Z. f. Ethnol., 8, pp. 134-9; 169-202. Hauer, R.W. (1978) Learning to be violent: Psychological contrasts between a violent- prone town and an antiviolent one. Paper 3rd Meeting ISRA, Washington DC. Hausfater, G. (1972) Intergroup behavior of free-ranging rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Folia Primatol., 18, pp. 78-107. Hausfater, G. & S.B. Hrdy (Eds.) (1984) Infanticide: Comparative and Evolutionary Perspectives. New York: Aldine. Havemeyer, L. & A.G. Keller (1917) Ethnography. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Hawkes, K. (1991) Showing off: Tests of an hypothesis about man’s foraging goals. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 12, pp. 29-54. Hawkesworth, J. (1774) Relation des voyages entrepris par ordre de sa majesté britannique, etc. 3 Vols. Paris: Nyon et Mérigot. Hawthorn, H.B.; C.S. Belshaw & M. Jamieson (1958) The Indians of British Columbia: A Study of Contemporary Social Adjustment. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Hayano, D.M. (1973) Sorcery death, proximity, and the perception of out-groups: The Tauna Awa of New Guinea. Ethnol, 12, pp. 179-91. Hayano, D.M. (1974) Marriage, alliance, and warfare: A view from the New Guinea Highlands. Amer. Ethnol, 1, 2, pp. 281-93. Haydon, B. (1962) The Great Statistics of War Hoax. Santa Monica: Rand. Hayes, C.J.H. (1926) Essays on Nationalism. New York: Macmillan. Hayes, C.J.H. (1931) The Historical Evolution of Modern Nationalism. New York: Macmillan. Headland, T.N. (Ed.) (1992) The Tasaday Controvery: An Assessment of the Evidence. Washington DC: Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. Headland T.N. & L.A. Reid (1989) Hunter-gatherers and their neighbors from prehistory to the present. Current Anthropol., 30, pp. 43-66. Hearne, S. (1795) A Journey from Prince of Wales’s Fort in Hudson’s Bay to the Northern Ocean, etc. in the Years 1769, 1770, 1771 and 1772. London: A. Strahan & T. Cadell. Hebb, D.O. (1946) On the nature of fear. Psychol. Rev., 53, pp. 259-76. Hebb, D.O. & W.R. Thompson (1968) The social significance of animal studies. In: G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.) The Handbook of Social Psychology. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley. Heelas, P. (1989) Identifying peaceful societies. In: Howell & Willis (eds.), pp. 225-43. Heering, G.J. (1928) De zondeval van het Christendom. Een studie over Christendom, staat en oorlog. Arnhem (transl. `The Fall of Christianity'. New York: Garland, 1972). Hegel, G.W.F. [1821] Philosophy of Right. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1942. Hegel, G.W.F. [1837] Philosophy of History. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975. Hegner, R.E.; S.T. Emlen & N.J. Demong (1982) Social organization of the white-fronted bee-eater. Nature, 298, 5871, pp. 264-66. Heider, K.G. (1962/1970) The Dugum Dani: A Papuan Culture in the Highlands of West New Guinea. New York: Viking; Chicago: Aldine. Heider, K.G. (1972) The Dani of West Irian. Reading: Addison-Wesley. Heider, K.G. (1979) Grand Valley Dani: Peaceful Warriors. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Heinz, H.J. (1966) The Social Organization of the !Ko-Bushmen. Johannesburg: Univ. S. Africa. Heinz, H.J. (1972) Territoriality among the Bushmen in general and the !Ko in particular. Anthropos, 67, pp. 405-16. Heinz, H.J. & M. Lee (1978) Namkwa: Life among the Bushmen. London: Jonathan Cape. Heizer, R.F. (1970) Ethnographic notes on the Northern Paiute of Humboldt Sink, West Central Nevada. In: E.H. Swanson (Ed.) Languages and Cultures of Western North America. Pocatello: Idaho State Univ. Press, pp. 232-45. Heizer, R.F. & M.A. Whipple (1960/1971) The California Indians: A Source Book. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Heller, A. (1979) On Instincts. Assen: van Gorcum. Hellwald, F. von (1883) Kulturgeschichte in ihrer natürlichen Entwicklung. Augsburg: Lampart. Helm, J. (1991) Dogrib. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 87-90. Helmuth, H. (1968) Kannibalismus in Paläoanthropologie und Ethnologie. Ethno- graphisch-Archäologische Z., 9, pp. 101-19. Helmuth, H. (1973) Cannibalism in Paleoanthropology and ethnology. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 229-53. Henry, J. (1941) Jungle People: A Kaingang Tribe of the Highlands of Brazil. New York: J.J. Augustin. Henschel, J.R. (1986) The Socio-Ecology of a Spotted Hyaena Crocuta crocuta Clan in the Kruger National Park. Thesis, Univ. Pretoria. Henschel, J.R. & J.D. Skinner (1991) Territorial behaviour by a clan of spotted hyaenas Crocuta crocuta. Ethol., 88, 3, pp. 223-35. Henssen, E.W.A. (1978) Een onderzoek naar oorlogsmotieven zoals te vinden bij Romeinse geschiedschrijvers. Scriptie, Inst. Oude Geschiedenis, R.U. Groningen. Herdt, G.H. (1981) Guardians of the Flutes; Idioms of Masculinity. New York: McGraw- Hill. Herdt, G.H. (1986) Aspects of socialization for aggression in Sambia ritual and warfare. Anthropol. Quart., 59, 4, pp. 160-64. Herodotus [ca. 450 BC] The Histories. Harmondsworth: Penguin Classics, 1972. Hester, T.R. (1978) Esselen. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), pp. 496-99. Hester, T.R. (1991) Yurok. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 393-96. Hewes, G.W. (1961) Food transportation and the origins of bipedalism. Amer. Anthropol., 63, pp. 687-710. Hewes, G. (1964) Hominid bipedalism: Independent evidence for the food-carrying theory. Sci., 146, pp. 416-18. Hiatt, L.R. (1965) Kinship and Conflict: A Study of an Aboriginal Community in Northern Arnhem Land. Canberra: Austral. Nat. Univ. Hickerson, H. (1965) The Virginia deer and intertribal buffer zones in the Upper Mississippi Valley. In: A. Leeds & A.P. Vayda (Eds.) Man, Culture and Animals. New York: Publ. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., pp. 43-65. Hickerson, H. (1970) The Chippewa and their Neighbors: A Study in Ethnohistory. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Hicks, F. (1974) The influence of agriculture on aboriginal socio-political organization in the Lower Colorado River Valley. J. Calif. Anthropol., 1, 2, pp. 133-44. Hiekisch, C. (1879) Die Tungusen. St.Peterburg. Hill, J. (1984) Prestige and reproductive success in Man. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 5, 2, pp. 77- 95. Hill, K. & H. Kaplan (1988) Trade-offs in male and female reproductive strategies among the Ache. In: Betzig et al. (Eds.), pp. 277-305. Hill, W.W. (1936) Navaho Warfare. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Hilton, S.F. (1990) Haihais, Bella Bella, and Owekeeno. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), pp. 312-22. Himmelfarb, G. (1959/1968) Darwin and the Darwinian Revolution. New York: Doubleday. Hinde, R.A. (1956) The biological significance of the territories of birds. Ibis, 98, pp. 340- 69. Hinde, R.A. (1960) Energy models of motivation. Symp. Soc. Exp. Biol., 14, pp. 199-213. Hinde, R.A. (1966/1970) Animal Behaviour: A Synthesis of Ethology and Comparative Psychology. London: McGraw-Hill. Hinde, R.A. (1970) Aggression in animals. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 63, pp. 4-5. Hinde, R.A. (1973) The nature of aggression. In: Otten (Ed.), pp. 93-100. Hinde, R.A. (1974) The study of aggression: Determinants, consequences, goals and functions. In: de Wit & Hartup (Eds.), pp. 3-28. Hinde, R.A. (Ed.) (1983) Primate Social Relationships: An Integrated Approach. London: Blackwell. Hinde, R.A. (1986) Categories of aggression and their motivational heterogeneity. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 7, pp. 17-27. Hinde, R.A. (Ed.) (1992) The Institution of War. New York: St.Martin’s Press. Hinde, S.L. (1901) The Last of the Masai. London: Heinemann. Hinkle, B.M. (1925) Psychological factors in the war spirit. Proc. Conf. Cause and Cure of War, Washington, p. 122. Hiraiwa-Hasegawa, M.; T. Hasegawa & T. Nishida (1983/1984) Demographic study of a large-sized unit-group of chimpanzees in the Mahale Mountains, Tanzania. Mahale Mountains Chimp. Res. Project, Ecol. Rep. No. 30; Primates, 25, pp. 401-13. Hirschfeld, L.A.; J. Howe & B. Levin (1972) Warfare, infanticide, and statistical inference: A comment on Divale and Harris. Amer. Anthropol., 74, pp. 1318-19. Hitchcock, R. (1891) The Ainos of Yezo, Japan. Washington: Smithsonian Inst. Hitte, C. de la & H. ten Kate (1897) Notes ethnographiques sur les Indiens Guayaquis et description de leurs caractères physiques. An. Mus. La Plata, Vol. 2. Hobbes, T. (1651) Leviathan; Or, the Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil. London. Hobhouse, L.T. (1924) Social Development: Its Nature and Conditions. London: Allen & Unwin. Hobhouse, L.T. (1956) The simplest peoples. Part II: Peace and order among the simplest peoples. Brit. J. Sociol., 7, pp. 96-119. Hobhouse, L.T.; G. Wheeler & M. Ginsberg (1915) The Material Culture and Social Institutions of the Simpler Peoples. London: London School of Economics Monogr. on Sociol. 3. Hobley, C.W. (1903) British East Africa: Anthropological studies in Kavirondo and Nandi. J. Anthropol. Inst., 33, pp. 325-59. Hobsbawm, E.J. (1972) Some reflections on nationalism. In: T.J. Nossiter et al. (Eds.) Imagination and Precision in the Social Sciences. London: Faber & Faber. Hobsbawm, E.J. (1990) Nations and Nationalism since 1780: Programme, Myth, Reality. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Hobson, J.A. (1901) The Psychology of Jingoism. London: Allen & Unwin. Hodge, F.W. (Ed.) (1907-1910) Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico. 2 Vols. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 30 & 43. Hodgson, B.H. (1850) On the origin, etc. of the Kocch, Bodo and Dhimal peoples. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, NS, 18, Pt 2. Hoebel, E.A. (1940) Law-ways of the primitive Eskimos. J. Criminal Law, Criminol. & Police Sci., pp. 663-83. Hoebel, E.A. (1949/1958) Man in the Primitive World. New York: McGraw-Hill. Hoebel, E.A. (1954) The Law of Primitive Man: A Study in Comparative Legal Dynamics. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Hoebel, E.A. (1960/1978) The Cheyennes: Indians of the Great Plains. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Hoebel, E.A. (1967) Song duels among the Eskimo. In: Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 255-62. Hoebel, E.A. (1972a) Anthropology; The Study of Man. 4th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. Hoebel, E.A. (1972b) Feud: Concept, reliability and method in the study of primitive law. In: A.R. Desai (Ed.) Essays on the Modernization of Underdeveloped Societies. Vol. 1, Bombay: Thacker, pp. 500-513. Hölldobler, B. & E.O. Wilson (1990) The Ants. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Hoernle, A.W. (1925) The social organization of the Nama Hottentots of Southwest Africa. Amer. Anthropol., 27, 1, pp. 1-24. Hoffman, W.J. (1896) Die Shoshoni- und Banak-Indianer. Globus, 69. Hoffmann, S. (1965) The State of War: Essays in the Theory and Practice of International Politics. New York: Praeger. Hofstadter, R. (1955) Social Darwinism in American Thought, 1860-1915. Boston: Beacon Press. Hogbin, H.I. (1935) Native culture of the Wogeo: Report of field work in New Guinea. Oceania, 5, 308-37. Hogbin, H.I. (1939) Native land tenure in New Guinea. Oceania, 10, pp. 113-65. Hogbin, H.I. (1970) The Island of Menstruating Men: Religion in Wogeo, New Guinea. Scranton: Chandler. Hogbin, H.I. (Ed.) (1973) Anthropology in Papua New Guinea. Melbourne: Melbourne Univ. Press. Hogg, G. (1958) Cannibalism and Human Sacrifice. London: Robert Hale. Hogg, M.A. & D. Abrams (1987) Social Identifications. New York: Routledge. Hoijer, H. (1929) The Causes of Primitive Warfare. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Chicago. Holekamp, K.E et al. (1993) Fission of a spotted hyena clan: Consequences of prolonged female absenteeism and causes of female emigration. Ethol., 93, 4, pp. 285-99. Holland, S.C. (1874) On the Ainos. J. Anthropol. Inst., 3, pp. 1-20. Holloway, R.L. (1968) Human aggression: The need for a species-specific framework. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 29-48. Holloway, R.L. (Ed.) (1974) Primate Aggression, Territoriality, and Xenophobia: A Comparative Perspective. New York: Academic Press. Holloway, R.L. (1981) Culture, symbols and human brain evolution: A synthesis. Dialectical Anthropol., 5, pp. 287-303. Holmberg, A.R. (1946) The Sirionó: A Study of the Effect of Hunger Frustration on the Culture of a Semi-Nomadic Bolivian Indian Society. PhD., Yale Univ. Holmberg, A.R. (1948) The Sirionó. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 455-63. Holmberg, A.R. (1950/1966) Nomads of the Long Bow: The Sirionó of Eastern Bolivia. Washington DC: Nat. Hist. Press. Holmes, W.G. & P.W. Sherman (1983) Kin recognition in animals. Amer. Sci., 71, 1, pp. 46-55. Holsti, K.J. (1991) Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648-1989. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Holsti, R. (1912) Some superstitious customs and beliefs in primitive warfare. In: Festskrift Edvard Westermarck. Helsingfors. Holsti, R. (1913) The relation of war to the origin of the state. Helsingfors: Annales Academiae Scientiarum Fennicae, 13. Holt, C. (1946) Shasta ethnography. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 3, 4, pp. 299-349. Holub, E. (1881) The central South African tribes from the South Coast to the Zambesi. J. Anthropol. Inst., 10, pp. 2-19. Homans, G.C. (1950) The Human Group. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World. Honigmann, J.J. (1946a) Culture and Ethos in Kaska Society. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Honigmann, J.J. (1946b) Ethnography and Acculturation of the Fort Nelson Slave. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Honigmann, J.J. (1954) The Kaska Indians: An Ethnographic Reconstruction. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Honigmann, J.J. (1959) The World of Man. New York: Harper & Row. Honigmann, J.J. (1964) Tribe. In: Dictionary of the Social Sciences. Honigmann, J.J. (Ed.) (1973) Handbook of Social and Cultural Anthropology. New York: Rand McNally. Honigmann, J.J. (1981) Kaska. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), pp. 442-50. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van (1988) Sociality in primates: A compromise of ecological and social adaptation strategies. In: Tartabini & Genta (Eds.), pp. 9-23. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van (1990a) Intergroup competition and conflict in animals and man. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 23-54. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van (1990b) Groepsagressie en oorlog, een vergelijkend oeco- ethologische benadering. In: van Hooff et al. (Eds.), pp. 21-75. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van & F.B.M. de Waal (1975) Aspects of an ethological analysis of polyadic agonistic interactions in a captive group of Macaca fascicularis. In: Kondo et al. (Eds.), pp. 269-74. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van & C.P. van Schaik (1992) Cooperation in competition: The ecology of primate bonds. In: Harcourt & de Waal (Eds.), pp. 357-90. Hooff, J.A.R.A.M. van; G. Benthem van den Bergh & J.M. Rabbie (Eds.) (1990) Oorlog: Multidisciplinaire beschouwingen. Hoogezand: Stubeg. Hooker, J.D. (1854) Himalayan Journals; Or, Notes of a Naturalist in Bengal, The Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, etc. London: Ward, Lock & Bowden. Hore, E.C. (1892) Tanganyika: Eleven Years in Central Africa. London: Stanford. Horn, H.S. (1968) The adaptive significance of colonial nesting in the brewer’s blackbird (Euphagus cyanocephalus). Ecol., 49, pp. 682-94. Horn, K. (1969) Über den Zusammenhang zwischen Angst und politischer Apathie. In: H. Marcuse et al. Aggression und Anpassung in der Industriegesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp Verlag, pp. 59-79. Horn, K. (1970) Menschliche Aggressivität und internationale Politik. In: D. Senghaas (Ed.) Friedensforschung und Gesellschaftskritik. München: Carl Hanser Verlag, pp. 133-78. Horn, K. (1972) Gibt es einen Aggressionstrieb? Psyche, 26, 10, pp. 799-817. Horn, K. (1974) Zum Problem aggressiven Verhaltens. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Horn, K. (1988) Gewalt, Aggression, Krieg: Studien zu einer psychoanalytisch orientierten Sozialpsychologie des Friedens. Schriftenreihe der Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Friedens- und Konfliktforschung, Band 13, Baden-Baden. Horne, G. & G. Aiston (1924) Savage Life in Central Australia. London: Macmillan. Horney, K. (1937) The Neurotic Personality of Our Time. New York: Norton. Horney, K. (1939) New Ways in Psychoanalysis. New York: Norton. Horney, K. (1960) Der Kampf in der Kultur: Einige Gedanken und Bedenken zu Freud's Todestrieb und Destruktionstrieb. Amer. J. Psychoanal., 20, pp. 130-38. Horowitz, D.L. (1985) Ethnic Groups in Conflict. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Horton, D. (1943) The functions of alcohol in primitive societies: A cross-cultural study. Quart. J. Studies on Alcohol, 4, pp. 292-303. Hose, C. (1894) The natives of Borneo. J. Anthropol. Inst., 23, pp. 156-71. Hose, C. (1926) Natural Man: A Record from Borneo. London: Macmillan. Hose, C. & W. McDougall (1912) The Pagan Tribes of Borneo. London: Macmillan. Hose, C. & R. Shelford (1906) Materials for a study of tatu in Borneo. J. Anthropol. Inst., 36, pp. 60-91. Hosley, E.H. (1991) Ingalik. In: O'Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 156-59. .Hostetler, J.A. (1974) Hutterite Society. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press. Hostetler, J.A. & G.E. Huntington (1967) The Hutterites of North America. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Hough, W. (1915) The Hopi Indians. Cedar Rapids IA: Torch Press. Houweling, H.W. & J.G. Siccama (1986) Studies of Peace, War, and Strategy. PhD., Univ. Leiden. Howard, J.H. (1965) The Ponca tribe. Smithsonian Inst. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 195. Howe, F.C. (1916/1939) Why War? New York: Scribner's. Howe, J. (1978) Ninety-two mythical populations: A reply to Divale et al. Amer. Anthropol., 80, pp. 671-73. Howell, F.C. (1965) Early Man. New York: Time Inc. Howell, N. (1976) The population of the Dobe area !Kung (Zun/Wasi). In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 138-51. Howell, R.W. (1975) Wars without conflict. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 675-92. Howell, S. (1984) Society and Cosmos: Chewong of Peninsular Malaysia. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Howell, S. (1988) From child to human: Chewong concepts of self. In: I.M. Lewis & G. Jahoda (Eds.) Acquiring Culture: Comparative Studies in Childhood. London: Croom Helm, pp. 147-68. Howell, S. (1989) ‘To be angry is not to be human, but to be fearful is’: Chewong concepts of human nature. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 45-59. Howell, S. & R. Willis (1989) Introduction. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 1-30. Howell, S. & R. Willis (Eds.) (1989) Societies at Peace: Anthropological Perspectives. London: Routledge. Howitt, A.W. (1904) The Native Tribes of South-East Australia. London: Macmillan. Howitt, A.W. & L. Fison (1889a) Further notes on the Australian class systems; Australian message sticks and messengers. J. Anthropol Inst., 18, pp. 31-68; 314-32. Howitt, A.W. & L. Fison (1889b) On the organization of Australian tribes. Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1, 2, pp. 96-137. Hrdlicka, A. (1910) Contribution to the anthropology of Central and Smith Sound Eskimo. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 5, 2. Hrdy, S.B. (1977) The Langurs of Abu: Female and Male Strategies of Reproduction. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press Hrdy, S.B. (1979) Infanticide among animals: A review, classification, and examination of the implications for the reproductive strategies of females. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 1, pp. 13-40. Hrdy, S.B. (1981) The Woman That Never Evolved. London: Harvard Univ. Press. Hrdy, S.B. & P.L. Whitten (1987) Patterning of sexual activity. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 370-84. Hrdy, S.B. & G.C. Williams (1983) Behavioral biology and the double standard. In: Wasser (Ed.), pp. 3-17. Huber, P. (1861) Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indigènes. Paris: Alcan. Huber, P.B. (1975) Defending the cosmos: Violence and social order among the Anggor of New Guinea. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 619-62. Huesmann, L.R. (1988) An information processing model for the development of aggressive behavior. Aggr. Behav., 14, 1, pp. 13-24. Huesmann, L.R. (Ed.) (1994) Aggressive Behavior: Current Perspectives. New York: Plenum Press. Hulse, F.S. (1961) Warfare, demography, and genetics. Eugenics Quart., 8, pp. 185-97. Humble, R. (1980) Warfare in the Ancient World. London: Book Club Assoc. Humphrey, N.K. (1976) The social function of intellect. In: Bateson & Hinde (Eds.), pp. 303-17. Humphrey, N.K. (1983) Consciousness Regained: Chapters in the Development of Mind. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Humphreys, C.B. (1926) The Southern New Hebrides: An Ethnological Record. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Hunt, A.E. (1899) Ethnographical notes on the Murray Islands, Torres Straits. J. Anthropol. Inst., 28, pp. 5-18. Hunt, G.T. (1940) The Wars of the Iroquois: A Study in Intertribal Trade Relations. Madison: Univ. Wisconsin Press. Hunt, H.R. (1930) Some Biological Aspects of War. New York: Galton. Hunter, D.E. & P. Whitten (1976) Peace and conflict. Chapter in: Hunter & Whitten The Study of Anthropology. New York: Harper & Row. Hunter, M. (1936) Reaction to Conquest: Effects of Contact with Europeans on the Pondo of South Africa. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Huntingford, F.A. & A. Turner (1987) Animal Conflict. London: Chapman & Hall. Huntington, E. (1919) World Power and Evolution. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Huntington, E. (1924) The Character of Races as Influenced by Physical Environment. New York: Wiley. Huot, L. & P. Voivenel (1917) Le courage. Paris: Alcan. Hutereau, A. (1909) Notes sur la vie familiale et juridique de quelques populations du Congo-Belge. Ann. Mus. Congo-Belge, Ethnol. et Anthropol., Ser. 3, pp. 61-84. Huxley, A. (1959) War and nationalism. In: A. Huxley The Human Situation. Lectures at Santa Barbara. London: Chatto & Windus. Huxley, J.S. (1938) The present standing of the theory of sexual selection. In: G.R. De Beer (Ed.) Evolution. Oxford, Clarendon Press, pp. 11-42. Huxley, J.S. (1942) Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. London: Allen & Unwin. Huxley, J.S. (1944) War as a biological phenomenon. In: J.S. Huxley On Living in a Revolution. New York: Harper. Huxley, J.S. (1946) Is war instinctive - and inevitable? New York Times Mag., Feb. 10, pp. 59-60. Huxley, J.S. (1964) Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. Huxley, J.S. (org.) (1967a) A discussion on ritualization of behaviour in animals and man. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 251, pp. 247-526. Huxley, J.S. (1967b) Cultural process and evolution. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 437- 54. Huxley, T.H. (1863) Evidence as to Man’s Place in Nature. London: Williams & Norgate. Huxley, T.H. (1894) Evolution and Ethics, and Other Essays. New York: Humboldt. Huyghe, B. (1986) Toward a structural model of violence: Male initiation rituals and tribal warfare. In: Foster & Rubinstein (Eds.), pp. 25-48. Hyades, P.D.J. & J. Deniker (1891) Mission scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-’83. Tome VII: Anthropologie, ethnographie. Paris: Hachette.

Ibn Khaldun [1377] The Muqaddimah: An Introduction to History (reprint: New York: Pantheon, 1958). Ignatieff, M. (1994) Blood and Belonging: Journeys into the New Nationalism. New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux. Ike, B.W. (1987) Man’s limited sympathy as a consequence of his evolution in small kin groups. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 216-35. Ike, B.W. & J.M.G. van der Dennen (1989) From the apologetics of war to global individualism. Med. & War, 5, 1, pp. 16-28. Ilfeld, F.W. & R.J. Metzner (1970) Alternatives to violence: Strategies for coping with social conflict. In: D.N. Daniels, N.F. Gilula & F.M. Ochberg (Eds) Violence and the Struggle for Existence. Boston: Little, Brown, pp. 129-63. Im Thurm, E.F. (1883) Among the Indians of Guiana. London: Kegan Paul, Trench. Imanishi, K. (1963) Social behavior in Japanese monkeys (Macaca fuscata). In: Southwick (Ed.). Inge, W.R. (1915) Patriotism. Quart. Rev., 224, july, pp. 73-75, 83. Ingold, T.; D. Riches & J. Woodburn (Eds.) (1988-89) Hunters and Gatherers. Vol. 1.: History, Evolution and Social Change; Vol. 2: Property, Power and Ideology. London: Berg. Ireland, E. (1988) Cerebral savage: The whiteman as symbol of cleverness and savagery in Waura myth. In: J.D. Hill (Ed.) History and Myth. Urbana: Univ. Illinois Press, pp. 157-73. Ireland, E. (1991) Neither warriors nor victims: The Waura peacefully organize to defend their land. Cult. Survival Quart., 15, pp. 54-60. Irons, W. (1965) Livestock raiding among pastoralists: An adaptive interpretation. Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., 1, pp. 393-414. Irons, W. (1979) Natural selection, adaptation, and human social behavior; Cultural and biological success. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 4-38; 257-72. Irons, W. (1983) Human female reproductive strategies. In: Wasser (Ed.), pp. 169-213. Irons, W. (1991a) Comment on Manson & Wrangham. Current Anthropol, 32, 4, p. 380. Irons, W. (1991b) How did morality evolve? Zygon, 26, pp. 49-89. Irwin, C.J. (1981) Inuit Ethics and the Priority of the Future Generation. Thesis, Univ. Manitoba. Irwin, C.J. (1985) Sociocultural Biology: Studies in the Evolution of Some Netsilingmiut and Other Sociocultural Behaviors. PhD., Univ. Syracuse. Irwin, C.J. (1987) A study in the evolution of ethnocentrism. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 131-56. Irwin, C.J. (1990) The Inuit and the evolution of limited group conflict. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 189-226. Isaac, G.L. (1976) Olorgesailie. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Isaac, G.L. (1978a) Food sharing and human evolution: Archaeological evidence from the Plio-Pleistocene of East Africa. J. Anthropol. Res., 34, pp. 311-25. Isaac, G.L. (1978b) The food-sharing behavior of protohuman hominids. Sci. Amer., 238, 4, pp. 90-108. Isaac, G.L. (1980) Casting the net wide: A review of archaeological evidence for early hominid land-use and ecological relations. In: L.K. Konigsson (Ed.) Current Argument on Early Man. Oxford: Pergamon, pp. 226-51. Isaac, G.L. (1983) Aspects of human evolution. In: Bendall (Ed.), pp. 503-43. Isaac, G.L. (1984) The archaeology of human origins: Studies of the Lower Pleistocene in East Africa 1971-1981. Adv. World Archaeol., 3, pp. 1-79. Isaacs, H.L. (1975) Idols of the Tribe: Group Identity and Political Change. New York: Harper & Row. Isaacs, S. (1933) Social Development in Young Children: A Study of Beginnings. London: Routledge. Isbell, L.A. (1984) Daily ranging behavior of red colobus (Colobus badius tephrosceles) in Kibale Forest, Uganda. Folia Primatol, 41, 1-2, pp. 34-48. Itani, J. (1954) The Monkeys of Takasakiyama. Ford Foundation. Itani, J. (1966) Social organization of chimpanzees. Shizen, 21, pp. 17-30. Itani, J. (1977) Evolution of primate social structure. J. Human Evol., 6, pp. 235-43. Itani, J. (1980) Social structures of African great apes. J. Reprod. Fertil., Suppl. 28, pp. 33-41. Itani, J. (1982) Intraspecific killing among non-human primates. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 5, 4, pp. 361-68. Itani, J. et al. (1963) The social construction of natural troops of Japanese monkeys in Takasakiyama. Primates, 4, 3, pp. 1-42. Ivanov, S.V.; M.G. Levin & A.V. Smolyak (1964) The Nivkhi. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 767-87. Ivanov, S.V.; A.V. Smolyak & M.G. Levin (1964) The Udegeys. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 737-49. Ivens, W.G. (1927) Melanesians of the Southeast Solomon Islands. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. Iyer, A.K. (1935-36) The Mysore Tribes and Castes. 4 Vols. Mysore: Univ. Mysore Press. Iyer, A.K. (1937) The Malapantaram. In: A.K. Iyer, The Travancore Tribes and Castes. Trivandrum: Government Press. Izawa, K. (1970) Unit-groups of chimpanzees and their nomadism in the Savanna woodland. Primates, 11, pp. 1-46.

Jablow, J. (1951) The Cheyenne in Plains Indian trade relations. Monogr. Amer. Ethnol. Soc. 19. Jackson, R.C. (1935) Migration of gray squirrels. Sci., 83, Dec., p. 549. Jäckel, E. (1972) Hitler’s Weltanschauung. Connecticut: Wesleyan Univ. Press. Jähns, M. (1880) Geschichte des Kriegswesens von der Urzeit bis zur Renaissance. Leipzig: Grunow. Jähns, M. (1893) Über Krieg, Frieden und Kultur. Berlin: Allg. Verein f. deut. Litt. Jagers, R. (1982) Geweld in tribale samenlevingen. Sociologische Gids, 29, 3-4, pp. 210- 24. James, G.W. (1903) The Indians of the Painted Desert Region: Hopis, Navahos, Wallapais, Havasupais. Boston: Little, Brown. James, H.C. (1956) The Hopi Indians: Their History and their Culture. Caldwell ID: Caxton Printers. James, H.C. (1960) The Cahuilla Indians. Los Angeles: Westernlore Press. James, H.C. (1974) Pages from Hopi History. Tucson: Univ. Arizona Press. James, W. (1890/1892) Principles of Psychology. New York: Holt. James, W. (1910) The moral equivalent of war. In: W. James, Memories and Studies. New York: Longmans, Green & Co. Reprinted in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 21-31. Janis, I.L. (1971) Groupthink among policy makers. In: Sanford & Comstock (Eds.), pp. 71-89. Janis, I.L. (1972) Victims of Groupthink: A Psychological Study of Foreign Policy Decisions and Fiascoes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Janis, I.L. & D. Katz (1959) The reduction of intergroup hostility: Research problems and hypotheses. J. Conflict Resolution, 3, pp. 85-100. Jaspan, M.A. (1976) Redjang complex. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 1, pp. 83-277. Jaspers, J.M.F. et al. (1965) On the Development of International Attitudes. Univ. Leiden, Psychol. Inst.: Report ESP No. 001-65. Jay, P.C. (1965) The common langur in northern India. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 197-249. Jay, P.C. (Ed.) (1968) Primates: Studies in Adaptation and Variability. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Jayewardene, C.H.S. (1975) Violence among the Eskimos. Canad. J. Criminol. & Corrections, 17, 4, pp. 307-14. Jenness, D. (1922) The Life of the Copper Eskimos. Ottawa: F.A. Acland. Jenness, D. (1932/1934) The Indians of Canada. Ottawa: Nat. Mus. Canada. Jenness, D. (1946) Material Culture of the Copper Eskimo. Ottawa: E. Clouter. Jennrich, R.I & F.B. Turner (1969) Measurement of non-circular home range. J. Theoret. Biol., 22, 2, pp. 227-37. Jersild, A.T. (1947) Child Psychology. New York: Prentice Hall. Jerusalem, W. (1915) Der Krieg im Lichte der Gesellschaftslehre. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. Joad, C.E.M. (1939) Why War? Harmondsworth: Penguin. Johanson, D.C. & M. Edey (1981) Lucy: The Beginnings of Mankind. New York: Simon & Schuster. Johanson, D.C. & T.D. White (1979) A systematic assessment of early African hominids. Sci., 203, pp. 321-30. Johanson, D.C.; T. White & Y. Coppens (1978) A new species of the genus Australopithecus (Primates: Hominidae) from the Pliocene of Eastern Africa. Kirtlandia, 28, pp. 1-14. Johnson, A. (1934) War. In: Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences. New York: Macmillan, pp. 331-42. Johnson, A. (1982) Reductionism in cultural ecology: The Amazon case. Current Anthropol., 23, pp. 413-28. Johnson, A.W. & T. Earle (Eds.) (1987) The Evolution of Human Societies: From Foraging Group to Agrarian State. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press. Johnson, G.R. (1986) Kin selection, socialization, and patriotism: An integrating theory. Politics & the Life Sciences, 4, pp. 127-54. Johnson, G.R.; S.H. Ratwick & T.J. Sawyer (1987) The evocative significance of kin terms in patriotic speech. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 157-74. Johnson, M.G. (1992) The Native Tribes of North America: A Concise Encyclopedia. London: Windrow & Greene. Johnson, R.N. (1972) Aggression in Man and Animals. Philadelphia: Saunders. Johnson, S.C. (1981) Bonobos: Generalized hominid prototypes or specialized insular dwarfs? Current Anthropol., 22, pp. 363-75. Johnston, H.H. (1884) On the races of the Congo and the Portuguese colonies in Western Africa. J. Anthropol. Inst., 13, pp. 461-79. Johnston, H.H. (1902) The Uganda Protectorate. 2 Vols. London: Hutchinson. Johnston, H.H. (1913) A survey of the ethnography of Africa, and the former racial and tribal migrations in that continent. J. Anthropol. Inst., 43, pp. 375-421. Jolly, A. (1966) Lemur Behavior: A Madagascar Field Study. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Jolly, A. (1972) The Evolution of Primate Behavior. New York: Macmillan. Jolly, C.J. (1970) The seed-eaters: A new model of hominid differentiation based on a baboon analogy. Man, NS, 5, pp. 5-26. Jones, G.D. & R. Kautz (Eds.) (1981) The Transition to Statehood in the New World. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Jones, G. (1980) Social Darwinism and English Thought. Brighton: Harvester Press. Jones, L.F. (1914) A Study of the Thlingets of Alaska. New York: Fleming H. Revell. Jones, P. (1861) History of the Ojebway Indians. London: A.W. Bennett. Jones, R. (1974) Tasmanian tribes. In: Tindale, pp. 317-54. Jones, S.; R. Martin & D. Pilbeam (Eds.) The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Jongejans, J. (1922) Uit Dajakland. Leiden: Brill. Jongman, A.J. & J.M.G. van der Dennen (1988) The Great ‘War Figures’ Hoax: An investigation in polemomythology. Bull. Peace Proposals, 19, 2, pp. 197-203. Jordan, D.S. (1907) The Human Harvest: A Study of the Decay of Races through the Survival of the Unfit. Boston: Amer. Unitarian Assoc. Jordan, D.S. (1914) War and Waste. London: T. Fisher Unwin. Jordan. D.S. (1915) War and the Breed: The Relation of War to the Downfall of Nations. Boston: Amer. Unitarian Assoc. Jordan, D.S. & H.E. Jordan (1907) War’s Aftermath: A Preliminary Study of the Eugenics of War etc. Boston: Amer. Unitarian Assoc. Jorgensen, J.G. (1980) Western Indians: Comparative Environments, Languages and Cultures of 172 Western American Indian Tribes. San Francisco: Freeman. Jorgensen, P.A. (1956) Shakespeare’s Military World. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Joyce, A.A. (1987) The nuclear arms race: An evolutionary perspective. Paper Ann. Meeting Amer. Polit. Sci. Assoc., Chicago, Sept. 3-6, 1987. Juganaru, P. (1933) L’apologie de la guerre dans la philosophie contemporaine. Paris: Alcan. Jukes, J.B. (1842) Excursions in and about Newfoundland, during the Years 1839 and 1840. 2 Vols. London: Murray. Junghuhn, F. (1847) Die Battaländer auf Sumatra. 2 Vols. Berlin: De Gruyter. Junker, W. (1891) Reisen in Afrika 1882-'86. Wien: Manz. Junod, H.A. (1927) The Life of a South African Tribe. 2 Vols. London: Macmillan. Junod, H.A. (1934) The VaThonga. In: A.M. Duggan-Cronin (Ed.) The Bantu Tribes of South Africa. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, Vol. 4. pp. 7-28.

Kagan, J. (1974) Development and methodological considerations in the study of aggression. In: de Wit & Hartup (Eds.), pp. 107-14. Kalma, A.P. (1986) Uncertainty reduction: A fundamental concept in understanding a number of psychological theories. In: Wind & Reynolds (Eds.), pp. 213-41. Kalma, A.P. (1989) Dominantie en onzekerheidreductie. PhD., Univ. Utrecht. Kane, E.K. (1856) Arctic Explorations in the Years 1853, '54, '55. 2 Vols. Philadelphia: D.G. Brinton. Kane, P. (1859) Wanderings of an Artist among the Indians of North America. London: Longmans. Kang, G.E. (1975) Conflicting loyalties theory: A cross-cultural test. Ethnol., 15, pp. 201- 10. Kang, G.E. (1976) Solidarity Theory: A Cross-Cultural Test of the Relationships among Exogamy, Cross-Allegiance, Peace, and Survival Value. PhD., State Univ. New York. Kang, G.E. (1979) Exogamy and peace relations of social units: A cross-cultural test. Ethnol., 18, pp. 85-99. Kang, G.E.; S. Horan & J. Reis (1979) Comments on Divale and Harris’s ‘Population, warfare, and the male supremacist complex’. Behav. Sci. Res., 3, pp. 201-9. Kano, T. (1980) The social behavior of wild pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus) of Wamba: A preliminary report. J. Human Evolution, 9, pp. 243-60. Kano, T. (1982) The social group of pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus) of Wamba. Primates, 23, 2, pp. 171-88. Kano, T. (1984) Observations of physical abnormalities among the wild bonobos (Pan paniscus) of Wamba, Zaire. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 63, pp, 1-11. Kano, T. (1987) Social regulation for individual coexistence in pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus). In: McGuiness (Ed.), pp. 105-18. Kano, T. (1990) The bonobo’s peaceable kingdom: Zaire’s pygmy chimpanzees may be the most pacific of primates. Nat. Hist. 11, 90, pp. 62-71. Kano, T. (1992) The Last Ape: Chimpanzee Behaviour and Ecology. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press. Kano, T & M. Mulavwa (1984) Feeding ecology of the pygmy chimpanzee (Pan paniscus) of Wamba. In: Susman (Ed.), pp. 223-34. Kappeler, P.M. (1984) Vocal bouts and territorial maintenance in the moloch gibbon. In: Preuschoft et al. (Eds.). Kara, K. (1968) On the Marxist theory of war and peace. J. Peace Res., 1, pp. 1-27. Karsten, R. (1923) Blood revenge, war and victory feasts among the Jibaro Indians of Eastern Ecuador. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 79. Karsten, R. (1935) The head hunters of the western Amazonas: The life and culture of the Jibaro Indians of Eastern Ecuador and Peru. Societas Scientiarum Fennica, Helsingfors, Vol. 7, 1, pp. 1-588. Karsten, R. (1967) Blood revenge and war among the Jibaro Indians of Eastern Ecuador. In: Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 303-25. Kasper, R. (1980) Perceptions of risk and their effects on decision making. In: R.C. Schwing & W.A. Albers (Eds.) Societal Risk Assessment: How Safe is Safe Enough? New York: Plenum Press, pp. 71-84. Katz, D. (1940) The psychology of nationalism. In: J.P. Guilford (Ed.) Fields of Psychology. New York: Van Nostrand. Kaufmann, H. (1970) Aggression and Altruism: A Psychological Analysis. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Kaufmann, J.H. (1962) Ecology and social behavior of the coati (Nasua narica) on Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Univ. California Publ. Zool., 60, pp. 95-222. Kaufmann, J.H. (1983) On the definitions and functions of dominance and territoriality. Biol. Rev., 58, 1, pp. 1-20. Kavanagh, M. (1981) Variable territoriality among tantalus monkeys in Cameroon. Folia Primatol., 36, pp. 76-98. Kawai, M. (1964) [The Ecology of Japanese Monkeys]. Tokyo: Kawade-Shoko. Kawai, M. et al. (1992) New records of within-group infanticide and cannibalism in wild chimpanzees. Primates, 33, pp. 151-62. Kawanaka, K. (1973) Intertroop relationships among Japanese monkeys. Primates, 14, 2- 3, pp. 113-59. Kawanaka, K. (1981) Infanticide and cannibalism in chimpanzees, with special reference to the newly observed case in the Mahale Mountains. African Studies Monogr., 1, pp. 69-99. Kawanaka, K. (1982a) A case of inter-unit-group encounter in chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Primates, 23, 4, pp. 558-562. Kawanaka, K. (1982b) Further studies on predation by chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Primates, 23, 3, pp. 364-84. Kaye, H.L. (1986) The Social Meaning of Modern Biology: From Social Darwinism to Sociobiology. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Keane, A.H. (1886) The Lapps: Their origin, etc. J. Anthropol. Inst., 15, pp. 213-35. Keeley, L.H. (1995) War Before Civilization. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Keeley, L.H. & D. Cahen (1989) Early Neolithic forts and villages in N.E. Belgium: A preliminary report. J. Field Archaeol., 16, 2, pp. 157-76. Kegley, C.W. & G.A. Raymond (1981) International legal norms and the preservation of peace, 1820-1964: Some evidence and bivariate relationships. Internat. Interactions, 8, 3, pp. 171-87. Kegley, C.W. & G.A. Raymond (1982) Alliance norms and war: a new piece in an old puzzle. Internat. Studies Quart., 26, 4: pp. 572-95. Kegley, C.W. & G.A. Raymond (1986) Normative constraints and the use of force short of war. J. Peace Res., 23, 3, pp. 213-28. Keith, A. (1946) Essays on Human Evolution. London: Watts. Keith, A. (1947/1948) A New Theory of Human Evolution. London: Watts. Keith, S. (1972) The Amerindian tragedy. Ecologist, 2, 4, pp. 13-22. Keller, A.G. (1906) Homeric Society. New York: Macmillan. Keller, A.G. (1915/1916) Societal Evolution: A Study of the Evolutionary Basis of the Science of Society. New York: Macmillan. Keller, A.G. (1918) Through War to Peace. New York: Macmillan. Kellett, A. (1982) Combat Motivation: The Behavior of Soldiers in Battle. The Hague: Kluwer Nijhoff. Kellett, A. (1990) The soldier in battle: Motivational and behavioral aspects of the combat experience. In: Glad (Ed.), pp. 215-35. Kellogg, V.L. (1907) Darwinism Today. New York: Henry Holt. Kellogg, V.L. (1912) Eugenics and militarism. In: Problems of Eugenics. New York: Henry Holt. Kellogg, V.L. (1913) Beyond War: A Chapter in the Natural History of Man. New York: Henry Holt. Kellogg, V.L. (1914) The bionomics of war: Race modification by military selection. J. Soc. Hygiene, 1, pp. 44-52. Kellogg, V.L. (1916) Military Selection and Race Deterioration. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Kelly, A. (1981) The Descent of Darwin: The Popularization of Darwinism in Germany, 1860-1914. Chapel Hill: Univ. North Carolina Press. Kelly, I.T. (1932) The Surprise Valley Paiute. Univ. Cal. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 31, 3, pp. 67-210. Kelly, I.T. (1978) Coast Miwok. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), pp. 414-25. Kelly, I.T. & C.S. Fowler (1986) Southern Paiute. In: Sturtevant & D’Azevedo (Eds.), pp. 368-97. Kelly, R.C. (1968) Demographic pressure and descent group structure in the New Guinea Highlands. Oceania, 30, pp. 36-63. Kelly, R.C. (1977) Etoro Social Structure: A Study in Structural Contradiction. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Kelman, H.C. (1973) Violence without moral restraint: Reflections on the dehumanization of victims and victimizers. J. Soc. Issues, 29, 4, pp. 25-61. Kennedy, D.I.D. & R.T. Bouchard (1990) Northern Coast Salish. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp, 441-52. Kennedy, J. (1971) Ritual and intergroup murder; comments on war, primitive and modern. In: Walsh (Ed.), pp. 40-61. Kennedy, R. (1935) The Ethnology of the Greater Sunda Islands. PhD., Yale Univ. Kent, S. (1989) And justice for all: The development of political centralization among newly sedentary foragers. Amer. Anthropol., 91, pp. 703-12. Kenyatta, J. (1938) Facing Mount Kenya: The Tribal Life of the Gikuyu. London: Secker & Warburg. Kernberg, O.F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson. Keyser, J.D. (1977) Writing-on-Stone: Rock art on the northwestern Plains. Canad. J. Archaeol., 1, pp. 15-80. Keyser, J.D. (1979) The Plains Indian war complex and the rock art of Writing-on-Stone, Alberta, Canada. J. Field Archaeol., 6, 1, pp. 41-48. Kidd, B. (1894) Social Evolution. New York: Macmillan. Kidd, B. (1902) Principles of Western Civilization. New York: Macmillan. Kidd, B. (1918) The Science of Power. New York: Macmillan. Kiefer, T.M. (1968) Institutionalized friendship and warfare among the Tausug of Jolo. Ethnol., 7, pp. 225-44. Kiefer, T.M. (1970) Modes of social action in armed combat: Affect, tradition and reason in Tausug private warfare. Man, 5, pp. 586-96. Kiefer, T.M. (1972) The Tausug: Violence and Law in a Philippine Moslem Society. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Kimball, J. (1974) Primitive war, human nature, and the problem of definition. Peace & Change, 2, 1, pp. 27-33. Kindaichi, K. (1928) The Ainu. Proc. 3rd Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr., Vol. 2, Tokyo. Kinder, D.R. & D.O. Sears (1981) Prejudice and politics: Symbolic racism versus racial threats to the good life. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 40, pp. 414-31. King, G.E. (1975) Socioterritorial units among carnivores and early hominids. J. Anthropol. Res., 31, 1, pp. 69-87. King, G.E. (1976) Society and territory in human evolution. J. Human Evol., 5, pp. 323- 32. King, G.E. (1980) Alternative uses of primates and carnivores in the reconstruction of early hominid behavior. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 2, pp. 99-109. King, W.R. (1870) The aboriginal tribes of the Nilgiri Hills. J. Anthropol. Inst., 1. Kingsley, M.H. (1897) Travels in West Africa. London: National Review. Kinnaird, M.F. (1992) Variable resource defense by the Tana River crested mangabey. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 31, 2, pp. 115-22. Kinsey A.C. et al. (1948) Sexual Behavior in the Human Male. Philadelphia: Saunders. Kinsey A.C. et al. (1953) Sexual Behavior in the Human Female. Philadelphia: Saunders. Kinzey, W.G. (1984) The dentition of the pygmy chimpanzee, Pan paniscus. In: Susman (Ed.). Kinzey, W.G. (Ed.) (1987) The Evolution of Human Behavior: Primate Models. Albany NY: SUNY Press. Kinzey, W.G. & J.G. Robinson (1983) Intergroup loud calls, range size, and spacing in Callicebus torquatus. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 60, pp. 539-44. Kirchhoff, P. (1948) The Warrau; The Patángoro and Amaní; The Otomac. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 869-81; Vol. 4, pp. 339-48; 439-44. Kitamura, K. (1983) Pygmy chimpanzee association patterns and ranging. Primates, 24, pp. 1-12. Kitcher, P. (1985) Vaulting Ambition: Sociobiology and the Quest for Human Nature. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. Kitihara-Frisch, J. (1980) Symbolizing technology as a key to human evolution. In: M.L. Foster & S. Brandes (Eds.) Symbol as Sense. New York: Academic Press, pp. 211- 23. Klein, L.L. & D.J. Klein (1975) Social and ecological contrasts between four taxa of neotropical primates (Ateles belzebuth, Alouatta seniculus, Saimiri sciureus, Cebus apella). In: Tuttle (Ed.), pp. 59-86. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children. London: Hogarth Press. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psycho-Analysis. London: Hogarth Press. Klein, M. & J. Rivière (1964) Love, Hate, and Reparation. New York: Norton. Klein, R.G. (1989) The Human Career: Human Biological and Cultural Origins. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Klein, R.G. (1992) The archeology of modern human origins. Evol. Anthropol., 1, 1, pp. 5- 14. Kleivan, I. (1971) Song duels in West Greenland: Joking relationships and avoidance. Folk: Dansk Etnografisk Tidskrift, 13, pp. 9-36. Klineberg, O. (1950/1960) Tensions Affecting International Understanding. New York: SSRC Bull. 62. Klineberg, O. (1964) The Human Dimension in International Relations. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Klingberg, F.L. (1945) Historical Study of War Casualties. Washington DC: War Department. Klingberg, F.L. (1966) Predicting the termination of wars: Battle casualties and population losses. J. Conflict Resolution, 10, pp. 129-71. Klopfer, P.H. (1981) On the evolution of aggression. In: Brain & Benton (Eds.), 1981b, pp. 3-15. Klopfer, P.H. & A. Jolly (1970) The stability of territorial boundaries in a lemur troop. Folia Primatol., 12, 3, pp. 199-208. Kluckhohn, C. (1944) Navaho Witchcraft. Boston: Beacon. Kluckhohn, C. (1949) Mirror for Man. New York: McGraw-Hill. Kluckhohn, C. & D. Leighton (1946) The Navaho. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Kluckhohn, C. & H.A. Murray (Eds.) (1949) Personality in Nature, Society and Culture. New York: Knopf. Klutschak, H.W. (1881) Als Eskimo unter den Eskimo. Wien: Hartleben. Knabenhans, A. (1917) Der Krieg bei den Naturvölkern. Eine vergleichende Studie über primitive Formen der Kriegführung. XVI. Jahresbericht d. geogr.-ethnogr. Gesellsch. in Zürich. Knabenhans, A. (1919) Die politische Organisation bei den australischen Eingeborenen. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. Knauft, B.M. (1983) Good Company and Anger: The Culture and Sociology of Sorcery among the Gebusi of the Strickland Plain, Papua New Guinea. 2 Vols. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Knauft, B.M. (1985a) Good Company and Violence: Sorcery and Social Action in a Lowland New Guinea Society. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Knauft, B.M. (1985b) Ritual form and permutation in New Guinea: Implications of symbolic process for sociopolitical evolution. Amer. Ethnol., 12, pp. 321-40. Knauft, B.M. (1987) Reconsidering violence in simple human societies: Homicide among the Gebusi on New Guinea. Current Anthropol. 28, 4, pp. 457-500. Knauft, B.M. (1991) Violence and sociality in human evolution. Current Anthropol., 32, 4, pp. 391-409. Knauft, B.M. (1994) Culture and cooperation in human evolution. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 37-68. Knoche, W. (1936) Blutrache auf der Oster-Insel. Z. f. vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, 1. Knocker, F.W. (1907) The aborigines of Sungei Ujong. J. Anthropol. Inst., 37, pp. 290- 305. Knocker, F.W. (1909) The wild tribes of the Ulu Plus, Perak. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 142-55. Knox, R. [1817] An Historical Relation of the Island Ceylon. Glasgow: MacLehouse, 1911. Koch, H.W. (1973) Der Sozialdarwinismus. München: Piper. Koch, K.F. (1970) Cannibalistic revenge in Jalé warfare. Nat. Hist., 79, 2, pp. 40-51. Koch, K.F. (1974a) War and Peace in Jalémo: The Management of Conflict in Highland New Guinea. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Koch, K.F. (1974b) Anthropology of Warfare. Menlo Park: Cummings. Koch, K.F. (1979) Patterns of Conflict Management: Essays in the Ethnography of Law. Milano: A. Giuffre. Koch-Grünberg, T. (1900) Die Lenguas Indianer in Paraguay. Globus, 78, pp. 217-20. Koch-Grünberg, T. (1906a) Die Indianerstämme am oberen Rio Negro und Yapurá und ihre sprachliche Zugehörigkeit. Z. f. Ethnol., 28, pp. 166-205. Koch-Grünberg, T. (1906b) Die Makú, etc.. Anthropos, 1, pp. 877-906. Koch-Grünberg, T. (1921/1923) Zwei Jahre unter den Indianern Nordwest Brasiliens. 2 Vols. Stuttgart. Koch-Grünberg, T. & E.H. Snethlage (1910) Die Chipaya und Curuahé. Z. f. Ethnol., 42, pp. 609-37. Kock, M.A. de (1912) Eenige ethnologische en anthropologische gegevens omtrent een dwergstam in het bergland van Zuid Nieuw Guinea. Tijdschr. Kon. Nederl. Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, 29, pp. 154-70. Koelle, S.W. (1854) Polyglotta Africana. London: Truebner. Koenigswald, G.H.R. (1908) Die Cayuas. Globus, 93, pp. 376-81. Koenigswald, G.H.R. von [1943] The Evolution of Man. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press, 1962. Koenigswald, G.H.R. von (1958) Der Solo Mensch von Java: ein tropischer Neanderthaler. In: Hundert Jahre Neanderthaler. Utrecht: Kemink. Koestler, A. (1967) The Ghost in the Machine. London: Pan Books. Koestler, A. (1968) Is man's brain an evolutionary mistake? Horizon, 10, 2, pp. 34-43. Koestler, A. (1978) Janus: A Summing Up. London: Hutchinson. Koettlitz, R. (1900) The Galla of Walega and the Bertat. J. Anthropol. Inst., 30, pp. 50-54. Koford, C.B. (1963) Group relations in an island colony of rhesus monkeys. In: Southwick (Ed.). Koford, C.B. (1965) Population dynamics of rhesus monkeys on Cayo Santiago. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 160-74. Koganei, Y. (1903) Über die Urbewohner von Japan. Globus, 94, pp. 101-51. Kohl-Larsen, L. (1958) Wildbeuter in Ostafrika: die Tindiga, ein Jäger- und Sammlervolk. Berlin: Reimer. Kohler, J. (1902) Das Recht der Hottentotten; Das Banturecht in Ostafrika. Z. f. vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, 15. Kohn, D. (1985) The Darwinian Heritage. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Kohn, H. (1955) Nationalism: Its Meaning and History. New York: Van Nostrand. Kohut, H. (1973) Thoughts on narcissism and narcissistic rage. Psychoanal. Study Child, 27, pp. 360-400. Kolb, P. (1745) Beschreibung des Vorgebürges der Guten Hoffnung, und der darauf wohnenden Hottentotten. Frankfurt. Kolff, D.H. (1840) Voyages of the Dutch Brig of War `Dourga'. London. Kondo, S.; M. Kawai & A. Ehara (Eds.) (1975) Contemporary Primatology. Basel: Karger. Konner, M.J. (1976) Maternal care, infant behavior and development among the Zhun/Twa (!Kung) Bushmen. In: Lee & DeVore (Ed.). Koppers, W. (1924) Unter Feuerland-Indianern. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Kopytoff, I. (1961) Extension of conflict as a method of conflict resolution among the Suku of the Congo. J. Conflict Resolution, 5, pp. 61-69. Kopytoff, I. (1965) The Suku of southwestern Congo. In: Gibbs (Ed.), pp. 441-78. Kornadt, H.J. (Ed.) (1981) Aggression und Frustration als psychologisches Problem. 2 vols. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft. Kortlandt, A. (1965) How do chimpanzees use weapons when fighting leopards? Yearbook Amer. Philos. Soc., pp. 327-32. Kortlandt, A. (1967) Experimentation with chimpanzees in the wild. In: D. Starck; R. Schneider & H.J. Kuhn (Eds.) Neue Ergebnisse der Primatologie. Stuttgart: Fischer, pp. 208-24. Kortlandt, A. (1972) New Perspectives on Ape and Human Evolution. Amsterdam: Stichting voor Psychobiologie. Kortlandt, A. & M. Kooy (1963) Protohominid behaviour in primates. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 10, pp. 61-88. Kortlandt, A. & J.C.J. van Zon (1969) The present state of research on the dehumanization hypothesis of African ape evolution. Proc. 2nd Internat. Congr. Primatol., Vol. 3. Basel: Karger. Kortmulder, K. (1972) A comparative study in colour patterns and behaviour in seven Asiatic Barbus species: A progress report. Behav., Suppl. 19. Kortmulder, K. (1974) On ethology and human behaviour. Acta Biotheoretica, 23, 2, pp. 55-78. Koskinen, Y. (1881) Suomen kanjan historia. Helsinki. Kovalevsky, M. (1910) [Sociology] (in Russian, quoted in Sorokin, 1928). Koyama, N. (1970) Changes in dominance rank and division of a wild Japanese monkey troop in Arashiyama. Prtimates, 11, pp. 335-90. Krader, L. (1968) Formation of the State. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Krames, L.; P. Pliner & T. Alloway (Eds.) (1978) Aggression, Dominance, and Individual Spacing. New York: Plenum Press. Krapf, I.L. (1858/1860) Travels, Researches and Missionary Labours, etc. in Eastern Africa. London: Truebner. Krapf-Askari, E. (1972) Women, spears and the scarce good: A comparison of the sociological function of warfare in two Central African societies. In: A. Singer & B.V. Street (Eds.) Zande Themes. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 19-40. Krebs, D.L. & D.T. Miller (1985) Altruism and aggression. In: G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.) Handbook of Social Psychology, 3rd ed. Vol. 2, New York: Random House, pp. 1-71. Krebs, D.L.; K. Denton & N.C. Higgins (1988) On the evolution of self-knowledge and self-deception. In: K.B. MacDonald (Ed.) Sociobiological Perspectives on Human Development. Secaucus: Springer. Krebs, J.R. & N.B. Davies (Eds.) (1984) Behavioural Ecology: An Evolutionary Approach. 2nd ed. Oxford: Blackwell. Krech, H. (1991) Hare. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 139-42. Krehbiel, E.K. (1916) Nationalism, War and Society. New York (reprint: New York: Garland, 1973). Krieger, M. (1899) Neu-Guinea. Berlin: A. Schall. Krige, E.J. (1936) The Social System of the Zulus. London: Longmans Green. Krippendorff, E. (1985) Staat und Krieg: die historische Logik politischer Unvernunft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Kroeber, A.L. (1899) The Eskimo of Smith Sound. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., 12, pp. 265-327. Kroeber, A.L. (1902) Information on Eastern Pomo ceremonies. Unpubl. Kroeber Papers. Bancroft Library. Univ. California. Kroeber, A.L. (1904) Types of Indian culture in California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 2, 3. Kroeber, A.L. (1907) Chimariko. In: Hodge (Ed.) Vol. 1, p. 270. Kroeber, A.L. (1908a) The anthropology of California. Sci., 27, 686, pp. 281-90. Kroeber, A.L. (1908b) Ethnography of the Cahuilla Indians. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 8, 2, pp. 29-68. Kroeber, A.L. (1910) Yurok. In: Hodge (Ed.), Vol. 2, p. 1013. Kroeber, A.L. (1919/1928/1943) Peoples of the Philippines. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Kroeber, A.L. (1919) Zuñi kin and clan. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 18, 2, pp. 39-204. Kroeber, A.L. (1923) Anthropology. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Kroeber, A.L. (1925/1953) Handbook of the Indians of California. Washington: Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 78. Kroeber, A.L. (1928) A Kato war. In: W. Koppers (Ed.) Festschrift P.W. Schmidt. Wien, pp. 394-400. Kroeber, A.L. (1929) The Valley Nisenan. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 24, 4, pp. 253-90. Kroeber, A.L. (1932) The Patwin and their neighbors. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 29, 4, pp. 253-423. Kroeber, A.L. (1945) A Yurok war reminiscence. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 1, 3, pp. 318- 32. Kroeber, A.L. (1948) Anthropology. rev. ed. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Kroeber, A.L. (1952) The Nature of Culture. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Kroeber, A.L. & C. Kluckhohn (1952) Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. Papers Peabody Mus. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 47. Kroeber, C.B. & B.L. Fontana (1986/1987) Massacre on the Gila: An Account of the Last Major Battle between American Indians, with Reflections on the Origin of War. Tucson: Univ. Arizona Press. Kropotkin, P.A. (1902) Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution. London: Heinemann. Kruijt, J.P. (1964) Ontogeny of social behavior in Burmese red junglefowl (Gallus gallus spadiceus Bonnaterre). Behav., Suppl. 12. Krusenstern, A.J. von (1810) Reise um die Welt 1803-1806. St. Petersburg. Kruuk, H. (1972) The Spotted Hyaena: A Study of Predation and Social Behavior. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Kruuk, H. (1975) Hyaena. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Kruuk, H. & D.W. MacDonald (1985) Group territories of carnivores: Empires and enclaves. In: Sibly & Smith (Eds.), pp. 521-36. Krzywicki, L. (1934) Primitive Society and its Vital Statistics. London: Macmillan. Kubary, J.S. (1900) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Núkúoro- oder Monteverde-Inseln (Karolinen Archipel). Mitteilungen der Geograph. Gesellsch. Hamburg. Kühme, W. von (1965) Freilandstudien zur Soziologie des Hyänenhundes (Lycaon pictus lupinus Thomas, 1902). Z. f. Tierpsychol., 22, pp. 495-541. Kühn, H. (1929) Kunst und Kultur der Vorzeit. Das Paläolithikum. Berlin: de Gruyter. Kühn, H. (1955) Europas förhistoriska klippkonst. Stockholm: Strömbergs. Kühn, H. (1958) Auf den Spuren des Eiszeitmenschen. München: List. Kulischer, A. (1885) Dualismus der Ethik bei den primitiven Völkern. Z. f. Ethnol., 17, 1885, pp. 1-45. Kummer, H. (1957) Soziales Verhalten einer Mantelpavian-Gruppe. Bern: Huber. Kummer, H. (1968) Social Organization of Hamadryas Baboons: A Field Study. Basel: Karger. Kummer, H. (1971) Primate Societies: Group Techniques of Ecological Adaptation. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton. Kummer, H. (1978) Analogs of morality among nonhuman primates. In: G. Stent (Ed.) Morality as a Biological Phenomenon. Berkeley: Univ. California Press, pp. 35-52. Kummer, H. (1979) Intra- and intergroup relationships in primates. In: von Cranach et al. (1979), pp. 381-84. Kummer, H. & F. Kurt (1963) Social units of a free-living population of hamadryas baboons. Folia Primatol., 1, pp. 4-19. Kummer, H. & F. Kurt (1965) A comparison of social behavior in captive and wild hamadryas baboons. In: H. Vagtborg (Ed.) The Baboon in Medical Research. Austin: Univ. Texas Press, pp. 65-80. Kunkel, P.H. (1962) Yokuts and Pomo Political Institutions: A Comparative Study. PhD., Univ. California. Kuper, A. (1994) The Chosen Primate: Human Nature and Cultural Diversity. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Kurland, J.A. (1973) A natural history of kra macaques (Macaca fascicularis Raffles, 1821) at the Kutai Reserve, Kalimantan Timur, Indonesia. Primates, 14, 2-3, pp. 245-62. Kurland, J.A. & S.J. Beckerman (1985) Optimal foraging and hominid evolution: Labor and reciprocity. Amer. Anthropol., 86, pp. 73-93. Kuroda, S. (1979) Grouping of the pygmy chimpanzees. Primates, 20, pp. 161-83. Kuroda, S. (1980) Social behavior of the pygmy chimpanzees. Primates, 21, pp. 181-97. Kuroda, S. (1982) Pygmy Chimpanzees. Tokyo: Chikuma-shobo. Kuschel, R. (1988) Vengeance is Their Reply: Blood Feuds and Homicides on Bellona Island. 2 Vols. Copenhagen: Dansk Psykologisk Forlag. Kuzyakov, V. (1972) Marxism-Leninism on War and Army. Moscow: Progress Press.

Laborit, H. (1978) Les mécanismes biologiques et sociologiques de l'agressivité. Internat. Soc. Sci. J., 30, 4, pp. 727-49. Lafitau, J. (1724) Moeurs des sauvages américains, compareés aux moeurs des premiers temps. 2 Vols. Paris: Saugrain. LaFrenière, P.J. (1988) The ontogeny of tactical deception in humans. In: Byrne & Whiten (Eds.), p. 238-52. Lagorgette, J. (1906) Le rôle de la guerre. Etude de sociologie générale. Paris: Giard & Brière. Lancaster, C.S. (1987) Commentary: The evolution of violence and aggression. In: McGuiness (Ed.), pp. 216-22. Lancaster, C.S. & J.B. Lancaster (1978) On the male supremacist complex: A reply to Divale and Harris. Amer. Anthropol., 80, pp. 115-17. Lancaster, J.B. (1975) Primate Behavior and the Emergence of Human Culture. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Lancaster, J.B. (1984) Evolutionary perspectives on sex differences in the higher primates. In: A. Rossi (Ed.) Gender and the Life Course. New York: Aldine, pp. 3-27. Lancaster, J.B. & C.S. Lancaster (1983) Parental investment: The hominid adaptation. In: Ortner (Ed.), pp. 33-65. Landor, A.H.S. (1893) Alone with the Hairy Ainu; Or, 3,800 Miles on a Pack Saddle in Yezo and a Cruise to the Kurile Islands. London: Murray. Landtmann, G. (1927) The Kiwai Papuans of British New Guinea: A Nature-Born Instance of Rousseau’s Ideal Community. London: Macmillan. Lane, R.B. (1981) Chilcotin. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 402-12. Lane, R.W. (1923) Peaks of Shala. New York: Harper. Lane, R.W. & B. Lane (n.d.) (Manuscript on Bunlap referred to in Murdock & White, 1969). Lange, F.A. (1866) Geschichte des Materialismus und Kritik seiner Bedeutung in der Gegenwart. Iserlohn: Baedeker. Langness, L.L. (1973) Traditional political organization. In: Hogbin (Ed.), pp. 142-73. Langsdorff G.H. von (1812) Bemerkungen über eine Reise um die Welt aus den Jahren 1803-1807. Frankfurt a.M: Joseph Baer. Lankester, E.R. (1905) Nature and Man. Oxford: Blackwell. Lanternari, V. (1980) Ethnocentrism and ideology. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 3, pp. 52-66. Lantis, M. (1946) The social culture of the Nunivak Eskimo. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., NS, 35, 3, pp. 153-323. LaPena, F.R. (1978) Wintu. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 324-40. Lapouge, G. Vacher de (1896) Les selections sociales. Paris: Librairie Thorin & Fils. Lapouge, G. Vacher de (1899) L'Aryen, son rôle social. Paris: Librairie Thorin & Fils. Larrabure y Correa, C. (1905-10) Collecion de leyes, decretos, resoluciones y otros documentos referentes al Departamento de Loreto. 18 Vols. Lima: Imprenta de ‘La Opinion Nacional’. Larroque, P. (1856) De la guerre et des armées permanentes. Paris: Alcan. Larsen, C.S.; R.M. Matter & D.L. Gebo (1992) Human Origins: The Fossil Record. Prospects Heights: Waveland Press. Larsen, K.S. (1976) Aggression: Myths and Models. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. Larson, G.F. (1987) The Structure and Demography of the Cycle of Warfare among the Ilaga Dani of Irian Jaya. 2 Vols. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Lasswell, H.D. (1927) Propaganda Techniques in the World War. New York: Knopf. Lasswell, H.D. (1930) Psychopathology and Politics. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Lasswell, H.D. (1931) Feuds. In: Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences, Vol. 6, pp. 220-21. Lasswell, H.D. (1935) World Politics and Personal Insecurity. New York: McGraw-Hill. Latcham, R.E. (1909) Ethnology of the Araucanos. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 334-70. Lathrap, D.W. (1962) Yarinacocha: Stratigraphic Excavations in the Peruvian Montana. PhD., Harvard Univ. Lathrap, D.W. (1968) The ‘hunting’ economies of the tropical forest zone of South America: An attempt at historical perspective. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 23-29. Lathrap, D.W. (1970) The Upper Amazon. New York: Praeger. Latta, F.F. (1949) Handbook of Yokuts Indians. Bakersfield CA: Kern County Mus. Lattimore, O. (1934) China and barbarians. In: J. Barnes (Ed.), Empire in the East. Garden City: Free Press. Laughlin, W.S. (1968) Hunting: An integrating biobehavior system and its evolutionary importance. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 304-20. Lavessan, H. de (1918) La civilisation et l’organisation, leur influence sur la guerre. Paris: Alcan. Lawes, M.J. & S.P. Henzi (1995) Inter-group encounters in blue monkeys: How territorial must a territorial species be? Anim. Behav., 49, pp. 240-42. Lawes, W.G. (1879) Ethnological notes on the Motu, Koitapu and Koiari tribes of New Guinea. J. Anthropol. Inst., 8, pp. 469-76. Lawick, H. van & J. van Lawick-Goodall (1971) Innocent Killers. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Le Moli, F. & S. Parmigiani (1981) Laboratory and field observations of attack by the red wood ant Formica lugubris Zett. on Formica cunicularia Latr. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aggr. Behav., 7, 4, pp. 341-50. Le Moli, F. & S. Parmigiani (1982) Intraspecific combat in the red wood ant (Formica lugubris Zett.). Aggr. Behav., 8, 2, pp. 145-48. Le Nationalisme (1972) Le Nationalisme; facteur belligène. Etudes de sociologie de la guerre. Bruxelles: Bruylant. Lea, H. (1909) Valor of Ignorance. New York: Harper. Leach, E.R. (1954) Political Systems of Highland Burma: A Study of Kachin Social Structure. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Leach, E.R. (1965) The nature of war. Disarmament & Arms Control, 3, pp. 165-83. Leach, E.R. (1968) A Runaway World: The 1967 Reith Lectures. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Leach, E.R. (1976) Culture and Communication. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Leach, E.R. (1977) Custom, Law and Terrorist Violence. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Univ. Press. Leacock, E.B. (1969) The Montagnais-Naskapi band. In: Damas (Ed.), pp. 1-17. Leacock, E.B. (1978) Women’s status in egalitarian society: Implications for social evolution. Current Anthropol., 19, 2, pp. 247-75. Leacock, E.B. & R.B. Lee (Eds.) (1982) Politics and History in Band Societies. London: Cambridge Univ. Press. Leakey, L.S.B. (1967) Development of aggression as a factor in early human and pre- human evolution. In: C.D. Clemente & D.B. Lindsley (Eds.) Aggression and Defense: Neural Mechanisms and Social Patterns. Los Angeles: Univ. California Press, pp. 1-34. Leakey, R.E. (Ed.) (1979) The Illustrated `Origin of Species'. Edited, abridged and introduced by R.E. Leakey. London: Book Club Associates. Leakey, R.E. (1981) The Making of Mankind. New York: Dutton. Leakey, R.E. & R. Lewin (1977) Origins: What New Discoveries Reveal about the Emergence of Our Species and its Possible Future. New York: Dutton. Leakey, R.E. & R. Lewin (1978) People of the Lake: Mankind and its Beginnings. New York: Avon Books. Leakey, R.E. & R. Lewin (1979) People of the Lake: Man, His Origins, Nature and Future. London: Collins. Leakey, R.E. & R. Lewin (1992) Origins Reconsidered: In Search of What Makes Us Human. London: Little Brown. Leavitt, G.C. (1977) The frequency of warfare: An evolutionary perspective. Sociol. Inquiry, 47, pp. 49-58. LeBar, F.M. (Ed.) (1972/1975) Ethnic Groups of Insular Southeast Asia. Vol. 1: Indonesia, Andaman Islands, and Madagascar; Vol. 2: Philippines and Formosa. New Haven: HRAF Press. LeBar, F.M. (Ed.) (1976/1977) Insular Southeast Asia: Ethnographic Studies. 6 Vols. New Haven: HRAF Press. LeBar, F.M.; G.C. Hickey & J.K. Musgrave (1964) Ethnic Groups of Mainland Southeast Asia. New Haven: HRAF Press. LeBoeuf, B.J. (1974) Male-male competition and reproductive success in elephant seals. Amer. Zool., 14, 1, pp. 163-76. LeBon, G. (1896) The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind. New York: Macmillan. LeBon, G. (1916) The Psychology of the Great War. New York: Macmillan. Leckie, R. (1970) Warfare. New York: Harper & Row. Lee, R.B. (1968) What hunters do for a living, or how to make out on scarce resources. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 30-48. Lee, R.B. (1973) The !Kung Bushmen of Botswana. In: Bicchieri (Ed.), pp. 327-68. Lee, R.B. (1979a) The Dobe !Kung. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Lee, R.B. (1979b) The !Kung San: Men, Women and Work in a Foraging Society. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Lee, R.B. (1982) Politics, sexual and non-sexual, in an egalitarian society. In: Leacock & Lee (Eds.), pp. 37-60. Lee, R.B. (1990) Primitive communism and the origin of social inequality. In: Upham (Ed.), pp. 225-46. Lee, R.B. (1993) The Dobe Ju/’hoasi. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Jovanovich. Lee, R.B. & I. DeVore (Eds.) (1968) Man the Hunter. Chicago: Aldine. Lee, R.B. & I. DeVore (Eds.) (1976) Kalahari Hunter-Gatherers: Studies of the !Kung San and Their Neighbors. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Lee, R.B. & S. Hurlich (1982) From foragers to fighters: South Africa’s militarization of the Namibian San. In: Leacock & Lee (Eds.), pp. 327-45. Leechman, J.D. (1956) Native Tribes of Canada. Scarborough: W.J. Gage. Leeds, A. (1963) The functions of war. In: Masserman (Ed.), pp. 69-82. Leeds, A. (1964) Some problems of Yaruro ethnohistory. Actas y Memorias XXXV Congreso Internacional de Americanistas, pp. 157-75. Leeds, A. (1969) Ecological determinants of chieftainship among the Yaruro Indians of Venezuela. In: Vayda (Ed.), pp. 377-94. Leeds, A. (1975) Capitalism, colonialism and war: An evolutionary perspective. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 483-514. Leeds, A. & A.P. Vayda (1965) Man, Culture and Animals. Washington: Publ. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 78. Leighton, D. & J. Adair (1966) People of the Middle Place: A Study of the Zuni Indians. New Haven: HRAF Press. Lenski, G. (1966) Power and Privilege: A Theory of Social Stratification. New York: McGraw-Hill. Lenski, G. & J. Lenski (1970/1987) Human Societies: An Introduction to Macrosociology. 2nd. rev. ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. Lenz, O. (1878) Skizzen aus West-Afrika. Berlin: Reimer. Lepowsky, M. (1994) Women, men, and aggression in an egalitarian society. Sex Roles, 30, 3-4, pp. 199-211. Leroi-Gourhan, A. (1967) Treasures of Prehistoric Art. New York: Harry N. Abrams. Leroi-Gourhan, A. (1968) The Art of Prehistoric Man in Western Europe. London. Leshner, A.I. (1975) A model of hormones and agonistic behavior. Physiol. & Behav., 15, 2, pp. 225-35. Lesser, A. (1968) War and the state. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 92-96. Letessier, M. (n.d.) The Sakays of Selangor. Selangor J., 1 (incomplete reference in van der Bij, 1929). Letourneau, C. (1881) Sociology. London: Kegan Paul, Trench. Letourneau, C. (1890) Evolution politique dans les diverses races humaines. Paris: L. Bataille. Letourneau, C. (1895) La guerre dans les diverses races humaines. Paris: L. Bataille. Levi, L. (1967) Endocrine reactions during emotional stress. In: R. Levi (Ed.) Emotional Stress. New York: Elsevier. Levi, W. (1960) On the causes of war and the conditions of peace. J. Conflict Resolution, 4, 4, pp. 411-20. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1942) Guerra e commercio entre os Indios da America do Sul. São Paulo Arquivo Municipal, Revista, 8, pp. 131-46. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1943) Guerre et commerce chez les Indiens de l'Amérique du Sud. Renaissance, 1, pp. 122-39. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1944) Social and psychological aspects of chieftainship in a primitive tribe: The Nambikuara of north-western Mato Grosso. Trans. N.Y. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, Vol. 7, 1, pp. 16-32. Also in: Cohen & Middleton (Eds.), 1967, pp. 5-62. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1948) The Tupí-Cawahíb; Tribes of the Upper Xingú River; The Nambicuara; Tribes of the right bank of the Guaporé River. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 299-305; 321-348; 361-370; 371-379. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1949) Les structures élementaires de la parenté. Paris: Presses universitaires de France. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1955) Tristes tropiques. Paris: Presses universitaires de France. Lévi-Strauss, C. (1966) The Savage Mind. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press (transl. of La pensée sauvage). Levin, M.G. & L.P. Potapov (Eds.) (1964) The Peoples of Siberia. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Levin, M.G. & B.A. Vasil’yev (1964) The Evens. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 670-84. LeVine, R.A. (Ed.) (1961) The anthropology of conflict. J. Conflict Resolution, 5, pp. 3- 108. LeVine, R.A. (1965) Socialization, social structure, and intersocietal images. In: H.C. Kelman (Ed.) International Behavior: A Social-Psychological Analysis. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. LeVine, R.A. (1970) An anthropological study of war and peace. Paper 69th Ann. Conf. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., San Diego. LeVine, R.A. & D.T. Campbell (1972) Ethnocentrism: Theories of Conflict, Ethnic Attitudes and Group Behavior. New York: Wiley. Levins, R. (1968) Evolution in Changing Environments. Monogr. in Population Biology, 2. Levinson, D. & M.J. Malone (1980) Toward Explaining Human Culture: A Critique of the Findings of Worldwide Cross-Cultural Research. New Haven: HRAF Press. Lewellen, T.C. (1983) Political Anthropology. South Hadley: Bergin & Garvey. Lewinsohn, R. (1954) Animals, Men and Myths. New York: Dutton. Lewis, M. & W. Clark [1814] History of the Expedition under Command of Captains Lewis and Clark to the Sourcess of the Missouri, etc. 1804-'06. 8 Vols. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co, 1904. Lewis, O. (1942) The Effects of White Contact upon Blackfoot Culture. Washington: Univ. Washington Press. Lewis-Williams, J.D. (1982) The economic and social context of southern San rock art. Current Anthropol., 23, Aug., pp. 429-49. Lewis-Williams, J.D. (1983) The Rock Art of Southern Africa. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Lewontin, R.C. (1970) The units of selection. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 1, pp. 1-18. Lewontin, R.C. (1974) The Genetic Basis of Evolutionary Change. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Leyhausen, P. (1965) The communal organization of solitary mammals. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 14, pp. 249-63. Leyhausen, P. (1967) Zur Naturgeschichte der Angst. In: H. Wiesbrock (Ed.) Die gesellschaftliche und politische Rolle der Angst. Frankfurt a.M.: Europäische Verlagsanstalt, pp. 94-112. Leyhausen, P. (1971) Dominance and territoriality as complements in mammalian social structure. In: A.H. Esser (Ed.) Behavior and Environment. New York: Plenum Press, pp. 22-33. Leyhausen, P. (1979) Aggression, fear and attachment: Complexities and interdependencies. In: von Cranach et al. (Eds.), pp. 253-64. Li Puma, E. (1985) Social and cultural factors which influence aggression, Part I. In: J. Martin Ramirez & P.F. Brain (Eds.) Aggression: Functions and Causes. Sevilla: Ediciones Universidad de Sevilla, pp. 49-66. Li Puma. E. (1987) War in the New Guinea Highlands: Theory and ethnography in conflict. In: McGuiness (Ed.), pp. 180-96. Lichtenstein, H. (1812-15) Travels in Southern Africa in the Years 1803-1806. 2 Vols. London: Truebner. Lider, J. (1977) On the Nature of War. Westmead: Saxon House. Ligon, J.D. & S.H. Ligon (1982) The cooperative breeding behavior of the green woodhoopoe. Sci. Amer., 247, 1, pp. 126-34. Lindburg, D.G. (1967) A Field Study of the Reproductive Behavior of the Rhesus Monkey (Macaca mulatta). PhD., Univ. California. Lindburg, D.G. (1971) The rhesus monkey in North India: An ecological and behavioral study. In: Rosenblum (Ed.), pp. 1-106. Lindburg, D.G. (1977) Feeding behaviour and diet of rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) in a Siwalik forest in North India. In: Clutton-Brock (Ed.), 227-48. Lindburg, D.G. (Ed.) (1980) Rhesus Monkeys: Studies in Ecology, Behavior and Evolution. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Lindemann, E. (1949) Individual hostility and group integration. Human Organization, 8, 1, pp. 5-9. Lindemann, F.B. (1932) Red Mother. New York: John Day. Lindenbaum, S. (1971) Sorcery and structure in Fore society. Oceania, 41, pp. 277-88. Lindenbaum, S. (1979) Kuru Sorcery: Disease and Danger in the New Guinea Highlands. Palo Alto: Mayfield. Lindman, G. (1985) Förhistoriska aggressionsstruktur er i det västsvenska landskapet. Göteborg: Göteborg Archaeol. Theses, Ser. B. Lindman, G. (1987) Resource affluence and prehistoric warfare. Current Res. on Peace and Violence, 10, 4, pp. 169-73. Linton, R. (1933) The Tanala: A Hill Tribe of Madagascar. Chicago: Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Linton, R. (1935) The Comanche Sun Dance. Amer. Anthropol., 37, pp. 420-28. Linton, R. (Ed.) (1940) Acculturation in Seven American Indian Tribes. New York: Appleton, Century Co. Lippert, J. (1887) Kulturgeschichte der Menschheit in ihrem organischen Aufbau. 2 Vols. Stuttgart: Kosmos. Lips, J.E. (1937) Public opinion and mutual assistance among the Montagnais-Naskapi. Amer. Anthropol., 39, 2, pp. 222-28. Lips, J.E. (1947) Naskapi law (Lake St.John and Lake Mistassini bands): Law and order in a hunting society. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., NS, 37, 4, pp. 379-492. Little, R.W. (1964) Buddy relations and combat performance. In: M. Janowitz (Ed.) The New Military. New York: Russel Sage Foundation. Livingstone, D. (1865) Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambesi and its Tributaries, etc. 1858-’64. London: Murray. Livingstone, D. (1872) Missionary Travels and Researches in S. Africa. New York: Harper’s. Livingstone, F.B. (1962) Reconstructing man’s Pliocene pongid ancestor. Amer. Anthropol., 64, pp. 301-95. Livingstone, F.B. (1968) The effects of warfare on the biology of the human species. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 3-15. Lizot, J. (1976) Le cercle des feux. Faits et dits des Indiens Yanomami. Paris: Edit. du Seuil. Lizot, J. (1977) Population, resources et guerre chez les Yanomami. Paris: Payot. Lizot, J. (1979) On food taboos and Amazon cultural ecology. Current Anthropol., 20, pp. 150-51. Lizot, J. (1985) Tales of the Yanomami: Daily Life in the Venezuelian Forest. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Lizot, J. (1988) Los Yanomami. In: J. Lizot (Ed.) Los aborigenes de Venezuela, Vol. 3. Caracas: Fundacion La Salle, pp. 479-583. Lizot, J. (1989): Sobre la guerra: una respuesta a N.Chagnon. La Iglesia en Amazonas, 44, pp. 23-34. Lizot, J. (1994) Words in the night: The ceremonial dialogue, one expression of peaceful relationships among the Yanomami. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 213-40. Llewellyn, K.N. & E.A. Hoebel (1941) The Cheyenne Way: Conflict and Case Law in Primitive Jurisprudence. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. Lockard, J.S. (Ed.) (1980) The Evolution of Human Social Behavior. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Lockard, J.S. & D. Paulhus (Eds.) (1988) Self-Deceit: An Adaptive Mechanism. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Loeb, E.M. (1923) The blood sacrifice complex. Mem. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., 30. Loeb, E.M. (1926) Pomo Folkways. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Loenen, D. (1953) Polemos: Een studie over oorlog in de Griekse oudheid. Mededelingen Kon. Ned. Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde, 16, 3, pp. 71-167. Loewenberg, P. (1985) Decoding the Past: The Psychohistorical Approach. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Loewenberg, P. (1994) The psychological reality of nationalism: Between community and fantasy. Mind & Human Interaction, 5, 1, pp. 6-18. Logan, J.R. (1847) The Orang Benua of Johore. J. Ind. Archipel. & E. Asia, 1, pp. 242-93. Lommel, A. (1966) Landmarks of the World’s Art: Prehistoric and Primitive Man. New York: Praeger. Lopreato, J. (1984) Human Nature and Biocultural Evolution. Boston: Allen & Unwin. Lord, C. (1921) Critical notes on the observations made by the early explorers concerning the aborigines of Tasmania. Austral. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Adelaide, Vol. XVII. Lorentz, H.A. (1905) Eenige maanden onder de Papoea’s. Leiden: Brill. Lorenz, K. (1931) Beiträge zur Ethologie sozialer Corviden. J. Ornithol. Lpz., 79, pp. 67- 127. Lorenz, K. (1955) Über das Töten von Artgenossen. In: Jahrbuch der Max-Plack- Gesellschaft, pp. 105-40. Lorenz, K. (1966/1967) On Aggression. London: Methuen; New York: Bantam Books (orig. `Das sogenannte Böse. Zur Naturgeschichte der Aggression'. Wien: Borotha- Schock Verlag, 1963). Lorenz, K. (1973) Die Rückseite des Spiegels. München: Piper. Lorenz, K. & F.M. Wuketits (Eds.) Die Evolution des Denkens. München: Piper. Loskiel, G.H. (1789) Geschichte der Mission der evangelischen Brüder unter den Indianern in Nordamerika. Leipzig: P.G. Kummer. Lott, A.J. & B.E. Lott (1965) Group cohesiveness as interpersonal attraction: A review of relationships with antecedent and consequent variables. Psychol. Bull., 64, 4, pp. 259-309. Louwe-Kooijmans, L.P. (1990) Bronstijdstrijd: Slachtoffers van een oeroorlog. Natuur & techniek, 58: 748-59. Lovejoy, C.O. (1981) The origin of Man. Sci. 211, pp. 341-50. Low, B.S. (1988) Pathogen stress and polygyny in humans. In: Betzig et al. (Eds.), pp. 115-27. Low, B.S. (1990) An Evolutionary Perspective on Lethal Conflict. Unpubl. Manuscript. Low, B.S. (1992) Sex and politics in preindustrial societies: An evolutionary perspective. In: van der Dennen (Ed.), pp. 149-70. Lowie, R.H. (1909) The northern Shoshone. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 11, 2, pp. 165-306. Lowie, R.H. (1916) Plains Indian age-societies: Historical and comparative summary; Societies of the Arikara Indians. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 11, Pt 8. Lowie, R.H. (1920/1937) Primitive Society. New York: Boni & Liveright. Lowie, R.H. (1929) Notes on Hopi clans. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 30, pp. 303-60. Lowie, R.H. (1923) The cultural connections of Californian and Plateau Shoshonean tribes. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 20, 9, pp. 145-56. Lowie, R.H. (1935) The Crow Indians. New York: Farrar & Rinehart. Lowie, R.H. (1939) Ethnographic notes on the Washo. Univ. Cal. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 36, 5, pp. 301-52. Lowie, R.H. (1946) Eastern Brazil: An introduction; The northwestern and central Ge. In: Steward (Ed.) Vol. 1, pp. 381-97; 477-517. Lowie, R.H. (1948a) Social Organization. New York: Rinehart & Co. Lowie, R.H. (1948b) The tropical forests: An introduction. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 1-56. Lowie, R.H. (1954/1963) Indians of the Plains. New York: McGraw-Hill; New York: Amer. Mus. Sci. Loy, J.D. (1970) Behavioral responses of free-ranging rhesus monkeys to food shortage. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 33, pp. 263-71. Lozano, P. (1733) Descripcion etc. del Gran Chaco, y de los ritos y costumbres de las inumerables naciones barbaras e infieles que la habitan. Cordova. Luard, E. (1968) Conflict and Peace in the Modern International System. Boston: Little, Brown. Luard, E. (Ed.) (1970) The International Regulation of Frontier Disputes. London: Thames & Hudson. Luard, E. (1986) War in International Society: A Study in International Sociology. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Lubbock, J. (1865) Pre-Historic Times, As Illustrated by Ancient Remains and Customs of Modern Savages. London: Williams & Norgate. Lubbock, J. (1868) British Association Report, Dundee meeting, 1867. Pt IV: Notices and Abstracts. London: Williams & Norgate. Lubbock, J. (1870) The Origin of Civilization and the Primitive Condition of Man. London: Longmans. Luce, S.B. (1891) The benefits of war. North Amer. Rev., 153, p. 272. Luckert, K.W. (Ed.) (1981) Women versus Men: A Conflict of Navajo Emergence. Lincoln: Univ. Nebraska Press. Ludmerer, K.M. (1972) Genetics and American Society: A Historical Appraisal. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press. Lumholtz, C.S. (1889) Among Cannibals: An Account of Four Years’ Travels in Australia and of Camp Life with the Aborigines of Queensland. London: Murray. Lumholtz, C.S. (1902) Unknown Mexico. 2 Vols. New York: Scribner’s. Lumholtz, C.S. (1912) New Trails in Mexico. New York: Scribner’s. Lumsden, C.J. & E.O. Wilson (1981) Genes, Mind, and Culture: The Coevolutionary Process. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Lumsden, C.J. & E.O. Wilson (1983) Promethean Fire: Reflections on the Origin of Mind. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Luomala, K. (1978) Tipai and Ipai. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 592-609. Luomala, K. & G. Toffelmier (1934) Ethnographic Notes from Two Months’ Fieldwork with Northern and Southern Diegueño Informants at Campo, California. Unpubl. Manuscript. Lutz, C. (1990) Morality, domination and understanding of `justifiable anger' among the Ifaluk. In: G.E. Semin & V.J. Gergen (Eds.) Everyday Understanding: Social and Scientific Implications. London: Sage, pp. 204-26. Lyell, C. (1863) The Geological Evidences of the Antiquity of Man. London: Murray. Lynn, R. (1976) The sociobiology of nationalism. New Society, July 1, pp. 11-14.

Mabelis, A.A. (1979) Wood ant wars: The relationship between aggression and predation in the red wood ant (Formica polyctena Först.). Neth. J. Zool., 29, pp. 451-620. Mabelis, A.A. (1984) Aggression in wood ants (Formica polyctena Först., Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aggr. Behav., 10, 1, pp. 47-53. MacArthur, R.H. (1972) Geographical Ecology: Patterns in the Distribution of Species. New York: Harper & Row. MacCrone, I.D. (1937) Race Attitudes in South Africa. London: Oxford Univ. Press. MacCrone, I.D. (1947) Group Conflicts and Race Prejudice. Johannesburg: S. Afr. Inst. MacCurdy, J.T. (1918) The Psychology of War. London: Heinemann. MacDonald, D.W. (1983) The ecology of carnivore social behavior. Nature, 301, pp. 379- 84. MacDonald, J. (1893) East Central African customs. J. Anthropol. Inst., 22, pp. 99-122. Macdonald, J.R.L. (1900) Notes on the ethnology of tribes met during progress of the Juba expedition of 1897-99. J. Anthropol. Inst., 29, pp. 226-47. MacDonald, K.B. (1992) Separation and its Discontents: Judaism as an Evolutionary Group Strategy. Manuscript (published as: A People That Shall Dwell Alone: Judaism as a Group Evolutionary Strategy. Westport: Praeger, 1994). Macdonald, N. (1975) The biological factor in the etiology of war: A medical view. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 209-34. Maceda, M.N. (1977) Cotabato Manobo; The Mamanua. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 4, 117- 47; 148-64. Macgillivray, J. (1852) Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Rattlesnake’ Commanded by the Late Captain Owen Stanley, During the Years 1846-1850. London: T. & W. Boone. Machiavelli, N. (1513) Il Principe. Firenze (transl. `The Prince'. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961). Mackenzie, A. (1801) Voyages from Montreal, on the River St.Lawrence, through the Continent of North America, to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans, in the Years 1789- 1793. London: T. Cadell & W. Davies. MacKinnon, J.R. (1971) The orang-utan in Sabah today: A study of a wild population in the Ulu Segama Reserve. Oryx, 11, pp. 141-91. MacKinnon, J.R. (1979) Reproductive behavior in wild orangutan populations. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 257-74. MacLean, P.D. (1973) New findings on brain function and sociosexual behavior. In: J. Zubin & J. Money (Eds.) Contemporary Sexual Behavior. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, pp. 53-74. MacLean, P.D. (1987) On the evolution of the three mentalities of the brain. In: Neuman (Ed.), pp. 29-41. MacLean, P.D. (1990) The Triune Brain in Evolution: Role in Paleocerebral Functions. New York: Plenum Press. MacLeod, W.C. (1931) The Origin and History of Politics. New York: Wiley. Magalhães de Gandavo, P. de [1576] The Histories of Brazil. New York: Cortes Society. Magyar, L. (1859) Reisen in Süd-Afrika in den Jahren 1849-'57. Leipzig: Koehler und Voigtländer. Mahringer, J. (1952) Vorgeschichtliche Kultur. Berlin: Benziger Verlag. Maine, H.J.S. (1861) Ancient Law: Its Connections with the Early History of Society and its Relation to Modern Ideas. London: Murray. Maine, H.J.S. (1888) International Law. London: Murray. Mair, G. (1905) The Early History of the Morioris. Wellington: Trans. New Zealand Inst., Vol. 37. Mair, L.P. (1962/1977) Primitive Government: A Study of Traditional Political Systems in Eastern Africa. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press; Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press. Mair, L.P. (1974) African Societies. London: Cambridge Univ. Press. Maistre, J. de (1822) Les soirées de St. Petersbourg ou entretiens sur le gouvernement temporel de la Providence. 2 Vols. Paris: Plon. Malinowski, B. (1913) The Family among the Australian Aborigines. London: Allen & Unwin. Malinowski, B. (1920) War and weapons among the natives of the Trobriand Islands. Man, 20, 5, pp. 10-12. Malinowski, B. (1927) Sex and Repression in Savage Society. London: Kegan Paul. Malinowski, B. (1935) Coral Gardens and Their Magic. 2 Vols. London: Allen & Unwin. Malinowski, B. (1936) The deadly issue. Atlantic Monthly, 158, Dec., pp. 659-69. Malinowski, B. (1941) An anthropological analysis of war. Amer. J. Sociol., 46, pp. 521- 50. Also in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), 1964, pp. 245-68. Malinowski, B. (1961) African warfare. In: B. Malinowski The Dynamics of Culture Change: An Inquiry into Race Relations in Africa. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. pp. 84-93. Mallery, G. (1888) Picture-writing of the American Indians. Ann. Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 10, pp. 25-776. Malmberg, T. (1983) Human Territoriality: Survey of Behavioural Territories with Preliminary Analysis and Discussion of Meaning. New York: Mouton. Malthus, T.R. (1798) An Essay on the Principle of Population, etc. London: Johnson. Man, E.H. (1878) The Andaman Islands. J. Anthropol. Inst., 7, pp. 105-09. Man, E.H. (1883) The original inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. J. Anthropol. Inst., 12, pp. 69-175, 327-434. Man, E.H. (1932) On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. London: Royal Anthropol. Inst. Mann, R.S. (1972) Intra- and inter-family relations among the Ladakhis of Ladakh. Bull. Anthropol. Survey of India, 21, Jan., pp. 88-106. Mann, R.S. (1986) The Ladakhi: A Study in Ethnography and Change. Calcutta: Anthropol. Survey of India. Mansfield, S. (1982) The Gestalt of War: An Inquiry into its Origins and Meanings as a Social Institution. New York: Dial Press. Manson, J.H. & R.W. Wrangham (1987) Is human aggression nonbiological? Problems with the Statement on Violence. Human Ethol. Newsletter, 5, 2, pp. 3-4. Manson, J.H. & R.W. Wrangham (1991) Intergroup aggression in chimpanzees and humans. Current Anthropol., 32, 4, pp. 369-77. Manuel, A. (1977) The Manuvu. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 4, pp. 37-78. Maoz, Z. (1989) Joining the club of nations: Political development and international conflict, 1816-1976. Internat. Studies Quart., 33, 2, pp. 199-231. Marcuse, A. (1894) Die Hawaiischen Inseln. Berlin: A. Schall. Marcuse, H. (1955) Eros and Civilization. Boston: Beacon. Marett, R.R. (1920) Psychology and Folklore. London: Methuen. Marett, R.R. (1933) Sacraments of Simple Folk. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Marett, R.R. (1936) War, food and evolution. Nineteenth Century and After, April. Mariner, W. (1817) An Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands in the South Pacific Ocean. 2 Vols. London: Murray. Maringer, J. & H.G. Bandi (1953) Art in the Ice Age: Spanish Levant Art: Arctic Art. New York: Praeger. Markham, C.R. (1866) The Arctic Highlanders. Trans. Ethnol. Soc. London, NS, Vol. 4. Markham, C.R. (1895/1910) A list of the tribes in the valley of the Amazon, including those on the banks of the main stream and of all its tributaries. J. Anthropol. Inst., 24, pp. 236-84. 2nd ed.: 40, 1910: 73-140. Markl, H. (1982) Evolutionsbiologie des Aggressionsverhalten. In: R. Hilke & W. Kempf (Eds.) Aggression. Naturwissenschaftliche und kulturwissenschaftliche Perspektiven der Aggressionsforschung. Bern: Huber, pp. 21-43. Marler, P.R. (1959) Developments in the study of animal communication. In: P.R. Bell (Ed.) Darwin’s Biological Work: Some Aspects Reconsidered. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Marler, P.R. (1969) Colobus guereza: Territoriality and group composition. Sci., 163, pp. 93-95. Marler, P.R. (1972) Vocalizations of East African monkeys II: Black and white colobus. Behav., 42, pp. 175-97. Marler, P.R. (1976) On animal aggression: The roles of strangeness and familiarity. Amer. Psychol., 239-46. Marler, P.R. & W.J. Hamilton (1966) Mechanisms of Animal Behavior. New York: Wiley. Marmor, J. (1964) War, violence and human nature. Bull. Atomic Scientists, March, pp. 19-22. Marsden, H.M. (1968) Behaviour between two social groups of rhesus monkeys within two tunnel-connected enclosures. Folia Primatol., 8, pp. 240-46. Marsden, W. (1783) The History of Sumatra, Containing an Account of the Government, Laws, Customs and Manners of the Native Inhabitants. London: Thomas Payne. Marsh, C.W. (1979) Comparative aspects of social organization in the Tana River red colobus (Colobus badius rufomitratus). Z. f. Tierpsychol., 51, pp. 337-62. Marsh, P. (1988) Tribes. London: Pyramid Books. Marshall, H.R. (1898) Instinct and Reason. New York: Appleton. Marshall, H.R. (1915/1916) War and the Ideal of Peace. New York: Appleton. Marshall, L. (1960) !Kung Bushmen band organization. Africa, 30, pp. 325-55. Marshall, L. (1961) Sharing, talking and giving. Relief of social tensions among !Kung Bushmen. Africa, 31, pp. 231-49. Also in: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), 1976, pp. 349-72. Marshall, L. (1965) The !Kung-Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert. In: Gibbs (Ed.), pp. 241- 78. Marshall, L. (1976) The !Kung of Nyae Nyae. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Marshall, S.L.A. (1947) Men Against Fire. New York: Morrow & Co. Martin, M.K. & B. Voorhis (1975) Female of the Species. New York: Columbia Univ. Press Martin, P.S. (1967) Pleistocene overkill. Nat. Hist., 76, Dec., pp. 32-8. Martin, R. (1905) Die Inlandstämme der malayischen Halbinsel. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Martin, R.D. (1983) Human Brain Evolution in an Ecological Context. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Martin, R.D. (1992) Primate Origins and Evolution: A Phylogenetic Reconstruction. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Martin, R.D. & R. May (1981) Outward signs of breeding. Nature, 293, pp. 7-9. Martius, K.F.P. von (1832) Von dem Rechtszustande unter Ureinwohnern Brasiliens. München: F. Bruckmann. Martius, K.F.P. von (1867) Beiträge zur Ethnographie und Sprachenkunde Amerikas, zumal Brasiliens. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Marx, K. & F. Engels [1848] The Manifesto of the Communist Party. International Publishers Co., 1968. Maryanski, A. & J.H. Turner (1992). The Social Cage: Human Nature and the Evolution of Society. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press. Maslow, A.H. (1962) Toward a Psychology of Being. New York: Van Nostrand. Mason, J.A. (1912) The ethnology of the Salinan Indians. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 10, 4, pp. 97-240. Mason, J.A. (1946) Notes on the Indians of the Great Slave Lake area. Yale Univ. Publ. Anthropol., 34. Mason, W.A. (1966) Social organization of the South American monkey Callicebus moloch: A preliminary report. Tulane Studies in Zool., 13, pp. 23-28. Mason, W.A. (1968) Use of space by Callicebus groups. In: Jay (Ed.), pp. 200-216. Mason, W.A. & S.P. Mendoza (Eds.) (1993) Primate Social Conflict. New York: SUNY Press. Masserman, J.H. (Ed.) (1963) Violence and War with Clinical Studies. New York: Grune & Stratton. Masters, R.D. (1964) World politics as a primitive political system. World Politics, 16, pp. 595-619. Masters, R.D. (1975) Politics as a biological phenomenon. Soc. Sci. Info., 14, pp. 7-63. Masters, R.D. (1983) The biological nature of the state. World Politics, 35, 2, pp. 161-93. Masters, R.D. (1989) The Nature of Politics. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Mateer, S. (1883) Native Life in Travancore. London: W.H. Allen. Mathew, J. (1899) The Australian Aborigines. Sydney: Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, Vol. 23. Mathew, J. (1910) Two Representative Tribes of Queensland, with an Inquiry concerning the Origin of the Australian Race. London: Murray. Mathews, R.H. (1906) Australian tribes: Their formation and government. Z. f. Ethnol., 38, pp. 939-46. Mathews, R.H. (1907) Notes on the Aranda tribe. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, XLI, pp. 146-64. Matthiessen, P. (1962) Under the Mountain Wall: The Dani of New Guinea. New York: Viking. Mauss, M. (1967) The Gift: Form and Functions of Exchange in Archaic Societies. New York: Norton. Maxwell, M. (1984) Human Evolution: A Philosophical Anthropology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Maxwell, M. (Ed.) (1991) The Sociobiological Imagination. New York: SUNY Press. May, M.A. (1943) A Social Psychology of War and Peace. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. May, M.A. (1968) War, peace and social learning. In: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 151-58. May, R. (1972) Power and Innocence: A Search for the Sources of Violence. New York: Norton. Maybury-Lewis, D.H.P. (1967) Akwe-Shavante Society. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Maynard Smith, J. (1964) Group selection and kin selection: A rejoinder. Nature, 201, 4924, pp. 1145-47. Maynard Smith, J. (1969/1975) The Theory of Evolution. Baltimore: Penguin. Maynard Smith, J. (1971) What use is sex? J. Theoret. Biol., 30, pp. 319-35. Maynard Smith, J. (1972) On Evolution. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Univ. Press. Maynard Smith, J. (1974) The theory of games and the evolution of animal conflicts. J. Theoret. Biol., 47, 1, pp. 209-21. Maynard Smith, J. (1976) Group selection. Quart. Rev. Biol., 51, 2, pp. 277-83. Maynard Smith, J. (1978) The Evolution of Sex. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Maynard Smith, J. (1982a) Evolution and the Theory of Games. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Maynard Smith, J. (1982b) Do animals convey information about their intentions? J. Theoret. Biol., 97, pp. 1-5. Maynard Smith, J. (Ed.) (1983) Evolution Now: A Century After Darwin. San Francisco: Freeman. Maynard Smith, J. (1988) Did Darwin Get It Right?: Essays on Games, Sex and Evolution. London: Chapman & Hall. Maynard Smith, J. (1989) Games, Sex and Evolution. London: Harvester & Wheatsheaf. Maynard Smith, J. (1994) Must reliable signals always be costly? Anim. Behav. 47, 5, pp. 1115-20. Maynard Smith, J. & G.A. Parker (1976) The logic of asymmetric contests. Anim. Behav., 24, 1, pp. 159-75. Maynard Smith, J. & G.R. Price (1973) The logic of animal conflict. Nature, 246, pp. 15- 18. Mayr, E. (1935) Bernard Altum and the territory theory. Proc. Linn. Soc. New York, 45-6, pp. 24-38. Mayr, E. (1963) Animal Species and Evolution. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Mayr, E. (1970) Population, Species and Evolution. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Mayr, E. (1972) Sexual selection and natural selection. In: Campbell (Ed.), pp. 87-104. Mayr, E. (1974) Behavioral programs and evolutionary strategies. Amer. Naturalist, 62, pp. 650-59. Mayr, E. (1974) Teleological and teleonomic: A new analysis. Boston Studies Philosophy of Science, 14, pp. 91-117. Mayr, E. (1976) Evolution and the Diversity of Life: Selected Essays. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Mayr, E. (1982) The Growth of Biological Thought: Diversity, Evolution, and Inheritance. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Mazrui, A.A. (1975) The resurrection of the warrior tradition in African political culture. J. Modern African Studies, 13, 1, pp. 67-84. Mazrui, A.A. (Ed.) (1977) The Warrior Tradition in Modern Africa. Leiden: J. Brill. McArthur, A.M. (1971) Men and spirits in the Kunimaipa Valley. In: L.R. Hiatt & C. Jayewardene (Eds.) Anthropology in Oceania. Sydney: Angus & Robertson, pp. 155-90. McCauley, C.R. (1990) Conference overview. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 1-25. McCleery, R.H. (1978) Optimal behavior sequences and decision making. In: Krebs & Davies (Eds.). McClellan, C. & G. Denniston (1981) Environment and culture in the Cordillera. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), pp. 372-86. McClintock, W. (1910) The Old North Trail; Or Life, Legends and Religion of the Blackfeet Indians. London: Murray. McConnell, R.E. (1925) Notes on the Lugwari tribe of Central Africa. J. Anthropol. Inst., 55, pp. 439-67. McCook, H.C. (1879) Combats and nidification of the pavement ant Tetramorium caespitum. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 31, pp. 156-61. McCorkle, T. (1978) Intergroup conflict. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 694- 700. McDougall, W. (1908/1914/1915) An Introduction to Social Psychology. London: Methu- en; Boston: Luce. McDougall, W. (1927) Janus: The Conquest of War. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. McDougall, W. (1964) The instinct of pugnacity. In: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 33- 43. McEachron, D.L. & D. Baer (1982) A review of selected sociobiological principles: Application to hominid evolution II: The effects of intergroup conflict. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 5, 2, pp. 121-39. McGee, W.J. (1898) The Seri Indians. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 17, pp. 9-344. McGinnis, P.R. (1974) Patterns of Sexual Behaviour in a Community of Free-Living Chimpanzees. PhD., Cambridge Univ. McGinnis, P.R. (1979) Sexual behavior in free-living chimpanzees: Consort relationships. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 429-40. McGrew, W.C. (1979) Evolutionary implications of sex differences in chimpanzee predation and tool use. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 441-64. McGrew, W.C. (1981) The female chimpanzee as a female evolutionary prototype. In: Dahlberg (Ed.), pp. 35-73. McGrew, W.C.; P.J. Baldwin & C.E.G. Tutin (1981) Chimpanzees in a savanna habitat: Mt. Asserik, Senegal, West Africa. J. Human Evolution, 10, pp. 227-44. McGuinness, D. (Ed.) (1987) Dominance, Aggression and War. New York: Paragon House. McGuire, W.J. (1969) The nature of attitudes and attitude change. In: G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.) The Handbook of Social Psychology. Vol. III. Reading: Addison- Wesley. McHenry, H.M. (1976) Early hominid body weight and encephalization. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 45, pp. 77-84. McHenry, H.M. (1982) The pattern of human evolution: Studies on bipedalism, mastication and encephalization. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 11, pp. 151-73. McIlwraith, T.F. (1948) The Bella Coola Indians. Toronto: Univ. Toronto Press. McKenna, J.J. (1982) Primate field studies: The evolution of behavior and its socioecology. In: J.L. Forbes & J.E. King (Eds.) Primate Behavior. New York: Academic Press, pp. 53-83. McKenna, J.J. (1983) Primate aggression and evolution: An overview of sociobiological and anthropological perspectives. Bull. Amer. Acad. Psychiat. & the Law, 11, 2, pp. 105-30. McKennan, R.A. (1981) Tanana. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 562-76. McKenney, T.L. & J. Hall (1836) History of the Indian Tribes of North America, etc. 3 Vols. Philadelphia: D. Rice & A.N. Hart. McLennan, J.F. (1865) Primitive Marriage. Edinburgh: Black. McLennan, J.F. (1886) Studies in Ancient History. London: Murray. McNeil, E.B. (1959) Psychology and aggression. J. Conflict Resolution, 3, 2, pp. 195-279. McNeil, E.B. (1961) Personal hostility and international aggression. In: J. Conflict Resolution, 5, 3, pp. 279-98. McNeil, E.B. (1962) Waging experimental war: A review. J. Conflict Resolution, 6, pp. 77-81. McNeil, E.B. (1965) The nature of aggression. In: McNeil (Ed.), pp. 147-59. McNeil, E.B. (Ed.) (1965) The Nature of Human Conflict. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice- Hall. McNeill, W.H. (1963) The Rise of the West: A History of the Human Community. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. McNeill, W.H. (1982) The Pursuit of Power: Technology, Armed Force and Society since 1,000 A.D. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. McNulty, G.E. & L. Gilbert (1981) Attikamek (Tête de Boule). In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 208-16. McRitchie, D. (1892) The Ainos. Internat. Archiv f. Ethnographie, Suppl. to Vol. 4. Mead, G.H. (1934) Mind, Self, and Society. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Mead, M. (1930) Social organization of Manua. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull., 76, pp. 1- 218. Mead, M. (1935) Sex and Temperament in Three Primitive Societies. New York: Morrow. Mead, M. (Ed.) (1937/1961) Cooperation and Competition among Primitive Peoples. New York: McGraw-Hill; rev. ed. Boston: Beacon. Mead, M. (1940) Warfare is only an invention, not a biological necessity. Asia, 40, 8, pp. 402-5. Mead, M. (1947) The Mountain Arapesh. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 40, 163-419. , Mead, M. (1962) The psychology of warless man. In: A. Larson (Ed.) A Warless World. New York: McGraw-Hill, pp. 131-42. Mead, M. (1963) Violence in the perspective of culture history. In: Masserman (Ed.), pp. 92-106. Mead, M. (1964) Warfare: An invention - not a biological necessity. In: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 269-74. Mead, M. (1965) And Keep Your Powder Dry. New York: Morrow. Mead, M. (1968) Alternatives to war. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (eds.), pp. 215-28. Mead, M. (1970) The Mountain Arapesh. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Mead, M. & R. Metraux (1965) The anthropology of human conflict. In: McNeil (Ed.), pp. 116-38. Mech, L.D. (1966) The Wolves of Isle Royal. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Mech, L.D. (1970) The Wolf: Ecology and Behavior of an Endangered Species. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Mech, L.D. (1977) Productivity, mortality, and population trends of wolves in northeastern Minnesota. J. Mammal., 58, pp. 559-74. Meek, C.K. (1937) Law and Authority in a Nigerian Tribe: A Study in Indirect Rule. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Meerloo, J.A.M. (1940/1964) Homo Militans: De psychologie van oorlog en vrede in de mens. Den Haag: Servire; 2nd. rev. ed.). Meerloo, J.A.M. (1944) Total War and the Human Mind. London: Allen & Unwin. Meerloo, J.A.M. (1961) That Difficult Peace. New York: Channel Press. Meggitt, M.J. (1958) The Enga of the New Guinea Highlands: Some preliminary observations. Oceania, 28, pp. 253-330. Meggitt, M.J. (1972) System and subsystem: The te exchange cycle among the Mae-Enga. Human Ecol., 1, pp. 111-23. Meggitt, M.J. (1977) Blood is Their Argument: Warfare among the Mae-Enga Tribesmen. Palo Alto: Mayfield. Mehlman, P.T. & R.S. Parkhill (1988) Intergroup interactions in wild Barbary macaques (Macaca sylvanus), Ghomaran Rif Mountains, Morocco. Amer. J. Primatol., 15, 1, pp. 31-44. Meinicke, C.E. (1875-76) Die Inseln des Stillen Ozeans. Vol. I: Melanesien; Vol. II: Polynesien und Mikronesien. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Melko, M. (1973) 52 Peaceful Societies. Oakville, Ontario: CPRI Press. Mellars, P. (Ed.) (1990) The Emergence of Modern Humans: An Archaeological Perspective. Ithaca: Cornell Univ. Press. Mellars, P. & C. Stringer (Eds.) (1989) The Human Revolution: Behavioral and Biological Perspectives on the Origins of Modern Humans. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Mellen, S.L.W. (1981) The Evolution of Love. Oxford: Freeman. Melotti, U. (1984) The origin of human aggression: A new evolutionary view. The Mankind Quart., 24, pp. 379-92. Melotti, U. (1985) Competition and cooperation in human evolution. The Mankind Quart., 25, pp. 323-51. Melotti, U. (1986) On the evolution of human aggressiveness. In: Wind & Reynolds (Eds.), pp. 69-82. Melotti, U. (1987) Ingroup/outgroup relations and the issue of group selection. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 94-111. Melotti, U. (1990) War and peace in primitive human societies. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 241-46. Melville, C.H. (1911) Eugenics and military service. Eugenics Rev., pp. 53-60. Melville, H. (1847) Omoo: A Narrative of Adventures in the South Seas. London: Dickinson & Co. Menninger, K.A. (1938) Man Against Himself. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World. Mercier, P. (1977) Anthropology. Encycl. Brit., Vol. 1, pp. 868-73. Merker, B. (1984) A note on hunting and hominid origins. Amer. Anthropol., 86, 1, pp. 112-14. Merker, M. (1904) Die Masai: Ethnographische Monographie einer östafrikanischen Semitenvolkes. Berlin: D. Reimer. Merriam, C.H. (1955) Studies of California Indians. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Merrill, W.L. (1983) Tarahumara social organization, political organization, and religion. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 290-305. Merton, R.K. (1957) Social Theory and Social Structure. New York: Free Press. Métraux, A. (1946) Ethnography of the Chaco; The Guato; The Puri-Coroado linguistic family; The Botocudo. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 197-370; 409-18; 523-30; 531- 40. Métraux, A. (1948) The Paressi; Tribes of eastern Bolivia and the Madeira headwaters; Tribes of the eastern slopes of the Bolivian Andes; Tribes of the Juruá-Purús Basins; Tribes of the Middle and Upper Amazon River; The hunting and gathering tribes of the Rio Negro Basin. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 349-60; 381-454; 465-506; 657- 86; 687-712; 861-67. Métraux, A. (1949) Warfare, cannibalism, and human trophies. In: Steward (Ed.) Vol. 5, pp. 383-409. Métraux, A. & H. Baldus (1946) The Guayaki. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 435-44. Métraux, A. & P. Kirchhoff (1948) The northeastern extension of Andean culture. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 4, pp. 349-68. Metz, J.F. (1864) The Tribes Inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills. Mangalore. Meurs, A.J. van (1955) Over de gevechtsuitputting. PhD., Univ. Utrecht. Meyer, A.B. & A. Schadenberg (1890-93) Die Philippinen. I: Nord Luzon; II: Negritos. Dresden: Publikationen aus dem Königl. Ethnograph. Museum zu Dresden. Meyer, P. (1977) Kriegs- und Militärsoziologie. München: Goldmann. Meyer, P. (1981) Evolution und Gewalt. Ansätze zu einer bio-soziologischen Synthese. Hamburg: Parey Verlag. Meyer, P. (1987) Ethnocentrism in human social behaviour; Some biosociological considerations. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 81-93. Meyer, P. (1990) Human nature and the function of war in social evolution: A critical review of a recent form of the naturalistic fallacy. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 227-40. Meyer, P. (1992) The evolution of warfare: Origins of cultural variation. Paper 2nd World Congr. Violence and Human Coexistence, Montréal, July. Meyer, P. (1993) Human nature and the origins of warfare: Some evolutionary considerations. Paper 16th Ann. Meeting Internat. Soc. Polit. Psychol., Cambridge MA, July. Michael, R.P. & J.H. Crook (Eds.) Comparative Ecology and Behaviour of Primates. London: Academic Press. Michod, R.E. (1982) The theory of kin selection. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Syst., 13, pp. 23-55. Michod, R.E & B.R. Levin (Eds.) (1987) The Evolution of Sex: An Examination of Current Ideas. Sunderland: Sinauer Assoc. Middleton, J. (1955) Notes on the political organization of the Madi. African Studies, 14, pp. 29-36. Middleton, J. & D. Tait (Eds.) (1958) Tribes Without Rulers: Studies of African Segmentary Systems. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Midgley, M. (1978) Beast and Man: The Roots of Human Nature. Ithaca: Cornell Univ. Press. Midlarsky, M.I. & S.T. Thomas (1975) Domestic social structure and international warfare. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 531-48. Miklucho-Maklay, N.N. von (1875) Ethnologische Exkursion in Johore (15.12.1874- 2.2.1875). J. Eastern Asia, Vol. 1. Milgram, S. (1963) Behavioral study of obedience. J. Abnorm. & Soc. Psychol., 67, 4, pp. 371-78. Milgram, S. (1965) Some conditions of obedience and disobedience to authority. Human Relations, 18, pp. 57-76. Milgram, S. (1974) Obedience to Authority. New York: Harper. Miller, A.G. (1986) The Obedience Experiments: A Case Study of Controversy in Social Science. New York: Praeger. Miller, E.Y. (1905) The Bataks of Palawan. Philippine Ethnol. Survey Publ., 2, Pt 3, pp. 179-89. Miller, J. & W.R. Seaburg (1990) Athapaskans of southwestern Oregon. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.) Vol. 7, pp. 580-88. Miller, N. & M.B. Brewer (Eds.) (1984) Groups in Conflict: The Psychology of Desegregation. New York: Academic Press. Miller, N.E. (1941) The frustration-aggression hypothesis. Psychol. Rev., 48, pp. 337-42. Miller, N.E. (1959) Liberalization of basic S-R concepts: Extensions to conflict behavior, motivation and social learning. In: S. Koch (Ed.) Psychology: A Study of a Science. Vol. II. New York: McGraw-Hill. Miller, N.E. & J. Dollard (1941) Social Learning and Imitation. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Miller, R.S. (1967) Pattern and process in competition. Adv. Ecol. Res., 4, pp. 1-74. Miller, V.P. (1978) Yuki, Huchnom, and Coast Yuki. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 249-55. Milligan, J. (1859) On the dialects and language of the aboriginal tribes of Tasmania, and on their manners and customs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 3, pp. 275-82. Mills, J.P. (1937) The Rengma Nagas. London: Macmillan. Mills, M.G.L. (1983) Behavioural mechanisms in territory and group maintenance of the brown hyaena, Hyaena brunnea, in the southern Kalahari. Anim. Behav., 31, 2, pp. 503-10. Mills, M.G.L. (1990) Kalahari Hyaenas: The Comparative Behavioural Ecology of Two Species. London: Allen & Unwin. Milner, D. (1981) Racial prejudice. In: Turner & Giles (Eds.), pp. 125-53. Milner, G.R.; E. Anderson & V.G. Smith (1991) Warfare in late prehistoric West-Central Illinois. Amer. Antiquity, 56, 4, pp. 581-603. Milton, K. (1980) The Foraging Strategy of Howler Monkeys. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Milton, K. (1993) Diet and primate evolution. Sci. Amer., Aug., pp. 70-77. Mindeleff, C. (1898) Navaho houses. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 17. Minto, J. (1900) The number and condition of the native race in Oregon when first seen by white men. Oregon Hist. Quart., 1, 3, pp. 296-315. Mintz, A. (1951) Non-adaptive group behavior. J. Abnorm. Soc. Psychol., 46, pp. 150-59. Mishkin, B. (1940) Rank and Warfare among the Plains Indians. Seattle: Amer. Ethnol. Soc. Monogr. 3. Mitani, J.C. & P.S. Rodman (1979) Territoriality: Relation of ranging patterns and home range size to defendability, with an analysis of territoriality among primates species. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 5, pp. 241-51. Mitchell, C.R. (1980) Evaluating conflict. J. Peace Res., 17, 1, pp. 61-75. Mitchell, P.C. (1915) Evolution and the War. London: Macmillan. Mitchell, P.C. (1916) Le Darwinisme et la guerre. Paris: Alcan. Mitscherlich, A. (1969) Die Idee des Friedens und die menschliche Aggressivität. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Mock, D.W.; H. Drummond & C. Stinson (1990) Avian siblicide: Killing a brother or sister may be a common adaptive strategy among nestling birds, benefiting both the surviving offspring and the parents. Amer. Sci., 78, pp. 438-49. Modi, S.J.J. (1904) A few notes on the Todas of the Nilgiris. J. Anthropol. Soc. Bombay, 7. Möhnike, H. (1874) Banka und Palembang (incomplete reference in van der Bij, 1929). Moeller, M.L. (1992) Der Krieg, die Lust, der Frieden, die Macht. Reinbek b. Hamburg: Rowohlt. Møller, A.P. (1982) Coloniality and colony structure in gull-billed terns Gelochelidon nilotica. J. Ornithol., 123, pp. 41-54. Möllhausen, B. (1858) Diary of a Journey from the Mississippi to the Coasts of the Pacific with a United States Exploring Expedition. 2 Vols. London: Longman etc. Moerenhout, J.A. (1837) Voyages aux îles du Grand Océan, etc. 2 Vols. Paris: A. Bertrand. Moffat, R. (1842) Missionary Labours and Scenes in Southern Africa. London: Truebner. Moggridge, L.T. (1902) The Nyassaland tribes, their customs and their poison ordeal. J. Anthropol. Inst., 32, pp. 467-72. Mohnot, S.M. (1971) Some aspects of social changes and infant-killing in the Hanuman langur Presbytis entellus (Primates: Cercopithecidae) in western India. Mammalia, 35, pp. 175-98. Mohnot, S.M. (1980) Intergroup infant kidnapping in Hanuman langur. Folia Primatol., 34, pp. 259-77. Mohr, A. (1971) Häufigkeit und Lokalisation von Frakturen und Verletzungen am Skelett vor- und frühgeschichtlicher Menschengruppen. Ethnogr. Archäol. Z., 12, pp. 139- 42. Molen, P.P. van der (1980/1981) Striving, Playing and Learning: Aggression and the Dynamics of Learning in the Play and Struggle Called Life. Heymans Bull., Dept. Psychology, Univ. Groningen. Molen, P.P. van der & J.M.G. van der Dennen (1982) Striving, Playing and Learning: An Ethologist’s View on Aggression and the Dynamics of Learning in the Play and Struggle Called Life. Heymans Bull., Dept. Psychology, Univ. Groningen. Molina, J.I. (1809) The Geographical, Natural, and Civil History of Chili. 2 Vols. London. Molinari, G. de (1898) Grandeur et décadence de la guerre. Paris: Alcan. Mollison, T. (1936) Zeichen gewaltsamer Verletzungen an den Ofnet-Schädeln. Anthropol. Anzeiger, 13, pp. 79-88. Moltke, H. von (1880) Letter to J.K. Bluntschli, Dec. 11. In: T.E. Holland (Ed.) Letters on War and Neutrality. New York: Longmans Green. Moncelon, M. (n.d.) Les Néo-Calédoniens. Bull. l’Assoc. d’Anthropol., 9 (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al., 1915). Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1937) The development of war. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 16, pp. 219- 36. Monod, J. (1971) Chance and Necessity: An Essay on the Natural Philosophy of Modern Biology. New York: Knopf. Montagu, M.F.A. (Ed.) (1968) Man and Aggression. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Montagu, M.F.A. (Ed.) (1973) Man and Aggression. 2nd expanded ed. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Montagu, M.F.A. (1974) Aggression and the evolution of man. In: R.E. Whalen (Ed.) The Neuropsychology of Aggression. New York: Plenum Press, pp. 1-32. Montagu, M.F.A. (1976) The Nature of Human Aggression. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Montagu, M.F.A. (1978) Introduction. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 3-11. Montagu, M.F.A. (Ed.) (1978) Learning Non-Agression: The Experience of Non-Literate Societies. Fair Lawn: Oxford Univ. Press. Montagu, M.F.A. (1994) Foreword. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. ix-xiv. Montaigne, M.E. de [1580] On cannibalism. In: The Essays of Michel de Montaigne. New York: Knopf, 1934-36. Montano, J. (1886) Voyage aux Philippines et en Malaisie. Paris: Hachette. Montchrétien, A. de [1615] Traicté de l'oeconomie politique. Paris: Plon, 1889. Monteiro, J.J. (1876) The Quissama tribe of Angola. J. Anthropol. Inst., 5, pp. 198-201. Montesquieu, C.L. Baron de (1748) L'esprit des lois. Genève: J.J. Venet. Mooney, J. (1891) The sacred formulae of the Cherokee. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., Ann. Rep. 7. Mooney, J. (1894) The Siouan tribes of the East. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 22. Mooney, J. (1896) The ghost-dance religion and the Sioux outbreak of 1890. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., Ann. Rep. 14, pp. 641-1110. Mooney, J. (1898) The calendar history of the Kiowa Indians. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., Ann. Rep. 17, pp. 129-445. Mooney, J. (1907) The Powhatan Confederacy, past and present. Amer. Anthropol., 9, 1, pp. 129-52. Moore, A. (1978) Cultural Anthropology. New York: Harper & Row. Moore, B.J. (1972) Reflections on the Causes of Human Misery and upon Certain Proposals to Eliminate Them. Boston: Beacon Press. Moore, G.W. (1975) Tiruray. In: LeBar (Ed.), Vol. 2, pp. 41-45. Moore, J. (1984) The evolution of reciprocal sharing. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 5, 1, pp. 5-14. Moore, J.H. (1990) The reproductive success of Cheyenne war chiefs: A contrary case to Chagnon's Yanomamö. Current Anthropol., 31, pp. 322-30. Moore, S.F. (1972) Legal liability and evolutionary interpretation: Some aspects of strict liability, self-help and collective responsibility. In: Gluckman (Ed.), pp. 51-107. Moorey, P.R.S. (1979) The Origins of Civilization. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Moreno, J.L. (1967) Die Grundlagen der Soziometrie. Köln: Westdeutscher Verlag. Morey, R.V. & J.P. Marwitt (1975) Ecology, economy and warfare in Lowland South America. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 439-50. Morfi, Fray J.A. de (1932) Excerpts from the Memorias for the History of the Province of Texas, etc. Albuquerque: Quivira Soc. Morgan, A. de (n.d.) Moeurs, coutumes et langages des Negritos de l'intérieur de la presqu'île Malaise (Cited in Skeat & Blagden, 1906). Morgan, C.J. (1985) Natural selection for altruism in structured populations. Ethol. & Sociobiol. 6, pp. 211-18. Morgan, E. (1972) The Descent of Woman. London: Souvenir Press. Morgan, E. (1982) The Aquatic Ape. London: Souvenir Press. Morgan, E. (1990) The Scars of Evolution. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Morgan, G.A. & H.N. Ricciuti (1973) Infants' response to strangers during the first year. In: L.J. Stone et al. (Eds.) The Competent Infant: Research and Commentary. New York: Basic Books. Morgan, L.H. (1851) League of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee or Iroquois. Rochester: Sage & Brothers. Morgan, L.H. (1877) Ancient Society: Or Researches in the Lines of Human Progress from Savagery through Barbarism to Civilization. New York: Holt. Morgenthau, H.J. (1948/1958) Politics among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace. New York: Knopf. Morice, A.G. (1893) Are the Carrier sociology and mythology indigenous or exotic? Proc. & Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. Ser. 1, Sect. 2, 10, pp. 109-26. Morren, G.E.B. (1984) Warfare on the Highland Fringe of New Guinea: The case of the Mountain Ok. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 169-207. Morris, B. (1975) The Economy and Social Organization of the Hill Pandaram. PhD., Univ. London. Morris, B. (1977) Tappers, trappers and the Hill Pandaram. Anthropos, 72, pp. 225-41. Morris, B. (1982) Forest Traders: A Socio-Economic Study of the Hill Pandaram. London: Athlone Press. Morris, D.J. (1967) The Naked Ape: A Zoologist’s Study of the Human Animal. London: Jonathan Cape. Morris, R. (1984) Evolution and Human Nature. New York: Avon Books. Morrison, J.A. & E.W. Menzel (1972) Adaptation of a free-ranging rhesus monkey group to division and transportation. Wildlife Monogr., 31, pp. 1-78 Mortillet, G. de (1883) Le préhistorique: origine et l'antiquité de l'homme. Paris: Reinwald. Moskos, C.C. (1969) Why men fight. Transaction, 7, Nov., pp. 13-23. Moskos, C.C. (1971) Civilized warfare: Why men fight. In: J.P. Spradley & D. McCurdy (Eds.) Conformity and Conflict. Boston: Little, Brown. Moskos, C.C. (1976) Vietnam: Why men fight. In: A Study of Organizational Leadership. Office of Military Psychology, Harrisburg: Stackpole. Motolinia T. de (1541) Historia de los Indios de la Nueva España. Barcelona. Mowrer, O.H. (1950) Learning Theory and Personality Dynamics. New York: Ronald Press. Moyer, K.E. (1968) Kinds of aggression and their physiological basis. Communications in Behav. Biol., 2, pp. 65-87. Moyer, K.E. (1971) The Physiology of Hostility. Chicago: Markham. Moyer, K.E. (1976) The Psychobiology of Aggression. New York: Harper & Row. Moyer, K.E. (1987) Violence and Aggression: A Physiological Perspective. New York: Paragon House. Moynihan, D.P. (1993) Pandaemonium: Ethnicity in International Politics. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Mühlmann, W.E. (1936) Rassen- und Völkerkunde: Lebensprobleme der Rassen, Gesellschaften und Völker. Braunschweig: Vieweg. Mühlmann, W.E. (1940) Krieg und Frieden. Ein Leitfaden der politischen Ethnologie. Heidelberg: C.Winters Universitätsbuchhandlung. Mühlmann, W.E. (1962) Homo Creator. Wiesbaden: Steiner Verlag. Müller-Lyer, F. (1921) Phasen der Kultur und Richtungslinien des Fortschritts. München: R. Oldenbourg. Müller-Wismar, W. (1917) Yap. 2 Vols. Hamburg: Friederichsen. Mukhopadhyay, C.C. & P.J. Higgins (1988) Anthropological studies of women's status revisited: 1977-1987. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 17, pp. 461-95. Mumford, L. (1960) How war began. In: R. Thruelsen & J. Kobler (Eds.) Adventures of the Mind. London: Gollancz, pp. 175-89. Mumford, L. (1961) The City in History. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Mumford, L. (1967) The Myth of the Machine: Techniques in Human Development. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Munch, P.A. (1964) Culture and superculture in a displaced community: Tristan da Cunha. Ethnol., 3, pp. 369-76. Munch, P.A. (1971) Crisis in Utopia: The Ordeal of Tristan da Cunha. New York: Thomas Cromwell. Munn, C.A. (1986) Birds that cry `wolf'. Nature, 319, pp. 143-45. Munro, N.G. (1911) Prehistoric Japan. Yokohama. Munro, N.G. (1963) Ainu Creed and Cult. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Munzinger, W. (1864) Ostafrikanische Studien. Schaffhausen. Murdoch, J. (1892) Ethnological results of the Point Barrow Expedition. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. for 1887-’88, pp. 3-441. Murdock, G.P. (1931) Ethnocentrism. Encycl. Soc. Sci., Vol. 5, pp. 613-14. Murdock, G.P. (1934) Our Primitive Contemporaries. New York: Macmillan. Murdock, G.P. (Ed.) (1937) Studies in the Science of Society. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Murdock, G.P. (1949) Social Structure. New York: Macmillan. Murdock, G.P. (1951) Outline of South American Cultures. New Haven: HRAF Press. Murdock, G.P. (1959) Africa: Its Peoples and Their Cultural History. New York: McGraw-Hill. Murdock, G.P. (1963) Outline of World Cultures. 3rd. ed. New Haven: HRAF Press. Murdock, G.P. (1967) Ethnographic Atlas. Pittsburgh: Univ. Pittsburgh Press. Murdock, G.P. (1981) Atlas of World Cultures. Pittsburgh: Univ. Pittsburgh Press. Murdock, G.P. & D.R. White (1969) Standard cross-cultural sample. Ethnol., 8, pp. 329- 69. Murie, A. (1944) The Wolves of Mt. McKinley. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Murphy, G. (Ed.) (1945) Human Nature and Enduring Peace. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin. Murphy, R.F. (1957) Intergroup hostility and social cohesion. Amer. Anthropol., 59, pp. 1018-34. Murphy, R.F. (1958) Reply to H.C. Wilson's reply on the causes of Mundurucu warfare. Amer. Anthropol., 60, pp. 1196-99. Murphy, R.F. (1960) Headhunters’ Heritage: Social and Economic Change among the Mundurucu Indians. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Murphy, R.F. (1965) Social structure and sex antagonism. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 15, pp. 89-98. Murphy, R.F. (1970) Basin ethnography and ecological theory. In: E.H. Swanson (Ed.) Languages and Cultures of Western North America. Pocatello: Idaho State Univ. Press, pp. 152-71. Murphy, R.F. & Y. Murphy (1960) Shoshone-Bannock subsistence and society. Univ. Cal. Anthropol. Rec., 16, 7, pp. 293-338. Murphy, R.F. & B. Quain (1955) The Trumai Indians of Central Brazil. Locust Valley: J.J. Augustin. Murra, J.V. (1948) The Cayapa and Colorado. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 4, pp. 277-91. Murray, M.G. & R. Gerrard (1984) Conflicts in the neighborhood: Models where close relatives are in direct competition. J. Theoret. Biol., 111, p. 237-46. Murty, K.S. & A.C. Bouquet (1960) Studies in the Problems of Peace. Bombay: Asia Publishing House. Musonda, F.B. (1991) The significance of modern hunter-gatherers in the study of early hominid behaviour. In: Foley (Ed.), pp. 39-51. Musters, G.C. (1872) On the races of Patagonia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 1, pp. 193-206. Musters, G.C. (1873) At Home with the Patagonians. London: Murray. Myers, F.R. (1988) Critical trends in the study of hunter-gatherers. Ann. Rev. in Anthropol., 17, pp. 261-82. Myers, J.E. (1978) Cahto. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 244-48.

Nadel, S.F. (1942) A Black Byzantium: The Kingdom of the Nupe in Nigeria. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Nadel, S.F. (1947) The Nuba: An Anthropological Study of the Hill Tribes in Kordofan. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Nadel, S.F. (1951/1953) The Foundations of Social Antropology. London: Cohen & West. Nadel, S.F. (1954) Nupe Religion. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Nader, L. (1969) The Zapotec of Oaxaca. In: Wauchope & Vogt (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 329- 59. Nag, M. (1972) Andamanese. In: LeBar (Ed.), pp. 4-7. Nagel, U. & H. Kummer (1974) Variation in cercopithecoid aggressive behavior. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 159-85. Nalder, L.F. (Ed.) (1937) A Tribal Survey of Mongalla Province. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Nansen, F. (1893) Eskimo Life. London: Longmans, Green. Naroll, R. (1964a) On ethnic unit classification. Current Anthropol., 5, pp. 283-312. Naroll, R. (1964b) Warfare, Peaceful Intercourse and Territorial Change: A Cross-Cultural Survey. Unpubl. Manuscript, Evanston: Northwestern Univ. Naroll, R. (1966) Does military deterrence deter? Trans-Action, 3, 2, pp. 14-20. Naroll, R. (1969a) Deterrence in history. In: D. Pruitt & R. Snyder (Eds.) Theories and Research on the Causes of War. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, pp. 150-64. Naroll, R. (1969b) The causes of the fourth Iroquois war. Ethnohistory, 16, pp. 51-81. Naroll, R. (1970) Cross-cultural sampling. In: R. Naroll & R. Cohen (Eds.) A Handbook of Method in Cultural Anthropology. New York: Nat. Hist. Press, pp. 889-926. Naroll, R. (1983) The Moral Order: An Introduction to the Human Situation. Beverley Hills: Sage. Naroll, R. & W.T. Divale (1976) Natural selection in cultural evolution: Warfare versus peaceful diffusion. Amer. Ethnol., 3, pp. 97-128. Naroll, R. & R.G. Sipes (1973) A standard ethnographic sample: Second edition. Current Anthropol., 14, pp. 111-40. Naroll, R. & R. Wirsing (1976) Borrowing versus migration as selection factors in cultural evolution. J. Conflict Resolution, 20, 2, pp. 187-212. Naroll, R.; V. Bullough & F. Naroll (1973) Military Deterrence in History: A Pilot Cross- Historical Survey. Albany: SUNY Press. Nash, L.T. (1976) Troop fission in free-ranging baboons in the Gombe Stream National Park, Tanzania. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 44, pp. 63-78. Nasmyth, G. (1916) Social Progress and the Darwinian Theory: A Study of Force as a Factor in Human Relations. New York: Putnam. Nechayev, S. (n.d.) Catechism of the revolutionist. In: M. Confino (Ed.) Daughter of a Revolutionist. London: Alcove, pp. 221-30. Needham, R. (1954) Penan and Punan. J. Roy. Asiatic Soc., Malayan Branch, 27, pp.73- 83. Needham, R. (1972) Penan. In: LeBar (Ed.), pp. 176-79. Nef, J.U. (1950) War and Human Progress: An Essay on the Rise of Western Civilization. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Nelson, E.W. (1899) The Eskimo about Bering Strait. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep. 18, pp. 3-518. Nelson, S.D. (1974) Nature/Nurture revisited: A review of the biological bases of conflict. J. Conflict Resolution, 18, 2, pp. 285-335. Netting, R.M. (1968) Hill Farmers of Nigeria: Cultural Ecology of the Kofyar of the Jos Plateau. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Netting, R.M. (1973) Fighting, forest, and the fly: Some demographic regulators among the Kofyar. J. Anthropol. Res., 29, pp. 164-79. Netting, R.M. (1974) Kofyar armed conflict: Social causes and consequences. J. Anthropol. Res., 30, pp. 139-63. Netting, R.M. (1990) Population, permanent agriculture, and polities: Unpacking the evolutionary portmanteau. In: Upham (Ed.), pp. 21-61. Nettleship, M.A. (1975) Definitions. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 73-92. Nettleship, M.A.; R.D. Givens & A. Nettleship (Eds.) (1975) War, Its Causes and Correlates. The Hague: Mouton. Nettleship, M.A.; R.D. Givens & A. Nettleship (Eds.) (1976) Discussions on War and Aggression. The Hague: Mouton. Netto, W.J. & J.A.R.A.M. van Hooff (1986) Conflict interference and the development of dominance relationships in immature Macaca fascicularis. In: Else & Lee (Eds.), pp. 291-300. Neuman, G.G. (1987) How we became (in)human. In: Neuman (Ed.), pp. 78-104. Neuman, G.G. (Ed.) (1987) Origins of Human Aggression. New York: Human Sciences Press. Neumann, G.H. (1979) Einführung in die Humanethologie. Heidelberg: Quelle & Meyer. Neumann, G.H. (1981) Normatives Verhalten und aggressive Außenseiterreaktionen bei gesellig lebenden Vögeln und Säugern. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag. Nevill, M. (1887) Vaedda’s of Ceylon. Taprobanian, Vol. I. Neville, M.K. (1966) A Study of the Free-Ranging Behavior of Rhesus Monkeys. PhD., Harvard Univ. Newbold, C. (1879) The Chenchwars: A wild tribe inhabiting the forests of the E. Ghauts. J. Anthropol. Inst., 8, pp. 1-15. Newcomb, T.M. (1947) Autistic hostility and social reality. Human Relat., 1, pp. 3-20. Newcomb, W.W. (1950) A re-examination of the causes of Plains warfare. Amer. Anthropol., 52, pp. 317-30. Newcomb, W.W. (1960) Towards an understanding of war. In: G. Dole & R.L. Carneiro (Eds.) Essays in the Science of Culture. New York: Crowell, pp. 317-35. Newcomb, W.W. (1961) The Indians of Texas, from Prehistoric to Modern Times. Austin: Univ. Texas Press. Newcomb, W.W. (1983) Karankawa. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 359-67. Newman, R.W. (1970) Why man is such a sweaty and thirsty naked animal: A speculative review. Human Biol., 42, pp. 12-27. Niblack, A.P. (1890) The Coast Indians of southern Alaska and northern British Columbia. Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Rep., pp. 225-386. Nice, M.M. (1941) The role of territory in bird life. Amer. Midland. Nat., 26, pp. 441-87. Nicholas, F.C. (1901) The aborigines of the Province of Santa Maria, Colombia. Amer. Anthropol., NS, 3, 4, pp. 606-49. Nicholson, A.J. (1955) An outline of the dynamics of animal populations. Austral. J. Zool., 2, pp. 9-65. Nickerson, H. (1933) Can We Limit War? Bristol. Nicolai, G.F. (1918/1919) The Biology of War. London: J.M. Dent. Nieboer, H.J. (1900) Slavery as an Industrial System: Ethnological Researches. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Niese, R. (1903) Das Personen- und Familienrecht der Suaheli. Z. f. vergleichende Rechts- wissenschaft, 16, pp. 203-48. Nietzsche, F. [1882] Also sprach Zarathustra; Jenseits von Gut und Böse; Menschliches, Allzumenschliches; Zur Genealogie der Moral. In: K. Slechta (Ed.) Friedrich Nietzsche’s Werke. München: Carl Hanser Verlag, 1954-55. Nieuwenhuis, A.W. (1904-7) Quer durch Borneo. 2 Vols. Leiden: E.J. Brill. Nimuendaju, C. (1948) The Guaja; Little known tribes of the Lower Tocantins River; Little known tribes of the Lower Amazon; Tribes of the Lower and Middle Xingu River; The Maué and Arapium; The Tucuna. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 135-36; 203-8; 209-11; 213-43; 245-54; 713-25. Nishida, T. (1963) Intertroop relationship of the Formosan monkey Macaca cyclopsis relocated on the Nojima Islet. Primates, 4, pp. 121-22. Nishida, T. (1967) Savannah chimpanzees. Shizen, 22, pp. 31-41. Nishida, T. (1968) The social group of wild chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Primates, 9, 2, pp. 167-224. Nishida, T, (1970) Social behaviour and relationship among wild chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Primates, 11, 1, pp. 47-87. Nishida, T. (1972) Preliminary information on the pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus) of the Congo Basin. Primates, 13, 5, pp. 415-25. Nishida, T. (1979) The social structure of chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 73-121. Nishida, T. (1980) On inter-unit-group aggression and intra-group cannibalism among wild chimpanzees. Human Ethol. Newsletter, 31, pp. 21-24. Nishida, T. (1981) [The World of Wild Chimpanzees]. Tokyo: Chuokoron-sha. Nishida, T. (Ed.) (1990) The Chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains: Sexual and Life History Strategies. Tokyo: Univ. Tokyo Press. Nishida, T. & M. Hiraiwa-Hasegawa (1985) Responses to a stranger mother-son pair in the wild chimpanzee: A case report. Primates, 26, 1, pp. 1-13. Nishida, T. & M. Hiraiwa-Hasegawa (1987) Chimpanzees and bonobos: Cooperative relationships among males. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 165-77. Nishida, T. & K. Kawanaka (1972) Inter-unit group relationships among wild chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Kyoto Univ. African Studies, 7, pp. 131-69. Nishida, T. & K. Kawanaka (1985) Within-group cannibalism by adult male chimpanzees. Primates, 26, 3, pp. 274-84. Nishida, T. & S. Uehara (1983) Natural diet of chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii): long-term record from the Mahale Mountains. Afr. Studies Monogr., 3, pp. 109-30. Nishida, T.; S. Uehara & R. Nyundo (1979) Predatory behavior among wild chimpanzees of the Mahale Mountains. Primates, 20, 1, pp. 1-20. Nishida, T. et al. (1985) Group extinction and female transfer in wild chimpanzees in the Mahale National Park, Tanzania. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 67, 1-4, pp. 284-301. Nishimura, A. & K. Izawa (1975) The group characteristics of woolly monkeys (Lagothrix lagothricha) in the Upper Amazonian Basin. In: S. Kondo et al. (Eds.) Proceedings from the Symposia of the Fifth Congress of the International Primatological Society. Tokyo: Japan Science Press. Nissen, H.W. (1931) A field study of the chimpanzee. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 8, 1, pp. 1-105. Nissen, I. (1961) Absolute Monogamy, the Attitude of Women, and War. Oslo: Aschehoug. Nissen, I. (1971) The role of the sexual constellation. Acta Sociologica, 14, 1-2, pp. 52-58. Nitecki, M.H. & D.V. Nitecki (Eds.) (1987) The Evolution of Human Hunting. New York: Plenum Press. Nobel, J.W. (1985) De utopie van het realisme. Amsterdam: Jan Mets. Noberini, M. (1966) Ethnocentrism and Feuding: A Cross-Cultural Study. MA Thesis, Univ. Chicago. Noble, G.K. (1939) The role of dominance in the social life of birds. The Auk, 56, pp. 263- 73. Noë, R. (1986) Lasting alliances among adult male savannah-baboons. In: Else & Lee (Eds.), pp. 381-92. Noë, R. (1989) Coalition Formation among Male Baboons. PhD., Univ. Utrecht. Noë, R. (1994) A model of coalition formation among male baboons with fighting ability as the crucial parameter. Anim. Behav., 47, 1, pp. 211-13. Nomland, G.A. (1935) Sinkyone notes. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 36, 2, pp. 149-78. Noone, R. & D. Holman (1972) In Search of the Dream People. New York: Morrow. Nooy-Palm, C.H.M. (1972/1976) Mentaweians. In: LeBar (Ed.), 1972, pp. 41-43; In: LeBar (Ed.), 1976, Section 1, pp. 278-301. Norberg-Hodge, H. (1991) Ancient Futures: Learning from Ladakh. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books. Nordau, M. (1889) The philosophy and morals of war. North Amer. Rev., clxix. Nordenskiöld, A.E. von (1881/1882) Die Umseglung Asiens und Europas auf der Vega. 2 Vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Nordenskiöld, A.E. von (1904) Antartica: Zwei Jahre in Schnee und Eis am Südpol. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Nordenskiöld, E. (1911) Die Siriono Indianer in Ostbolivien. Petermanns Mitteilungen. Nordenskiöld, E. (1912) Indianerleben im Gran Chaco (Südamerika). Leipzig: Brockhaus. Nordenskiöld, E. (1922) Indianer und Weiße in Nordostbolivien. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Nordenskiöld, E. (1923) Forschungen und Abenteuer in Südamerika. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Northcote, G.A.S. (1907) The Nilotic Kavirondo. J. Anthropol. Inst., 37, pp. 58-66. Norton, H.H. (1978) The male supremacist complex: Discovery or invention? Amer. Anthropol., 80, pp. 665-67. Novikow, J. [also spelled Novicow] (1896) Les luttes entre les sociétés humaines et leur phases successives. Paris: Alcan. Novikow, J. (1910) La critique de darwinisme social. Paris: Alcan. Novikow, J. (1911/1912) War and its Alleged Benefits. London: Heinemann (transl. of ‘La guerre et sa prétendue bienfaits'. Paris: Alcan, 1894). Nugent, S. (1981) Amazonia: Ecosystem and social system. Man, 16, pp. 62-74. Numelin, R. (1944) Dual leadership in savage societies. Acta Academiae Aboensis, Humaniora, 14, pp. 1-18. Numelin, R. (1947) Messengers, Heralds, and Envoys in Savage Societies. Götheburg: Transactions of the Westermarck Soc., Vol. 1. Numelin, R. (1950) The Beginnings of Diplomacy: A Sociological Study of Intertribal and International Relations. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Numelin, R. (1967) Native contacts and diplomacy: The history of intertribal relations in Australia and Oceania. Societas Scientiarum Fennica, 41, 1, pp. 1-181. Nusbaum-Hilarowicz, J. (1916) Der Krieg im Lichte der Biologie. Jena: Gustav Fischer Verlag.

Oakley, K.P. (1961) On man’s use of fire, with comments on toolmaking, and hunting. In: Washburn (Ed.), pp. 176-93. Oates, J.F. (1977) The social life of the black-and-white colobus monkey, Colobus guereza. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 45, 1, pp. 1-60. Obst, E. (1912) Von Mkalama ins Land der Wakindiga. Mitteilungen der geograph. Gesellschaft Hamburg, 26, pp. 2-27. Ochsenius, C. (n.d.) Chili, Land und Leute (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al. 1915). O’Connell, R.L. (1989) Of Arms and Men: A History of War, Weapons and Aggression. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Odum, E.P. (1971) Fundamentals of Ecology. 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Saunders. Ohnuki-Tierney, E. (1974) The Ainu of the Northwest Coast of Southern Sakhalin. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. O’Kane, W.C. (1953) The Hopis: Portrait of a Desert People. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. O’Leary, T.J. & D. Levinson (Eds.) (1991) Encyclopedia of World Cultures. Vol. 1: North America. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co. Oldfield, A. (1865) On the Aborigines of Australia. Trans. Ethnol. Soc. London, NS, 3, pp. 215-98. Oliver, D.L. (1989) Oceania: The Native Cultures of Australia and the Pacific Islands. 2 Vols. Honolulu: Univ. Hawaii Press. Olivier, J. (1827-28) Land- en zeetogten in Nederlands Indië. 2 Vols. Amsterdam. Olmsted, D.L. & O.C. Stewart (1978) Achumawi. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 225-35. Olson, R.L. (1954) Social life of the Owikeno Kwakiutl. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 14, pp. 213-59. Olson, R.L. (1955) Notes on the Bella Bella Kwakiutl. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 15, pp. 319-48. O’Nell, C.W. (1969) Human Development in a Zapotec Community, with Emphasis on Aggression Control and its Study in Dreams. PhD., Univ. Chicago. O’Nell, C.W. (1981) Hostility management and the control of aggression in a Zapotec community. Aggr. Behav., 7, 4, pp. 351-66. O’Nell, C.W. (1989) The non-violent Zapotec. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 117-32. Opler, M.E. (1937) An outline of Chiricahua Apache social organization. In: F. Eggan (Ed.) Social Antropology of North American Tribes. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 171-239. Opler, M.E. (1941) A Jicarilla Apache expedition and scalp dance. J. Amer. Folklore, 54, pp. 10-23. Opler, M.E. (1941/1942) An Apache Life-Way: The Economic, Social, and Religious Institutions of the Chiricahua Apache. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Oppenheimer, F. (1908/1928) Der Staat. Frankfurt a.M. (transl. The State: Its History and Development Viewed Sociologically. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill). Oppert, G. (1896) Über die Toda und Kota in den Nilagiri oder den blauen Bergen. Z. f. Ethnol., 28. Orbigny, A. D' (1829) L'homme américain de l'Amérique méridionale. 2 Vols. Paris: Hachette. Orbigny, A. D’ (1835-47) Voyage dans l'Amérique méridionale. 9 Vols. Paris: Hachette. Ortner, S.B. (Ed.) (1983) How Humans Adapt: A Biocultural Odyssey. Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press. Orton, J. (1876) The Andes and the Amazon; Or, across the Continent of South America. New York. Osborn, H.F. (1929) Is the ape man a myth? Human Biol., 1, pp. 4-9. Osgood, C.B. (1958) Ingalik social culture. Yale Univ. Publ. Anthropol., 53. Osgood, C.B. (1959) Ingalik mental culture. Yale Univ. Publ. Anthropol., 56. Osgood, R.E. (1957) Limited War. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Osgood, R.E. (1960) Cognitive dynamics in the conduct of human affairs. Publ. Opin. Quart., 24, pp. 341-65. Osgood, R.E. & R.W. Tucker (Eds.) (1967) Force, Order and Justice. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press. Oswalt, W.H. (1962) Historical populations in western Alaska and migration theory. Anthropol. Papers Univ. Alaska, 11, 1, pp. 1-14. Otten, C. (Ed.) (1973) Aggression and Evolution, Lexington: Xerox College Publ. Ottenberg, S. (1971) Leadership and Authority in an African Society: The Afikpo Village Group. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Ottenberg, S. (1978) Anthropological interpretations of war. In: Farrar (Ed.), pp. 29-36. Ottenberg, S. & P. Ottenberg (Eds.) (1960) Cultures and Societies of Africa. New York: Random House. Otterbein, K.F. (1964) Why the Iroquois won: An analysis of Iroquois military tactics. Ethnohistory, 11, 1, pp. 56-63. Also in: Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 345-49. Otterbein, K.F. (1967) The evolution of Zulu warfare. In: Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 351-57. Otterbein, K.F. (1968a) Internal war: A cross-cultural study. Amer. Anthropol., 70, pp. 277-89. Otterbein, K.F. (1968b) Cross-cultural studies of armed combat. Buffalo Studies, 4, 1, pp. 91-109. Otterbein, K.F. (1968c) Military sophistication and territorial expansion: A cross-cultural study. Paper 67th Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Seattle. Otterbein, K.F. (1968d) Higi armed combat. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 24, pp. 195-213. Otterbein, K.F. (1970/1985) The Evolution of War: A Cross-Cultural Study. New Haven: HRAF Press. Otterbein, K.F. (1973) The anthropology of war. In: J.J. Honigmann (Ed.) Handbook of Social and Cultural Anthropology. New York: Rand McNally, pp. 923-58. Otterbein, K.F. (1976) Warfare, territorial expansion, and cultural evolution. Amer. Ethnol., 3, 4, pp. 825-27. Otterbein, K.F. (1977) Warfare: A hitherto unrecognized critical variable. Amer. Behav. Sci., 20, pp. 693-709. Otterbein, K.F. (1979) Huron vs. Iroquois: A case study in inter-tribal warfare. Ethnohistory, 26, 2, pp. 141-52. Otterbein, K.F. (1985) Feuding: Dispute resolution or dispute continuation? Rev. in Anthropol., 12, pp. 73-83. Otterbein, K.F. (1989) Socialization for war: A study of the influence of hunting upon warfare. Paper Ann. Meeting Amer. Anthropol. Assoc., Washington. Otterbein, K.F. (1991) Comments on ‘Violence and sociality in human evolution’ by B.M. Knauft. Current Anthropol., 32, 4, pp. 413-14. Otterbein, K.F. (1993) The Anthropology of Feuding and Warfare: Selected Works by Keith F. Otterbein. New York: Gordon & Breach. Otterbein, K.F. & C. Otterbein (1965) An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth: A cross- cultural study of feuding. Amer. Anthropol., 67, pp. 1470-82. Oudemans, A.C. (1889) Engano. Tijdschr. Kon. Nederl. Aardrijksk. Genootschap, 6, Pt 2, pp. 109-64. Overing, J. (1975) The Piaroa: A People of the Orinoco Basin. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Overing, J. (1986) Images of cannibalism, death and domination in a nonviolent society. In: Riches (Ed.), pp. 86-101. Overing, J. (1989) Styles of manhood: An Amazonian contrast in tranquility and violence. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 79-99. Oyarzun, A. (1922) Los Indios Alacalufes. Publ. Mus. Etnol. Antropol. Chile, 2, pp. 165- 70. Oyarzun, A. (1927) Los aborigines de Chile. Univ. Catolica de Chile.

Packer, C.R. (1977) Reciprocal altruism in Papio anubis. Nature, 265, pp. 441-43. Packer, C.R. (1979) Inter-troop transfer and inbreeding avoidance in Papio anubis. Anim. Behav., 27, 1, pp. 1-36. Packer, C.R. (1986) Male Transfer and Intertroop Relationships. PhD., Univ. Sussex. Packer, C.R. & A.E. Pusey (1982) Cooperation and competition within coalitions of male lions: Kin selection or game theory? Nature, 296, 5859, pp. 740-42. Packer, C.R. & A.E. Pusey (1983) Adaptations of female lions to infanticide by incoming males. Amer. Naturalist, 121, 5, pp. 716-28. Packer, C.R. & A.E. Pusey (1984) Infanticide in carnivores. In: Hausfater & Hrdy (Eds.), pp. 31-42. Packer, C.R.; D. Scheel & A.E. Pusey (1990) Why lions form groups: Food is not enough. Amer. Naturalist, 136, pp. 1-19. Paddock, J. (1975) Studies on antiviolent and ‘normal’ communities. Aggr. Behav., 1, 3, pp. 217-33. Paddock, J. (1978) The face of human nature: Implications of the data, and a step or two toward a theory of antiviolence. Paper 3rd Biennial Meeting ISRA, Washington DC. Paddock, J. et al. (1979) Faces of antiviolence: A symposium. Abstracts in Aggr. Behav., 5, 2, pp. 210-14. Pagliaro, H.E. (1973) Racism in the Eighteenth Century. Ohio: Western Univ. Press. Paige, K.E. & J.M. Paige (1981) The Politics of Reproductive Ritual. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Palmer, E. (1884) Notes on some Australian tribes. J. Anthropol. Inst., 13, pp. 276-334. Palmer, S. (1965) Murder and suicide in forty nonliterate societies. J. Criminal Law, Criminol. & Police Sci., 56, pp. 320-24. Panckow, H. (1892) Über Zwergvölker in Afrika und Süd-Asien. Z. Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde Berlin, 27. Pandey, T.N. (1977) Images of power in a Southwestern Pueblo. In: R.D. Fogelson & R.N. Adams (Eds.) The Anthropology of Power. New York: Academic Press, pp. 195- 215. Paolini, A.G.B. (1785) Della legittima libertà del commercio. 2 Vols. Fiorenze. Park, R.E. (1941) The social functions of war. Amer. J. Sociol., 46, pp. 551-70; Reprint in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), 1968, pp. 205-28. Park, R.E. & E.W. Burgess (1924) Introduction to the Science of Sociology. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Parker, G.A. (1974) Assessment strategy and the evolution of fighting behavior. J. Theoret. Biol., 47, 1, pp. 223-43. Parker, G.A. (1979) Sexual selection and sexual conflict. In: Blum & Blum (Eds.), pp. 123-66. Parker, G.A. (1982) Why are there so many tiny sperm? Sperm competition and the maintenance of two sexes. J. Theoret. Biol., 96, pp. 281-94. Parker, G.A. (1984a) Evolutionarily stable strategies. In: Krebs & Davies (Eds.), pp. 30- 61. Parker, G.A. (1984b) Sperm competition and the evolution of animal mating strategies. In: R.L. Smith (Ed.), pp. 1-60. Parker, G.A. & Hammerstein (1985) Game theory and animal behaviour. In: Greenwood et al. (Eds.), pp. 73-93. Parker. G.A. & D.I. Rubenstein (1981) Role assessment, reserve strategy, and acquisition of information in asymmetric animal conflicts. Anim. Behav., 29, 1, pp. 221-40. Parker, G.A.; R.R. Baker & V.G.F. Smith (1972) The origin and evolution of gamete dimorphism and the male-female phenomenon. J. Theoret. Biol., 36, pp. 529-53. Parker, K.L. (1905) The Euahlayi Tribe: A Study of Aboriginal Life in Australia. London: Murray. Parker, R.S. (Ed.) (1972) The Emotional Stress of War, Violence, and Peace. Pittsburgh: Stanwix House. Parker, S.T. (1985) Higher intelligence as an adaptation for social and technological strategies in early Homo sapiens. In: G. Butterworth et al. (Eds.) Evolution and Development. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Parker, S.T. (1987) A sexual selection model for hominid evolution. Human Evolution, 2, 3, pp. 235-53. Parker, S.T. & K.R. Gibson (1979) A developmental model for the evolution of language and intelligence in early hominids. Behav. & Brain Sci., 2, pp. 367-408. Parkinson, R.H. (1887) Im Bismarck-Archipel. Erlebnisse und Beobachtungen auf der Insel Neu-Pommern. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Parkinson, R.H. (1907) Dreißig Jahre in der Südsee. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Partridge, C. (1905) Cross River Natives. London: Heinemann. Passarge, S. (1907) Die Buschmänner der Kalahari. Berlin: Reimer. Passingham, R.E. (1982) The Human Primate. New York: Freeman. Patrick, G.T.W. (1915) The psychology of war. Popular Sci. Monthly, 87, pp. 155-68. Patterson, G.R.; R.A. Littman & W. Bricker (1967) Assertive behavior in children: A step toward a theory of aggression. Monogr. Soc. Res. Child Developm., 32, 5. Patterson, O. (1977) Ethnic Chauvinism. Briarcliff Manor: Stein & Day. Patterson, O. (1983) The nature, causes, and implications of ethnic identification. In: C. Fried (Ed.) Minorities: Community and Identity. Berlin: Springer. Paulitschke, P.V. (1893) Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas. 2 Vols. Berlin: Reimer. Payne, E.J. (1892) History of the New World Called America. 2 Vols. Oxford: Blackwell. Peal, S.E. (1874) The Nagas and neigbouring tribes. J. Anthropol. Inst., 3, pp. 476-79. Pearson, K. (1911) The Scope and Importance to the State of the Science of National Eugenics. 3rd ed. London: A. & C. Black. Peary, J.D. (1893) My Arctic Journal: A Year among Ice-Fields and Eskimos. New York: Contemp. Publ. Peary, R.E. (1898) Northward over the `Great Ice'. 2 Vols. New York: F.A. Stokes. Peary, R.E. (1907) Nearest the Pole: A Narrative of the Polar Expedition etc. New York: Doubleday. Peary, R.E. (1910) To the North. New York: Doubleday. Pechuël-Lösche, E. (1907) Volkskunde von Loango. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Peck, J.R. (1990) The evolution of outsider exclusion. J. Theoret. Biol., 142, pp. 565-71. Peel, J.D.Y (Ed.) (1972) Herbert Spencer and Social Evolution. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Peoples, J.G. (1982) Individual or group advantage? A reinterpretation of the Maring ritual cycle. Current Anthropol., 23, 3, pp. 291-310. Pepitone, A. & G. Reichling (1955) Group cohesiveness and the expression of hostility. Hum. Relat., 8, 3, pp. 327-37. Peranio, R.D. (1976) The Bisaya of northern Borneo. In: LeBar (Ed.), pp. 27-103. Peres, C.A. (1992) Consequences of joint-territoriality in a mixed-species group of tamarin monkeys. Behav., 123, 3-4, pp. 220-46. Péron, F.A. & L.C.D. Freycinet (1807-16) Voyage de découvertes aux Terres Australes. Paris: Tastu. Perré, J. (1961) La guerre et ses mutations, des origines à 1792. Paris: Payot. Perré, J. (1962) Les mutations de la guerre moderne, de la Révolution Française à la révolution nucléaire (1792-1962). Paris: Payot. Perry, R.B. (1918) The Present Conflict of Ideals. New York: Longmans Green. Perry, W.J. (1917a) The peaceable habits of primitive communities: An anthropological study of the Golden Age. Hilbert J., 17, pp. 28-46. Perry, W.J. (1917b) An ethnological study of warfare. Memoirs & Proc. Manchester Literary & Philos. Soc., 61, 6, pp. 1-16. Perry. W.J. (1923) The Children of the Sun. London: Methuen. Perry, W.J. (1924) The Growth of Civilization. New York: Dutton. Peschel, O. (1874) Völkerkunde. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Peters, E.L. (1967) Some structural aspects of the feud among the camel-herding Bedouin of Cyrenaica. Africa, 37, 3, pp. 261-82. Peters, R. & L.D. Mech (1975) Behavioral and intellectual adaptations of selected mammalian predators to the problem of hunting large animals. In: Tuttle (Ed.), pp. 279-300. Petersen, R. (1962) The last Eskimo migration into Greenland. Folk, 4, pp. 95-110. Petersen, R. (1984) East Greenland before 1950. In: Sturtevant & Damas (Eds.), Vol. 5, pp. 622-39. Peterson, S.A. (1981) Sociobiology and ideas-become-real: Case study and assessment. J. Soc. Biol. Structures, 4, pp. 125-43. Petrajitzky, L. (1913) Kvoprosou o sozialnom ideale (in Russian, cited in Sorokin, 1928). Petrie, W.M.F. (1906) Migrations. J. Anthropol. Inst., 36, pp. 189-232. Petroff, I. (1884) Report on the Population, Industries, and Resources of Alaska. Washington: Dept. Interior. Pettman, R. (1975) Human Behaviour and World Politics: A Transdisciplinary Introduction. London: Macmillan. Pfaff, W. (1993) The Wrath of Nations: Civilization and the Furies of Nationalism. New York: Simon & Schuster. Pfeiffer, J.E. (1969/1972) The Emergence of Man. New York: Harper & Row. Pfeiffer, J.E. (1977) The Emergence of Society. New York: McGraw-Hill. Pfeiffer, J.E. (1982) The Creative Explosion. New York: Harper & Row. Pfeiffer, J.E. (1985) The Emergence of Humankind. New York: Harper & Row. Pfeil, J. von (1898) Duk duk and other customs as forms of expression of the Melanesians’ intellectual life. J. Anthropol. Inst., 27, pp. 181-91. Phillips, C.S. (1987) Politics: An aspect of cultural evolution. Politics & the Life Sciences, 5, 2. Pick, D. (1993) War Machine: The Rationalization of Slaughter in the Modern Age. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Pickford, M. (1989) Pre-Hominids. In: Giacobini (Ed.), pp. 23-33. Pidal, R.M. (Ed.) (1947) Historia de España. Vol. 1. Madrid. Pilling, A.R. (1978) Yurok. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 137-54. Pillsbury, W.B. (1919) The Psychology of Nationality and Internationalism. New York: Appleton. Pinderhughes, C.A. (1979) Differential bonding: Toward a psychophysiological theory of stereotyping. Amer. J. Psychiat, 136, 1, pp. 33-7. Pinderhughes, C.A. (1985) The three psychological factors that drive us to war. Amer. J. Soc. Psychiat., 5, 2, pp. 26-30. Pitcairn, T.K. (1974) Aggression in natural groups of pongids. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 241-72. Pitt, D. & P. Turner (Eds.) (1989) The Anthropology of War and Peace. South Hadley: Bergin & Garvey. Pitt, R. (1978) Warfare and hominid brain evolution. J. Theoret. Biol., 72, 3, pp. 551-75. Pittendrigh, C.S. (1958) Adaptation, natural selection, and behavior. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 390-416. Plog, S. (1990) Agriculture, sedentism, and environment in the evolution of political systems. In: Upham (Ed.), pp. 177-99. Plotkin, H.C. (Ed.) (1982) Learning, Development and Culture: Essays in Evolutionary Epistemology. Chichester: Wiley. Plotkin, H.C. (1988) The Role of Behavior in Evolution. London: MIT Press. Plotkin, H.C. & F.J. Olding-Smee (1981) A multiple-level model of evolution and its implications for sociobiology. Behav. & Brain Sci., 4, pp. 225-68. Pöppig, E.F. (1835-36) Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazonenstrome während den Jahren 1827-31. 2 Vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Pogge, P. (1880) Beiträge zur Entdeckungsgeschichte Afrikas. III: Im Reiche des Muata Jamvo. Berlin: Reimer. Poirier, F.E. (1968) Nilgiri langur (Presbytis johnii) territorial behavior. Primates, 9, 4, pp. 351-64. Poirier, F.E. (1970) Nilgiri langur ecology and social behavior. In: Rosenblum (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 103-35. Poirier, F.E. (1987/1993) Understanding Human Evolution. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice- Hall. Poliakov, L. (1951-61) Histoire de l'antisémitisme. 4 Vols. Paris: Calman-Lévy. Poliakov, L. (1954) Harvest of Hate; The Nazi Program for the Destruction of the Jews of Europe. Syracuse: Syracuse Univ. Press. Poliakov, L. (1974) The Aryan Myth: A History of Racist and Nationalist Ideas in Europe. London: Sussex Univ. Press. Pollock, J. (1975) Social Behavior and Ecology of Indri indri. PhD., Univ. London. Pollock, J. (1979) Female dominance in Indri indri. Folia Primatol., 31, pp. 143-64. Popov, A.A. (1964) The Nganasans. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 571-81. Popp, J.L. & I. DeVore (1979) Aggressive competition and social dominance theory: Synopsis. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 317-38. Popper, K. (1950) The Open Society and its Enemies. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Popper, K. (1963) Conjectures and Refutation: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Porteus, S.D. (1931) The Psychology of a Primitive People. London: Williams & Norgate. Portman, M.V. (1896) Notes on the Andamanese. J. Anthropol. Inst., 25, pp. 361-71. Posner, R. (1992) Sex and Reason. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Pospisil, L. (1958/1974) Kapauku Papuans and their Law. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Pospisil, L. (1963/1966) The Kapauku Papuans of West New Guinea. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Pospisil, L. (1964) Law and societal structure among the Nunamiut Eskimo. In: W.H. Goodenough (Ed.) Explorations in Cultural Anthropology. New York: McGraw- Hill, pp. 395-431. Pospisil, L. (1968) Feud. Internat. Encycl. Soc. Sci., Vol. 5, pp. 389-93. Pospisil, L. (1971) Anthropology of Law: A Comparative Theory. New York: Harper & Row. Pospisil, L. (1978) The Ethnology of Law. Menlo Park: Cummings. Pospisil, L. (1994)
D h€ ‰r ’ †‚ ’ D ph‚‡ xvyy ’‚ˆ h’ €‚ r
) Xh hq ƒrhpr h€‚t the Kapauku. In: Reyna & Downs (Eds.), pp. 113-36. Post, L. van der (1985) The Lost World of the Kalahari. Baltimore: Penguin. Post, L. van der & J. Taylor (1985) Testament to the Bushmen. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Potegal, M. (1979) The reinforcing value of several types of aggressive behavior: A review. Aggr. Behav., 5, 4, pp. 353-73. Potts, R. (1984) Hominid hunters? Problems of identifying the earliest hunter/gatherers. In: Foley (Ed.), pp. 129-66. Potts, R. (1984) Home bases and early hominids. Amer. Sci., 72, pp. 338-47. Potts, R. (1987) Reconstructions of early hominid socioecology: A critique of primate models. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 28-47. Potts, R. (1988) Early Hominid Activities at Olduvai. New York: Aldine. Powdermaker, H. (1933) Life in Lesu: The Study of a Melanesian Society in New Ireland. New York: Norton. Powell, J.W. (1880) Wyandot government: A short study of tribal society. Ann. Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 1, pp. 59-69. Powers, S. (1872) The northern California Indians: 3. The Euroc; 6. The Pomo and Cahto. Overland Monthly, 8, 530-39; 9, 498-507. Powers, S. (1873) The northern California Indians: 7. The Meewocs. Overland Monthly, 10, pp. 322-33. Powers, S. (1874) The nortern California Indians: 10. The Neeshenams; 11. Various tribes; 12. The Wintoons. Overland Monthly, 12, pp. 21-31; 412-24; 542-50. Powers, S. (1876) Life and Culture of the Washo and Paiutes. Unpubl. Manuscript, Smithsonian Inst., Washington. Powers, S. (1877) The Tribes of California: Contributions to North-American Ethnology. Washington: Dept. Interior. Prescott, J.W. (1975) Body pleasure and the origins of violence. Bull. Atomic Scientists, Nov., pp. 10-20. Prescott, W.H. (1843) History of the Conquest of Mexico. 3 Vols. New York: Harper & Brothers. Preuschoft, H. et al. (Eds.) (1984) The Lesser Apes: Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Univ. Press. Price, B.J. (1978) Demystification, enriddlement, and Aztec cannibalism: A materialist rejoinder to Harner. Amer. Ethnol., 5, pp. 98-115. Price, B.J. (1982) Cultural materialism: A theoretical review. Amer. Antiquity, 47, pp. 709- 41. Price, B.J. (1984) Competition, productive intensification, and ranked society: Speculations from evolutionary theory. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 209-40. Price, F.G.H. (1872) A description of the Quissama tribe. J. Anthropol. Inst., 1, pp. 185- 93. Price, T.D. & J.A. Brown (Eds.) (1985) Prehistoric Hunter-Gatherers: The Emergence of Cultural Complexity. Orlando: Academic Press. Prideaux, T. (1973) Cro-Magnon Man. New York: Time-Life Books. Prosterman, R.L. (1972) Surviving to 3000: An Introduction to the Study of Lethal Conflict. North Scituate: Duxbury Press. Proudhon, P.J. (1861) La guerre et la paix: Recherches sur le principe et la constitution du droit des gens. Paris: M. Rivière. Pugh, G.E. (1978) The Biological Origins of Human Values. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Pulle, A. (1916) Naar het sneeuwgebergte van Nieuw Guinea. Amsterdam: Maatschappij voor goede en goedkope lectuur. Pusey, A.E. (1977) Social Development of Adolescent Chimpanzees in Gombe National Park. PhD., Stanford Univ. Pusey, A.E. (1979) Intercommunity transfer of chimpanzees in Gombe National Park. In: Hamburg & McCown (Eds.), pp. 465-80. Pusey, A.E. & C. Packer (1987) Dispersal and philopatry. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 250- 66.

Quatrefages, J.L.A. de (1884) Hommes fossiles et hommes sauvages. Paris: Alcan. Quigley, C. (1961) The Evolution of Civilizations. New York: Macmillan. Quincey, T. de (1896) Narrative and Miscellaneous Papers on War. New York: A. & C. Black. Quinn, N. (1977) Anthropological studies on women’s status. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 6, pp. 181-225. Quinton, R. (1930) Maximes sur la guerre. Paris: Grasset.

Rabbie, J.M. (1963) Differential preference for companionship under threat. J. Abnorm. & Soc. Psychol., 67, 6, pp. 643-48 Rabbie, J.M. (1974) Effekten van een competitieve en coöperatieve intergroepsoriëntatie op verhoudingen binnen en tussen groepen. Ned. Tijdschr. Psychol., 29, pp. 239-57. Rabbie, J.M. (1979) Competitie en coöperatie tussen groepen. In: J. Jaspars & R. van de Vlist (Eds.) Sociale Psychologie in Nederland, Vol. 2, Deventer: van Loghum Slaterus. Rabbie, J.M. (1980) Conflict and aggression among individuals and groups. Paper 22nd Internat. Congr. Psychol., Leipzig. Rabbie, J.M. (1982) The effects of intergroup competition and cooperation on intra- and intergroup relationships. In: V.J. Derlega & J.L. Grzelak (Eds.) Cooperation and Helping Behavior: Theories and Research. New York: Academic Press, pp. 123-45. Rabbie, J.M. (1990) Agressieve conflicten tussen individuen en groepen, een sociaal- psychologische benadering. In: van Hooff et al. (Eds.), pp. 175-236. Rabbie, J.M. (1992) The effects of intragroup cooperation and intergroup competition on ingroup cohesion and outgroup hostility. In: Harcourt & de Waal (Eds.), pp. 195- 207. Rabbie, J.M. and F. Bekkers (1976) Bedreigd leiderschap in intergroepscompetitie. Ned. T. Psychol., 31, 5, pp. 269-83. Rabbie, J.M. and F. Bekkers (1978) Threatened leadership and intergroup competition. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol. 8, 1, pp. 9-20. Rabbie, J.M. & J.H. de Brey (1971) The anticipation of intergroup cooperation and competition under private and public conditions. Internat. J. Group Tensions, 1, pp. 230-51. Rabbie, J.M. & M. Horwitz (1969) The arousal of ingroup-outgroup bias by a chance win or loss. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 69, pp. 223-28. Rabbie. J.M. & M. Horwitz (1982) Conflict and aggression among groups and individuals. In: H. Hiebsch, A. Petrowski & H. Brandstätter (Eds.) Contemporary Problems in Social Psychology. Amsterdam: North Holland. Rabbie, J.M. & K. Huygen (1974) Internal disagreements and their effects on attitudes toward in- and outgroup. Internat. J. Group Tensions, 4, pp. 222-46. Rabbie, J.M. & H. Lodewijkx (1983) Aggressive reactions to the abuse of power by individuals and groups. Paper 2nd Europ. Conf. Internat. Soc. Res. Aggression, Zeist, Sept. Rabbie, J.M. & H. Lodewijkx (1984) Aggression between individuals and group members. Paper 6th Biennial Conf. Internat. Soc. Res. Aggression, Turku, July. Rabbie, J.M. & H. Lodewijkx (1987) Individual and group aggression. Current Res. Peace & Violence, 2-3, pp. 91-101. Rabbie, J.M. & J. van Oostrum (1977) The effects of influence structure upon intra- and intergroup relations. Paper Internat. Conf. on Socialization and Social Influence, Warsaw, Sept. Rabbie, J.M. & L. Visser (1972) Bargaining strength and group polarization in intergroup negotiations. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 4, pp. 401-16. Rabbie, J.M. & L. Visser (1976) Gevolgen van interne en externe conflicten op verhoudingen tussen groepen. Ned. Tijdschr. Psychol, 31, 5, pp. 233-51. Rabbie, J.M. & G. Wilkens (1971) Intergroup competition and its effects on intragroup and intergroup relations. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 1, pp. 215-34. Rabbie, J.M., L. Visser & K. Bagger (1974) Bargaining strength; pre-assessment on own and other’s aspirations and group-induced shifts in intergroup negotiations. Unpubl. manuscript, Inst. Soc. Psychol., Univ. Utrecht. Rabbie, J.M., L. Visser & J. van Oostrum (1975) Motivational orientation and strategy of other groups in a Prisoner’s Dilemma game. Unpubl. manuscript, Inst. Soc. Psychol., Univ. Utrecht. Rabbie, J.M., L. Visser & J. van Oostrum (1978) Conflict behavior of individuals, dyads and triads in mixed motive games. Paper Conf. Group Decision Making, Reisensburg, Aug. Rabbie. J.M., F. Benoist, H. Oosterbaan & L. Visser (1974) Differential power and effects of expected competitive and cooperative intergroup interaction on intragroup and outgroup attitudes. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 30, pp. 46-56. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. (1913) Three tribes of Western Australia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 43, pp. 143-94. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. (1922/1933) The Andaman Islanders. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. (1930) The social organization of Australian tribes. Oceania, 1, pp. 34-63, 206-46, 322-41. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. (1940) Preface. In: Fortes & Evans-Pritchard. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. (1952) Structure and Function in Primitive Society. Glencoe: The Free Press. Radin, P. (1932) Social Anthropology. New York: Appleton. Radin, P. (1942) Indians of South America. New York: Appleton. Raffles, T.S. (1817) The History of Java. 2 Vols. London: Murray. Raghaviah, V. (1962) The Yanadis. New Delhi: Bharatiya etc. Rahaman, H. & M.D. Parthasarathy (1969) Studies on the social behaviour of bonnet monkeys. Primates, 10, pp. 149-62. Raimondi, A. (1862) Apuntes sobre la provincia litoral de Loreto. Lima. Ramos, A.R. (1987) Reflecting on the Yanomami: Ethnographic images and the pursuit of the exotic. Cult. Anthropol., 2, pp. 284-304. Rancour-Laferrière, D. (1985) Signs of the Flesh: An Essay on Hominid Sexuality. New York: Mouton-de Gruyter. Ransom, T.W. (1981) Beach Troop of the Gombe. Lewisburg: Bucknell Univ. Press. Rapoport, A. (1960) Fights, Games and Debates. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Rapoport, A. (1965) Is warmaking a characteristic of human beings or of cultures? Sci. Amer., 213, Oct., pp. 115-18. Rapoport, A. (1968) Approaches to large-scale human conflicts. Paper Internat. Mental Health Congr., London, Aug. Rapoport, A. (1974) Conflict in Man-Made Environment. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Rappaport, R.A. (1967) Ritual regulation of environmental relations among a New Guinea people. Ethnol., 6, pp. 17-30. Rappaport, R.A. (1968/1984) Pigs for the Ancestors: Ritual in the Ecology of a New Guinea People. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press; rev. and exp. ed. Rappaport, R.A. (1979) Ecology, Meaning, and Religion. Richmond: North Atlantic Books. Rasa, O.A.E. (1976) Aggression: Appetite or aversion? An ethologist's viewpoint. Aggr. Behav., 2, 3, pp. 213-22. Rasa, O.A.E. (1981) Ethological aspects of aggression in sub-human animals. In: Brain & Benton (Eds.) 1981b, pp. 585-602. Rasa, O.A.E. (1982) Towards a structural concept of aggression. Aggr. Behav., 8, 3, pp. 253-60. Rasa, O.A.E. (1985) Mongoose Watch. London: Murray. Rasa, O.A.E. (1986a) Ecological factors and their relationship to group size, mortality and behaviour in the dwarf mongoose Helogale undulata (Peters, 1852). Cimbebasia, 8, pp. 15-21. Rasa, O.A.E. (1986b) Sibling altruistic behaviour and its importance for group survival in dwarf mongoose family groups. Paper ESS Conf., Göttingen, Jan. 18-19. Rascovsky, A. (1970) Towards the understanding of the unconscious motivations of war. Paper Conf. on Role and Relevance of Psychology in International Relations. Inst. United Nations, New York, Jan. 10. Rascovsky, A. (1974) Filicide and the unconscious motivation for war. Adolescent Psychiat., 3, pp. 54-67. Rascovsky, A. & M. Rascovsky (1972) The prohibition of incest, filicide and the sociocultural process. Internat. J. Psycho-Anal., 53, 2, pp. 271-76. Rasmussen, K. (1905) Nye mennesker. Copenhagen: Gyldendal. Rasmussen, K. (1908) People of the Polar North: A Record. London: K. Paul, Trench, Truebner. Rasmussen, K. (1927) Across Arctic America: Narrative of the Fifth Thule Expedition. New York: Greenwood Press. Rasmussen, K. (1932) Intellectual Culture of the Copper Eskimos. Copenhagen: Gyldendal. Ratzel, F. (1882/1899) Anthropogeographie. Stuttgart: Engelhorn. Ratzel, F. (1885/1894/1895) Völkerkunde. 3 Vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Ratzel, F. (1896a) The History of Mankind. 3 Vols. London: Murray. Ratzel, F. (1896b) Die Gesetze des räumlichen Wachstums der Staaten. Petermanns Mitteilungen, 42, pp. 97-107. Ratzel, F. (1897) Politische Geographie. München: R. Oldenbourg. Ratzel, F. (1901) Der Lebensraum. Stuttgart: Engelhorn. Ratzel. F. (1905) Glückinseln und Träume. Stuttgart: Engelhorn. Ratzenhofer, G. (1883/1893) Wesen und Zweck der Politik als Teil der Soziologie und Grundlage der Staatswissenschaften. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Ratzenhofer, G. (1898) Die soziologische Erkenntnis. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Ratzenhofer, G. (1908) Soziologie. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Ravey, M. (1978) Bipedalism: An early warning system for Miocene hominids. Sci., 199, p. 372. Rawling, C.G. (1913) The Land of the New Guinea Pygmies. London: Seeley & Service. Ray, V.F. (1933) The Sanpoil and Nespelem: Salishan Peoples of Northeastern Washington. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Read, C. (1905) The Metaphysics of Nature. London: Murray. Read, C. (1920) The Origin of Man and of his Superstitions. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Read, G.H. (1919) Anthropology and war. J. Anthropol. Inst., 49, pp. 12-19. Reay, M. (1959) The Kuma: Freedom and Conformity in the New Guinea Highlands. Melbourne: Melbourne Univ. Press. Reclus, E. (1891) Primitive Folk. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co. Reddy, P.C. (1947) The Yanadis: A criminal tribe of the Deccan. Eastern Anthropol., 1, Dec., pp. 3-17. Reddy, P.S. & A.M. Reddy (1987) The displaced Yanadis of Sriharikota Island: A study of changing interactions between environment and culture. Mankind Quart., 27, Summer, pp. 435-45. Reed, W.A. (1904/1905) Negritos of Zambales. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Reichard, G.A. (1892) Deutsch-Ostafrika: Das Land und seine Bewohner. Leipzig: Spamer. Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. (1971) Amazonian Cosmos: The Sexual and Religious Symbolism of the Tukano Indians. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. (1975) The Shaman and the Jaguar: A Study of Narcotic Drugs among the Indians of Colombia. Philadelphia: Temple Univ. Press. Reid, A. & J. Brewster (Eds.) (1983) Slavery, Bondage and Dependency in Southeast Asia. St. Lucia: Univ. Queensland Press. Reid, G.F. (1991) Montagnais-Naskapi; Yokuts. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 243- 46; 387-89. Reinach, A.J. (1913) Les trophées et les origines religieuses de la guerre. Revue d’ethnographie et de sociologie, 4, pp. 211-37. Remy & Blenchley (n.d.) Journey to the Great Salt Lake (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al., 1915). Renan, E. (1871) La réforme intellectuelle et morale. Paris: Plon. Rensberger, B. (1977) The Cult of the Wild. New York: Doubleday. Reyen, A.H. & A. Kahn (1975) Effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and proxemic behavior. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 31, pp. 302-10. Reyna, S.P. & R.E. Downs (Eds.) (1994) Studying War: Anthropological Perspectives. Langhorne PA: Gordon & Breach. Reynolds, B. (1978) Beothuk. In: Sturtevant & Trigger (Eds.), Vol. 15, pp. 101-8. Reynolds, V. (1966) Open groups in hominid evolution. Man, 1, pp. 441-52. Reynolds, V. (1974) Kinship and the family in monkeys, apes and man. In: Y. Cohen (Ed.) Man in Adaptation: The Biosocial Background. Chicago: Aldine, pp. 138-49. Reynolds, V. (1980) The Biology of Human Action. 2nd ed. San Francisco: Freeman. Reynolds, V. (1984) The relationship between biological and cultural evolution. J. Human Evol., 13, pp. 71-79. Reynolds, V. (1988) Sociobiology and the idea of primordial discrimination. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 3, pp. 303-15. Reynolds, V. (1991) Cold or watery? Hot or dusty? Our ancestral environment and our ancestors themselves: An overview. In: Roede et al. (Eds.), pp. 331-341. Reynolds, V. & F. Reynolds (1965) Chimpanzees of the Budongo Forest. In: I. DeVore (Ed.) Primate Behavior: Field Studies of Monkeys and Apes. New York: Truebner King, pp. 368-424. Reynolds, V.; V.S.E. Falger & I. Vine (Eds.) (1987) The Sociobiology of Ethnocentrism: Evolutionary Dimensions of Xenophobia, Discrimination, Racism and Nationalism. London: Croom Helm. Rhijn, J.G. van & R. Vodegel (1980) Being honest about one’s intentions: An evolutionary stable strategy for animal conflicts. J. Theoret. Biol., 85, 4, pp. 623-42. Ribbe, C. (1903) Zwei Jahre unter den Kannibalen der Salomo-Inseln. Dresden- Blasewitz: Verlag der Elbgau Buchdruckerei. Ribeiro de Sampaio, F.X. [1774] Diario da viagem etc. do Rio Negro. Lisboa, 1825. Richard, A.F. (1977) The feeding behaviour of Propithecus verreauxi. In: Clutton-Brock (Ed.), 211-23. Richards, G. (1987) Human Evolution: An Introduction for the Behavioural Sciences. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Richards, R.J. (1987/1988) Darwin and the Emergence of Evolutionary Theories of Mind and Behavior. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Richardson, J. (1851/1852) Arctic Searching Expedition: A Journal of a Boat-Voyage through Rupert's Land and the Arctic Sea, etc. 2 Vols. London: Longman; New York: Harper. Richardson, L.F. (1960) Statistics of Deadly Quarrels. Pittsburgh: Boxwood Press. Richerson, P.J. (1977) Ecology and human ecology: A comparison of theories in the biological and social sciences. Amer. Ethnol., 4, pp. 1-26. Richerson, P.J. (1995) ‘Warfare’ (Ch. 19 of his Human Ecology course at the Univ. of California at Davis). Richerson, P.J. & R. Boyd (1978) A dual inheritance model of the human evolutionary process, I: Basic postulates and a simple model. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 1, pp. 127-5. Riches, D. (Ed.) (1986) The Anthropology of Violence. Oxford: Blackwell. Riches, D. (1987) Violence, peace and war in ‘early’ human society: The case of the Eskimo. In: Creighton & Shaw (Eds.), pp. 17-36. Riches, D. (1991) Aggression, war, violence: Space/time and paradigm. Man, 26, pp. 281- 98. Richet, C.L. (1906) Peace and War. London: S. Sonnenschein. Richmond, A.H. (1987) Ethnic nationalism: Social science paradigms. Internat. Soc. Sci. J., 49, 1, pp. 3-18. Riddell, F.A. (1978) Maidu and Konkow. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 370- 86. Ridley, M.W. (1993) The Red Queen: Sex and the Evolution of Human Nature. New York: Viking. Riedl, R. (1980) Biologie der Erkenntnis. Die stammesgeschichtliche Grundlagen der Vernunft. Berlin: Paul Parey. Riedl, R. (1985) Die Spaltung des Weltbildes. Biologische Grundlagen des Erklärens und Verstehens. Berlin: Paul Parey. Riley, E.B. (1925) Among Papuan Headhunters. Philadelphia: Lippincott. Riley, J.G. (1980) Strong evolutionary equilibrium and the war of attrition. J. Theoret. Biol., 82, 3, pp. 383-400. Rindos, D. (1984) The Origins of Agriculture: An Evolutionary Perspective. New York: Academic Press. Rindos, D. (1985) Darwinian selection, symbolic variation, and the evolution of culture. Current Anthropol., 26, pp. 65-77. Rindos, D. (1986) The evolution of the capacity for culture: Sociobiology, structuralism and cultural selectionism. Current Anthropol., 27, pp. 315-32. Rink, H.J. (1887) The Eskimo Tribes: Their Distribution and Characteristics, etc. 2 Vols. London: Williams & Norgate. Ripley, S. (1967) Intertroop encounters among Ceylon grey langurs (Presbytis entellus). In: S.A. Altmann (Ed.) Social Communication among Primates. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 237-54. Risley, H.H. (1891) The Tribes and Castes of Bengal. 2 Vols. Calcutta: Thacker, Spinck & Co. Risley, H.H. (1903) Ethnography of India. Calcutta: Thacker, Spinck & Co. Ritchie, D.G. (1889) Darwinism and Politics. London: S. Sonnenschein. Ritchie, D.G. (1902) War and peace. In: Studies in Political and Social Ethics. London: S. Sonnenschein. Ritchie, M. (1990) Optimal foraging and fitness in Columbian ground squirrels. Oecologia, 82, pp. 56-67. Rivers, W.H.R. (1906) The Todas of the Nilgiri Hills. London: Macmillan. Rivers, W.H.R. (1914) The History of Melanesian Society. 2 Vols. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Rivers, W.H.R. (1920/1921/1922) Instinct and Unconscious. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Rivers, W.H.R. (1922) History and Ethnology. London: Macmillan. Robarchek, C.A. (1977) Frustration, aggression, and the nonviolent Semai. Amer. Ethnol, 4, 4, pp. 762-79. Robarchek, C.A. (1986) Helplessness, fearfulness, and peacefulness: The emotional and motivational contexts of Semai social relations. In: Brown & Schuster (Eds.), pp. 177-83. Robarchek, C.A. (1989a) Primitive warfare and the ratomorphic image of mankind. Amer. Anthropol., 91, 4, pp. 903-20. Robarchek, C.A. (1989b) Hobbesian and Rousseauan images of man: Autonomy and individualism in a peaceful society. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 31-44. Robarchek, C.A. (1990) Motivations and material causes: On the explanation of conflict and war. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 56-76. Robarchek, C.A. (1994) Ghosts and witches: The psychocultural dynamics of Semai peacefulness. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 183-96. Robarchek, C.A. & R.K. Dentan (1987) Blood drunkenness and the bloodthirsty Semai: Unmaking another anthropological myth. Amer. Anthropol., 89, 2, pp. 356-65. Robarchek, C.A. & C.J. Robarchek (1989) The Waorani: From warfare to peacefulness. The World and I, 4, 1, pp. 625-35. Robarchek, C.A. & C.J. Robarchek (1992) Cultures of war and peace: A comparative study of Waorani and Semai. In Silverberg & Gray (Eds.), pp. 189-213. Robinson, E. Van Dyke (1900) War and economics in history and in theory. Polit. Sci. Quart., 581-622. Robinson, J.G. (1979) Vocal regulation of use of space by groups of titi monkeys Callicebus moloch. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 381-405. Robinson, J.G. (1981) Vocal regulation of inter- and intragroup spacing during boundary encounters in the titi monkey, Callicebus moloch. Primates, 22, pp. 161-72. Robinson, J.G. (1988) Groups size in wedge-capped capuchin monkeys Cebus olivaceus, and the reproductive success of males and females. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 23, pp. 187-97. Robinson, J.G.; P.C. Wright & W.G. Kinzey (1986) Monogamous cebids and their relatives: Intergroup calls and spacing. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 44-53. Robinson, J.T. (1963) Adaptive radiation in the Australopithecines and the origin of Man. In: F.C. Howell & F. Bourlière (Eds.) African Ecology and Human Evolution. New York: Viking. Robinson, M.H. & L. Tiger (Eds.) (1991) Man and Beast Revisited. Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press. Rochas, V. de (1862) La Nouvelle Calédonie et ses habitants. Paris: A. Bertrand. Rochefort, C. de (1658) Histoire naturelle et morale des Iles Antilles de l'Amérique. Rotterdam: A. Geers. Rodman, P.S. (1984) Foraging and social systems of orangutans and chimpanzees. In: Rodman & Cant (Eds.), pp. 134-60. Rodman, P.S. & J.G.H. Cant (Eds.) Adaptations for Foraging in Nonhuman Primates; Contributions to an Organismal Biology of Prosimians, Monkeys, and Apes. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Rodman, P.S. & H.M. McHenry (1980) Bioenergetics and the origin of human bipedalism. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 52, pp. 103-6. Rodman, P.S. & J.C. Mitani (1987) Orang-utans: Sexual dimorphism in a solitary species. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 146-54. Rodseth, L. (1991) Comment on Knauft’s ‘Violence and sociality in human evolution’. Current Anthropol., 32, 4, pp. 414-16. Rodseth, L.; R.W. Wrangham; A. Harrigan & B.B. Smuts (1991) The human community as a primate society. Current Anthropol., 32, pp. 221-55. Roe, A. & G.G. Simpson (Eds.) (1958) Behavior and Evolution. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Roede, M. et al. (Eds.) (1991) The Aquatic Ape: Fact or Fiction? London: Souvenir Press. Roele, M. (1993) Religious behaviour as a utility- and inclusive fitness-optimizing strategy. Soc. Sci. Info., 32, 3, pp. 387-417. Roessel, R. (1983) Navajo history, 1850-1923. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 506-23. Rogers, C.R. (1951) Client-Centered Therapy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Rogers, J.A. (1972) Darwinism and Social Darwinism. J. Hist. Ideas, 33, 2, pp. 265-80. Rokeach, M. (1960) The Open and Closed Mind. New York: Basic Books. Rombouts, J.M. (1938) Convulsions of mankind. In: Medical Opinions on War. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Rooijen, J. van (1976) ‘Vlucht’ en verwante begrippen in biologie en psychologie (het schade-anticiperend gedragssysteem). Internal Rep., Dept. Ethology, Univ. Groningen. Roosevelt, A. (1980) Parmana: Prehistoric Maize and Manioc Subsistence along the Amazon and Orinoco. New York: Academic Press. Roper, M.K. (1969) A survey of the evidence for intrahuman killing in the Pleistocene. Current Anthropol., 10, 4, pp. 427-59. Roper, M.K. (1975) Evidence of warfare in the Near East from 10.000-4.300 B.C. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 299-343. Rosaldo, M. & L. Lamphere (Eds.) (1974) Women, Culture, and Society. Stanford: Univ. California Press. Rosaldo, R. (1970) Ilongot Society: The Social Organization of a Non-Christian Group in Northern Luzon, Philippines. PhD., Harvard Univ. Roscoe, J. (1907) The Bahima: A cow tribe of Enkole in the Uganda Protectorate. J. Anthropol. Inst., 37, pp. 93-118. Roscoe, J. (1909) Notes on the Bageshu. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 181-95. Roscoe, J. (1915) The Northern Bantu. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Roscoe, J. (1923) The Banyankole. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Rosenberg, H. (von) (1878) Der malayische Archipel. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Rosenblatt, P.C. (1964) Origins and effects of group ethnocentrism and nationalism. J. Conflict Resolution, 8, 2, pp. 131-46. Rosenblum, L.A. (Ed.) (1970-75) Primate Behavior: Developments in Field and Laboratory Research. 4 Vols. New York: Academic Press. Ross, A. (1824/1855) The Fur Hunters of the Far West: A Narrative of Adventures in the Oregon and Rocky Mountains. London: Smith & Elder. Ross, A. (1849) Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia River. London: Smith & Elder. Ross, B.R. (1866) Notes on the Tinnehs and Chepewayans. Smithsonian Inst. Rep. Ross, E.A. (1923) Principles of Sociology. New York: Century. Ross, E.B. (1978) Food taboos, diet, and hunting strategy: The adaptation to animals in Amazon cultural ecology. Current Anthropol., 19, pp. 1-36. Ross, E.B. (1979) Reply to Lizot. Current Anthropol., 20, pp. 151-55. Ross, E.B. (Ed.) (1980) Beyond the Myths of Culture: Essays in Cultural Materialism. New York: Academic Press. Ross, E.B. & J. Bennett Ross (1980) Amazon warfare. Sci., 207, pp. 590-91. Ross, J. Bennett (1971) Aggression as Adaptation: The Yanomamö Case. Mimeo, Dept. Anthropol., Columbia Univ. Ross, J. Bennett (1980) Ecology and the problem of tribe: A critique of the Hobbesian model of preindustrial warfare. In: Ross (Ed.), pp. 33-60. Ross, J. Bennett (1984) Effects of contact on revenge hostilities among the Achuarä Jivaro. In: Ferguson (Ed.), pp. 83-109. Ross, M.H. (1983) Political decision-making and conflict: Additional cross-cultural codes and scales. Ethnol., 22. pp. 169-92. Ross, M.H. (1985) Internal and external conflict and violence: Cross-cultural evidence and a new analysis. J. Conflict Resolution, 29, 4, pp. 547-79. Ross, M.H. (1986a) A cross-cultural theory of political conflict and violence. Polit. Psychol., 7, 3, pp. 427-69. Ross, M.H. (1986b) The limits to social structure: Social-structural and psychocultural explanations for political conflict and violence. Anthropol. Quart., 59, 4, pp. 171-76. Ross, M.H. (1991) The role of evolution in ethnocentric conflict and its management. J. Soc. Issues, 47, pp. 166-86. Ross, M.H. (1992) Social structure, psychocultural dispositions, and violent conflict: Extensions from a cross-cultural study. In: Silverberg & Gray (Eds.), pp. 271-94. Ross, M.H. (1993) The Culture of Conflict: Interpretations, Interests and Disputing in Comparative Perspective. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Roth, H. Ling (1887) On the origin of agriculture. J. Anthropol. Inst., 16, pp. 102-36. Roth, H. Ling (1890/1899) The Aborigines of Tasmania. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Truebner; Halifax: F. King & Sons. Roth, H. Ling (1896) The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo, Based Chiefly on the Mss. of the Late Hugh Brooke Low, Sarawak Government Service. 2 Vols. London: Truslove & Hanson. Roth, H. Ling (1903) Great Benin: Its Customs, Art and Horrors. Halifax: F. King & Sons. Roth, W.E. (1897) Ethnological Studies among the North-West Central Queensland Aborigines. Brisbane: E. Gregory. Roth, W.E. (1901-10) North Queensland ethnography. Ethnogr. Bull. (Brisbane), 1-18. Rothstein, S.I. & R. Pierotti (1988) Distinctions among reciprocal altruism, kin selection, and cooperation and a model for the initial evolution of beneficent behavior. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 9, pp. 189-210. Rouse, I. (1948) The Ciboney; The Arawak; The Carib. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 4, pp. 497- 503; 507-46; 547-65. Rousseau, J. (1990) Central Borneo: Ethnic Identity and Social Life in a Stratified Society. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Rousseau, J.J. (1755) Discours sur l'origine et les fondements de l'inégalité parmi les hommes. Amsterdam: M.M. Rey. Rousseau, J.J. (1762) Le contrat social ou principes du droit politique. Amsterdam: M.M. Rey. Rowe, N.A. (1930) Samoa under the Sailing Gods. New York: Putnam. Rowell, T.E. (1966) Forest living baboons in Uganda. J. Zool., 147, pp. 344-64. Rowell, T.E. (1972) The Social Behaviour of Monkeys. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Rowell, T.E. (1973) Social organization of wild talapoin monkeys. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 38, pp. 593-98. Rowell, T.E. (1988) Beyond the one-male group. Behav., 104, 3-4, pp. 189-201. Rowes, J.H. (1964) Ethnography and ethnology in the sixteenth century. Kroeber Anthropol. Papers, 30, pp. 1-19. Roy, A. le (1897) Les Pygmées. Les Missions Catholiques, 29, pp. 5-15. Roy, S.C. (1925) The Birhors: A Little-Known Jungle Tribe of Chota Nagpur. Ranchi: Loudon, Probsthain. Rubel, P.G. & A. Rosman (1978) Your Own Pigs You May Not Eat: A Comparative Study of New Guinea Societies. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Rubenstein, D.I. & R.W. Wrangham (Eds.) (1986) Ecological Aspects of Social Evolution: Birds and Mammals. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Rubinstein, R.A. & M.L. Foster (Eds.) (1988) The Social Dynamics of Peace and Conflict. Boulder: Westview Press. Rudmin, F.W. (1990) Cross-cultural correlates of war. Peace Res., 22, 2, pp. 9-16. Rudran, R. (1973) Adult male replacement in one-male troops of purple-faced langurs (Presbytis senex senex) and its effect on population structure. Folia Primatol., 19, pp. 166-92. Rudran, R. (1978) Socioecology of the blue monkeys (Cercopithecus mitis stuhlmanni) of the Kibale Forest, Uganda. Smithsonian Contr. to Zool., 249. Ruhiyat, Y. (1983) Socio-ecological study of Presbytis aygula in West Java. Primates, 24, 3, pp. 344-59. Rummel, R.J. (1968) The relationship between national attributes and foreign conflict behavior. In: J.D. Singer (Ed.), pp. 187-214. Rummel, R.J. (1972) The Dimensions of Nations. Beverly Hills: Sage. Rummel, R.J. (1977) Understanding Conflict and War. Vol. III: Conflict in Perspective. London: Sage. Ruse, M. (1979) Sociobiology, Sense or Nonsense? Dordrecht: Reidel. Ruse, M. (1980) Social Darwinism: The two sources. Albion, 12, pp. 23-36. Ruse, M. (1982) Charles Darwin and group selection. Annals of Sci., 37, pp. 615-30. Ruse, M. (1986) Taking Darwin Seriously: A Naturalistic Approach to Philosophy. New York: Blackwell. Ruse, M. (1989) The Darwinian Paradigm. New York: Routledge. Rushton, J.P. (1980) Altruism, Socialization, and Society. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Ruskin, J. (1903) War. In: The Works of John Ruskin. New York: Lovell, Coryell & Co. Russell, B. (1917) Why Men Fight: A Method of Abolishing the International Duel. New York: Century. Russell, C. & W.M.S. Russell (1968) Violence, Monkeys and Man. London: Macmillan. Russell, E.W. (1972) Factors of human aggression; A cross-cultural factor analysis of characteristics related to warfare and crime. Behav. Sci. Notes, 7, pp. 275-312. Russell, E.W. (1973a) Militarism in Primitive Societies. Grindstone Island: Peace Res. Summer School. Russell, E.W. (1973b) An additional warfare element in territorial expansion. Behav. Sci. Notes, 8, 2, pp. 201-7. Russell, F. (1908) The Pima Indians. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 26, pp. 3-390. Russell, F.H. (1975) The Just War in the Middle Ages. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Russell, M.D. (1987) Bone breakage in the Krapina hominid collection. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 72, pp. 373-79. Russell, P.A. (1979) Fear-evoking stimuli. In: Sluckin (Ed.), pp. 86-124. Ruyle, E.E. (1973) Genetic and cultural pools: Some suggestions for a unified theory of biocultural evolution. Human Ecol., 1, pp. 201-15.

Sadleir, H. (1883) The Aborigines of Australia. London: T. & W. Boone. Säve-Söderbergh, T. (Ed.) (1970) The rock drawings. In: The Scandinavian Joint Expedition to Sudanese Nubia. Odense. Sagan, C. (1977) The Dragons of Eden: Speculations on the Evolution of Human Intelligence. New York: Ballantine. Sagan, E. (1974) Cannibalism: Human Aggression and Cultural Form. New York: Harper. Sahlins, M.D. (1959) The social life of monkeys, apes and primitive man. In: Spuhler (Ed.), pp. 54-73. Sahlins, M.D. (1960) The origin of society. Sci. Amer., 203, 3. Sahlins, M.D. (1961) The segmentary lineage: An organization of predatory expansion. Amer. Anthropol., 63, pp. 22-45. Sahlins, M.D. (1963) Poor man, rich man, big-man, chief: Political types in Melanesia and Polynesia. Comp. Stud. Soc. & Hist., 5, pp. 285-303. Reprint in: Vayda (Ed.), 1968, pp. 157-76. Sahlins, M.D. (1965) On the sociology of primitive exchange. In: M. Banton (Ed.) The Relevance of Models for Social Anthropology. London: Tavistock, pp. 139-237. Sahlins, M.D. (1968) Tribesmen. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Sahlins, M.D. (1972) Stone Age Economics. Chicago: Aldine. Sahlins, M.D. (1977) The Use and Abuse of Biology: An Anthropological Critique of Sociobiology. London: Tavistock. Sahlins, M.D. & E.R. Service (Eds.) (1960) Evolution and Culture. Ann Arbor: Univ. Michigan Press. Salvado, R. (1854) Mémoires historiques sur l'Australie. 2 Vols. Paris: A. Bertrand. Samachson, D. & J. Samachson (1970) The First Artists. Tadworth: Windmill Press. Sandars, N.K. (1968) Prehistoric Art in Europe. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Sanday, P.R. (1986) Divine Hunger: Cannibalism as a Cultural System. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Sanders, D.S. & J.K. Matsuoka (Eds.) (1989). Peace and Development: An Interdisciplinary Perspective. Honolulu: Univ. Hawaii Press. Sanford, N. (1971) Dehumanization and collective destructiveness. Internat. J. Group Tensions, 1, 1, pp. 26-41. Sanford, N. & C. Comstock (Eds.) Sanctions for Evil: Sources of Social Destructiveness. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Santayana, G. (1922) The Life of Reason in Society. New York: Ch. Scribner’s Sons. Sapir, E. (1927) Hupa Myths, Formulas, and Ethnological Narratives in Text and Translation. Manuscript in H. Hoijer’s possession. Sarasin, P. & F. Sarasin (1893) Die Weddahs von Ceylon und die sie umgebenden Völkerschaften. Wiesbaden: C.W. Kreidel’s Verlag. Sarasin, P. & F. Sarasin (1905) Reisen in Celebes. 2 Vols. Wiesbaden: C.W. Kreidel’s Verlag. Sarkar, R.M. (1990) Eco-cultural perspective of sedentarization of the nomadic Birhors. Man in India, 70, Sept., pp. 288-304. Sather, C. (1977) Bajau Laut. In: LeBar (Ed.), Vol. 2, Section 4, pp. 165-84. Sauvy, A. (1969) General Theory of Population. New York: Basic Books. Savishinsky, J.S. & H.S. Hara (1981) Hare. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 314- 25. Savon, H. (1972) Du cannibalisme au génocide. Paris: Hachette. Savorgnan, F. de (1914) Les antagonismes sociaux. Scientia. Savorgnan, F. de (1926) La guerra e l’eugenica. Scientia. Sawyer, J.O. (1978) Wappo. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 256-63. Schadenberg, A. (1880) Über die Negritos der Philippinen. Z. f. Ethnol., 12. Schaeffle, A. (1900) Zur sozialwissenschaftlichen Theorie des Krieges. Z. f. die gesammten Staatswissenschaften, 61. Schaffer, H.R. (1964) The too-cohesive family: A form of group pathology. Internat. J. Soc. Psychiat., 10, pp. 266-75. Schaik, C.P. van (1983) Why are diurnal primates living in groups? Behav., 87, pp. 120- 44. Schaik, C.P. van (1985) The Socio-Ecology of Sumatran Long-Tailed Macaques: Costs and Benefits of Group Living. PhD., Univ. Utrecht. Schaik, C.P. van (1986) The hidden costs of sociality: Intra-group variation in feeding strategies in Sumatran long-tailed macaques (Macaca fascicularis). Behav., 99, pp. 296-315. Schaik, C.P. van (1989) The ecology of social relationships amongst female primates. In: Standon & Foley (Eds.), pp. 195-217. Schaik, C.P. van & J.A.R.A.M. van Hooff (1983) On the ultimate causes of primate social systems. Behav., 85, pp. 91-117. Schaller, G.B. (1963) The Mountain Gorilla: Ecology and Behavior. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Schaller, G.B. (1964) The Year of the Gorilla. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Schaller, G.B. (1965) The behavior of the mountain gorilla. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 324-67. Schaller, G.B. (1967) The Deer and the Tiger: A Study of Wildlife in India. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Schaller, G.B. (1969) Life with the king of beasts. Nat. Geogr., 135, pp. 494-519. Schaller, G.B. (1972) The Serengeti Lion: A Study of Predator-Prey Relations. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Schaller, G.B. & G. Lowther (1969) The relevance of carnivore behavior to the study of the early hominids. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 25, pp. 307-41. Schapera, I. (1930) The Khoisan Peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hottentots. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Schebesta, P.P. (1923-24) Über die Semang auf Malakka. Anthropos, 18-19, pp. 1002-11. Schebesta, P.P. (1926) The Jungle Tribes of the Malay Peninsula. London: Hutchinson. Schebesta, P.P. (1927) Bei den Urwaldzwergen von Malaya. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schebesta, P.P. (1932) Bambuti, die Zwerge von Kongo. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schebesta, P.P. (1933) Among Congo Pygmies. London: Hutchinson. Schebesta, P.P. (1934) Vollblutneger und Halbzwerge. Forschungen unter Waldnegern und Halbpygmäen am Ituri in Belgisch-Kongo. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schebesta, P.P. (1938-50) Die Bambuti-Pygmäen vom Ituri. 4 Vols. Bruxelles: Memoires de l’Institut Royal Colonial Belge. Schebesta, P.P. (1950-57) Die Negrito Asiens. 13 Vols. Mödling bei Wien: St.Gabriel Verlag. Scheffler, H.W. (1965) Choiseul Island Social Structure. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Scheler, M. (1915) Der Genius des Krieges und der deutsche Krieg. Leipzig: Verlag der weißen Bücher. Schellenberg, J.A. (1982) The Science of Conflict. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Schenkel, R. (1966) Play, exploration and territoriality in the wild lion. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 18, pp. 11-22. Schenkel, R. & L. Schenkel-Hilliger (1967) On the sociobiology of free-ranging colobus (Colobus guereza caudatus Thomas 1885). In: D. Starck et al. (Eds.) Progress in Primatology. Stuttgart: Fischer. Scherba, G. (1964) Species replacement as a factor affecting distribution of Formica opaciventris Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., pp. 231-37. Scherer, K.R.; R.P. Abeles & C.S. Fischer (1975) Human Aggression and Conflict: Interdisciplinary Perspectives. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Scheube, B. (1882) Die Ainos. Mitteilungen Gesellsch. f. Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens, 26. Schiefenhövel, W. (1980) Aggression and aggression-control among the Eipo, Highlands of West New-Guinea. Paper Conf. Biology of Aggression, Bonas, France. Schiefenhövel, W. (1995, p.c.) Principles of indoctrination among the Eipo, Highlands of West-New Guinea. Paper Symposium on Warfare, Ideology & Indoctrinability, Ringberg Castle, Jan. 9-13. Schilcher, F. von & N. Tennant (1984) Philosophy, Evolution and Human Nature. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Schinz, H. (1891) Deutsch-Südwest Afrika. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schlegel, A. (1991) Hopi. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 148-51. Schlegel, S.A. (1970) Tiruray Justice: Traditional Tiruray Law and Morality. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Schmid, P. (1989) How different is Lucy? In: Giacobini (Ed.), pp. 109-18. Schmidt, M. (1904) Reiseskizzen aus Zentralbrasilien. Aus den Ergebnisse meiner Expedition in das Schinguquellgebiet. Globus, 86, pp. 119-25. Schmidt, M. (1905) Indianerstudien in Zentralbrasilien. Berlin: Reimer. Schmidt, M. (1914) Die Paressi-Kabiši; Die Guato und ihr Gebiet. Baessler Archiv, 4, pp. 167-250; 251-83. Schmidt, M. (1930) Die Nama, Bergdama und Namib-Buschleute. In: Schultz-Ewerth & Adam (Eds.), Vol. 2, pp. 269-397. Schmidt, P.W. (1910) Die Stellung der Pygmäenvölker in der Entwicklungsgeschichte des Menschen. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. Schmitthenner, P. (1930) Krieg und Kriegführung im Wandel der Weltgeschichte. Potsdam: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion. Schmitz, R. (1912) Les Baholoholo. Bruxelles: Coll. Monogr. d’Ethnol. Schmookler, A.B. (1984) The Parable of the Tribes: The Problem of Power in Social Evolution. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Schneider, J. (1950/1964) Primitive warfare: A methodological note. Amer. Sociol. Rev., 15, pp. 772-77; Reprint in: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), 1964/1968. Schneider, J. (1952) On the beginnings of warfare. Social Forces, 26, pp. 68-74. Schneider, J. (1959) Is war a social problem? J. Conflict Resolution, 3, 4, pp. 353-60. Schneider, M.J. (1991) Mandan. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 213-15. Schoener, T.W. (1968) Sizes of feeding territories among birds. Ecol., 49, pp. 123-41. Schomburgk, M.R. (1847-48) Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den Jahren 1840-44. 3 Vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schoolcraft, H.R. (1851-57) Historical and Statistical Information resp. the History etc. of the Indian Tribes of the United States, 1851-1860. 6 Vols. Philadelphia: Lippincott. Schopler, J. et al. (1993) Individual-group discontinuity: Further evidence for mediation by fear and greed. Person & Soc. Psychol. Bull., 19, 4, pp. 419-31. Schrire, C. (1980) An inquiry into the evolutionary status and apparent identity of San hunter-gatherers. Human Ecol., 8, pp. 9-32. Schrire, C. (Ed.) (1984) Past and Present in Hunter-Gatherer Studies. Orlando: Academic Press. Schroeder, A.H. (1979) Pecos Pueblo. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 9, pp. 430-37. Schubert, G. (1983a) The biopolitics of sex: Gender, genetics and epigenetics. Women and Politics, 3, pp. 97-128. Schubert, G. (1983b) Evolutionary politics. Western Polit. Quart., 36, 2, pp. 175-93. Schubert, G. (1989) Evolutionary Politics. Carbondale: Southern Illinois Univ. Press. Schubert, G. & R. Masters (Eds.) (1990/1991) Primate Politics. Carbondale: Southern Illinois Univ. Press. Schürmann, C.W. (1879) The aboriginal tribes of Port Lincoln in South Australia. In: Woods (Ed.), pp. 207-52. Schütt, O.H. (1881) Reisen in südwestlichen Becken des Congos. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schuh, H. & U. Mees (1972) Aggression und gewaltsamer Konflikt; Untersuchung der situativen und habituellen Bedingungsfaktoren. Beiträge zur Konfliktforschung, 2, pp. 59-99. Schultz-Ewerth, E. & L. Adam (Eds.) (1930) Das Eingeborenenrecht der ehemaligen deutschen Kolonien. 2 Vols. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Schultze, F. (1900) Psychologie der Naturvölker. Berlin: von Veit. Schultze, L. (1907) Aus Namaland und Kalahari. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Schultze-Westrum, T.G. (1974) Biologie des Friedens. München: Kindler. Schulze, L. (1891) The aborigines of the Upper and Middle Finke River. Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia (Adelaide), 14, pp. 210-46. Schumacher, P. (1925) Die Expedition P. Schumachers von den weißen Vätern zu den Kivu-Pygmäen in Ruanda, Ost-Afrika. Anthropos, 20. Schumacher, P. (1950) Kivu-Pygmäen (Twiden). 2 Vols. Bruxelles: Inst. Royal Colonial Belge. Schurtz, H. (1902) Alterklassen und Männerbünde. Eine Darstellung der Grundformen der Gesellschaft. Berlin: Reimer. Schuster, R.H. (1978) Ethological theories of aggression. In: I.L. Kutash et al. (Eds.) Violence: Perspectives on Murder and Aggression. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, pp. 74-100. Schwartz, D.W. (1983) Havasupai. In: Sturtevant & Ortiz (Eds.), Vol. 10, pp. 13-24. Schweinfurth, G. (1873/1874/1875) Im Herzen Afrikas. Reisen und Entdeckungen im zentralen Äquatorial-Afrika, 1868-71. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Schwimmer, R. (1973) Exchange in the Social Structure of the Orokaiva. New York: St.Martin’s Press. Schwimmer, R. (1979) Reciprocity and structure: A semiotic analysis of some Orokaiva exchange data. Man, 14, pp. 271-85. Scott, E. (1928) A Short History of Australia. London: E. Benn. Scott, J.P. (1958/1975) Aggression. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Scott, J.P. (1968) The social psychology of infrahuman animals. In: G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.) The Handbook of Social Psychology. Vol. 4. Reading: Addison- Wesley. Scott, J.P. (1969) Biological basis of human warfare: An interdisciplinary problem. In: Sherif & Sherif (Eds.), pp. 121-36. Scott, J.P. (1970) Biology and human aggression. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 40, 4, pp. 569- 76. Scott, J.P. (1973) That old-time aggression. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 136-43. Scott, J.P. (1974) Agonistic behavior of primates: A comparative perspective. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 417-34. Scott, J.P. (1975) Personal, social, and international violence. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 173-82. Scott, J.P. (1976) Individual aggression as a cause of war. In: Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 69-86. Scott, J.P. (1977) Agonistic behavior: Function and dysfunction in social conflict. J. Soc. Issues, 33, 1, pp. 9-21. Scott, J.P. (1980) The relationship between hunting, predation, and agonistic behavior. Paper ISRA Meeting, Haren, July. Scott, J.P. (1981) The evolution of function in agonistic behavior. In: Brain & Benton (Eds.), 1981a, pp. 129-58. Scott, J.P. (1989) The Evolution of Social Systems. London: Harwood. Scott, J.P. (1992) Aggression: Functions and control in social systems. Aggr. Behav., 18, 1, pp. 1-20. Scott, J.P. & E. Fredericson (1951) The causes of fighting in mice and rats. Physiol. Zool., 24, pp. 273-309. Scott, W.H. (1966) On the Cordillera: A Look at the Peoples and Cultures of the Mountain Province. Manila: MCS Interprises. Scott, W.H. (1979) Class structure in the unhispanicized Philippines. Philippine Studies, 17, 2, pp. 137-59. Scouler, J. (1848) On the Indian tribes inhabiting the Northwest Coast of America. J. Ethnol. Soc., 1, pp. 228-52. Scouler, J. (1905) Dr. John Scouler’s journal of a voyage to N.W. America. Oregon Hist. Quart., 6, 1, pp. 54-75; 2, pp. 159-205; 3, pp. 276-87. Seabury, P. & A. Codevilla (1989) War: Ends and Means. New York: Basic Books. Sears, R.R. (1941) Non-aggressive reactions to frustration. Psychol. Rev., 48, pp. 343-46. Sears, R.R. et al. (1953) Some child rearing antecedents of aggression and dependency in young children. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 47, pp. 135-234. Seeck, O. (1910) Geschichte des Unterganges der antiken Welt. Berlin: F. Siemenroth. Seemann, B.C. (1862) Fiji and its Inhabitants. London: Heinemann. Seiwert, J. (1926) Die Bagielli, ein Pygmäenstamm des kameruner Urwaldes. Anthropos, 21, pp. 127-47. Sekulic, R. (1982a) Daily and seasonal patterns of roaring and spacing in four red howler (Alouatta seniculus) troops. Folia Primatol., 39, pp. 22-48. Sekulic, R. (1982b) The function of howling in red howler monkeys (Alouatta seniculus). Behav., 81, pp. 38-54. Selg, H. (1975) The frustration-aggression hypothesis. In: H. Selg (Ed.) The Making of Human Aggression: A Psychological Approach. New York: St.Martin's Press, pp. 9- 38. Seligman, C.G. (1910) The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Seligman, C.G. & B.Z. Seligman (1911) The Veddas. London: Cambridge Univ. Press. Seligman, C.G. & B.Z. Seligman (Eds.) (1932) Pagan Tribes of the Nilotic Sudan. London: Routledge. Seligman, M.E.P. (1965) Helplessness: On Depression, Development and Death. San Francisco: Freeman. Sen, B.K. & J. Sen (1955) Notes on the Birhors. Man in India, 35, 3, pp. 169-76. Senghaas, D. (1968) Zur Pathologie organisierter Friedlosigkeit. In: E. Krippendorff (Ed.) Friedensforschung. Köln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch, pp. 217-59. Senghaas, D. (1971) Aggressivität und kollektive Gewalt. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Senghaas, D. (1972) Zur Analyse von Drohpolitik in den internationalen Beziehungen. In: D. Senghaas (Ed.) Rüstung und Militarismus. Frankfurt a.M.: Surhkamp. Senghaas, D. (1974) Gewalt - Konflikt - Frieden. Essays zur Friedensforschung. Hamburg: Hoffmann und Campe. Serafim da Silva Salgado (1852) Report of an Expedition up the Purus (incomplete reference in Markham, 1895). Service, E.R. (1962/1971) Primitive Social Organization: An Evolutionary Perspective. New York: Random House. Service, E.R. (1966) The Hunters. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Service, E.R. (1968) War and our contemporary ancestors. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 160-67. Service, E.R. (1969) The prime-mover of cultural evolution. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 24, pp. 396-409. Service, E.R. (1975) Origins of the State and Civilization: The Process of Cultural Evolution. New York: Norton. Service, E.R. (1978) Classical and modern theories of the origins of government. In: Cohen & Service (Eds.), pp. 125-40. Seton, E.T. (1909) Life Histories of Northern Animals. New York: Scribner’s. Seyfarth, R.M. & D.L. Cheney (1984) Grooming, alliances and reciprocal altruism in vervet monkeys. Nature, 308, pp. 541-43. Seyfarth, R.M. & D.L. Cheney (1988) Empirical tests of reciprocity theory: Problems in assessment. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 9, pp. 181-87. Seymour, T.D. (1907) Life in the Homeric Age. New York: Macmillan. Seymour-Smith, C. (1986) Macmillan Dictionary of Anthropology. London: Macmillan. Shand, A. (1905) The early history of the Morioris. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 37. Shaw, R.P. (1985) Mankind’s propensity for warfare: A sociobiological perspective. Canad. Rev. Sociol. & Anthropol., 22, 2, pp. 158-201. Shaw, R.P. & Y. Wong (1987a) Ethnic mobilization and the seeds of warfare: An evolutionary perspective. Internat. Studies Quart., 31, 1, pp. 5-31. Shaw, R.P. & Y. Wong (1987b) Inclusive fitness and central tendencies in warfare propensities. Internat. Studies Quart., 31, 1, pp. 53-63. Shaw, R.P. & Y. Wong (1989) Genetic Seeds of Warfare: Evolution, Nationalism, and Patriotism. London: Unwin Hyman. Shea, B. (1983) Paedomorphism and neoteny in the pygmy chimpanzee. Sci., 222, pp. 521-22. Shepard, P. (1973) The Tender Carnivore and the Sacred Game. New York: Scribner’s. Shepher, J. (1978) Reflections on the origin of the human pair-bond. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 1, pp. 253-64. Sherif, M. (1956) Experiments in group conflict. Sci. Amer., 195, 5, pp. 54-58. Sherif, M. (1958) Superordinate goals in the reduction of intergroup conflict. Amer. J. Sociol., 63, pp. 349-56. Sherif, M. (1967) Social Interaction: Process and Products. Chicago: Aldine. Sherif, M. & C.W. Sherif (1953) Groups in Harmony and Tension. New York: Harper (2nd rev. ed., 1956). Sherif, M. & C.W. Sherif (1966) In Common Predicament: Social Psychology of Intergroup Conflict and Cooperation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Sherif, M. & C.W. Sherif (1969) Interdisciplinary Relationships in the Social Sciences. Chicago: Aldine. Sherif, M. & C.W. Sherif (1970) Motivation and intergroup aggression: A persistent problem in levels of analysis. In: L.R. Aronson et al. (Eds.) Development and Evolution of Behavior. San Francisco: Freeman, pp. 563-79. Sherif, M. et al. (1961) Intergroup Conflict and Cooperation: The Robbers’ Cave Experiment. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. Shields, W.M. (1982) Philopatry, Inbreeding and the Evolution of Sex. Albany: SUNY Press. Shipek, F.C. (1991) Kumeyaay. In: O’Leary & Levinson (Eds.), pp. 193-96. Shipman, P. (1983) Early hominid lifestyle: Hunting and gathering or foraging and scavenging?. In: J. Clutton-Brock & C. Grigson (Eds.) Animals and Archaeology, Vol. 1. Hunters and their Prey. London: Brit. Archaeol. Rep., pp. 31-49. Shipman, P. (1986) Scavenging or hunting in early hominids: Theoretical framework and tests. Amer. Anthropol., 88, pp. 27-43. Shipman, P. (1987) The myths and perturbing realities of cannibalism. Discover, March, pp. 70-76. Shirek-Ellefson, J. (1968) Social organization and social communication in the genus Macaca. Wenner-Gren Found. Anthropol.: Burg Wartenstein Symp., pp. 1-15. Shoham, G. (1976) The Isaac syndrome. Amer. Imago, 33, 4, pp. 329-49. Shooter, J. (1857) The Kafirs of Natal and the Zulu Country. London: Heinemann. Shopland, J.M. (1982) An intergroup encounter with fatal consequences in yellow baboons (Papio cynocephalus). Amer. J. Primatol., 3, 1-4, pp. 263-66. Short, R.V. (1979) Sexual selection and its component parts, somatic and genital selection, as illustrated by man and the great apes. Adv. Study Behav., 9, pp. 131-58. Short, R.V. (1980) The origins of human sexuality. In: C.R. Austin & R.V. Short (Eds.) Reproduction in Mammals, Vol. 8: Human Sexuality. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Shortt, J. (1869) An account of the Hill tribes of the Neilgherries. Trans. Ethnol. Soc., NS, 7. Shostak, M. (1981) Nisa: The Life and Words of a !Kung Woman. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Siann, G. (1985) Accounting for Aggression: Perspectives on Aggression and Violence. Boston: Allen & Unwin. Sibley, J. (1832) Historical sketches of the several Indian tribes in Louisiana, south of the Arkansas River, and between the Mississippi and River Grande. Annals of Congress, 9th Congr., 2nd sess. Sibly, R.M. & R.H. Smith (Eds.) (1985) Behavioural Ecology: Ecological Consequences of Adaptive Behaviour. Oxford: Blackwell. Sicotte, P. (1993) Inter-group encounters and female transfer in mountain gorillas: Influence of group composition on male behavior. Amer. J. Primatol., 30, 1, pp. 21- 36. Sidanius, J. (1993) The psychology of group conflict and the dynamics of oppression: A social dominance perspective. In: S. Iyengar & W.J. McGuire (Eds.) Explorations in Political Psychology. Durham: Duke Univ. Press, pp. 183-219. Sidanius, J. & F. Pratto (1993) The inevitability of oppression and the dynamics of social dominance. In: P.M. Sniderman et al. (Eds.) Prejudice, Politics, and the American Dilemma. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press, pp. 173-211. Siebold, H. von (1881) Ethnologische Studien über die Aino auf der Insel Yesso. Z. f. Ethnol., Suppl. Sievers-Hahn, S. (1903) Afrika. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Silberbauer, G.B. (1973) The G/wi Bushmen. In: Bicchieri (Ed.), pp. 271-326. Silberbauer, G.B. (1981) Hunter and Habitat in the Central Kalahari Desert. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Silberbauer, G.B. (1982) Political process in G/wi bands. In: Leacock & Lee (Eds.), pp. 23-36. Silberner, E. (1939) La guerre dans la pensée économique du XVIe au XVIIIe siècles. Paris: Sirey. Silberner, E. (1946) The Problem of War in 19th-Century Economic Thought. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Silberner, E. (1957) La guerre et la paix dans l'histoire des doctrines économiques. Paris: Sirey. Silk, J.B. & R. Boyd (1983) Cooperation, competition, and mate choice in matrilineal macaque groups. In: Wasser (Ed.), pp. 316-49. Sillen, A. & C.K. Brain (1990) Old flame. Nat. Hist., April, pp. 6-11. Sillitoe, P. (1972) Warfare in New Guinea: A Comparative Study. MA Thesis, Univ. Durham. Sillitoe, P. (1977) Land shortage and war in New Guinea. Ethnol, 16, pp. 71-82. Sillitoe, P. (1978) Big-Men and war in New Guinea. Man, 13, pp. 252-71. Silver, S. (1978) Chimariko; Shastan peoples. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 205-10; 211-24. Silverberg, J. & J.P. Gray (1992) Violence and peacefulness as behavioral potentialities of primates. In: Silverberg & Gray (Eds.), pp. 1-36. Silverberg, J. & J.P. Gray (Eds.) (1992) Aggression and Peacefulness in Humans and Other Primates. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Silverman, I. (1987) Inclusive fitness and ethnocentrism. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 112-17. Silverstein, M. (1990) Chinookans of the Lower Columbia. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 533-46. Simeons, A.T.W. (1960) Man's Presumptuous Brain. London: Longmans, Green. Simmel, G. (1904) The sociology of conflict. Amer. J. Sociol., 9, pp. 490-525, 627-89, 798-84. Simmel, G. (1955) Conflict. New York: Free Press. Simmel, G. (1966) Conflict and the Web of Group Affiliations. New York: Free Press. Simmons, L.W. (1937) Statistical correlations in the science of society. In: Murdock (Ed.), pp. 493-517. Simmons, L.W. (Ed.) (1942) Sun Chief: The Autobiography of a Hopi Indian. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Simonds, P.E. (1965) The bonnet macaque in South India. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 175-96. Simson, A. (1878) Notes on the Zaparos. J. Anthropol. Inst., 7, pp. 502-10. Simson, A. (1880) Notes on the Jivaros and Canelos Indians. J. Anthropol. Inst., 9, pp. 385-93. Simson, A. (1883) Notes on the Napo Indians. J. Anthropol. Inst., 12, pp. 21-27. Singer, J.D. (Ed.) (1968) Quantitative International Politics: Insights and Evidence. New York: Free Press. Singer, J.D. (1972) The ‘Correlates of War’ project: Interim report and rationale. World Politics, 24, 1, pp. 243-70. Singer, J.D. & M. Small (1972) The Wages of War, 1816-1965: A Statistical Handbook. New York: Wiley. Singer, J.L. (Ed.) (1971) The Control of Aggression and Violence: Cognitive and Physiological Factors. New York: Academic Press. Singh, S.D. (1969) Urban monkeys. Sci. Amer., 221, pp. 108-15. Sinha, D.P. (1972) The Birhors. In: Bicchieri (Ed.), pp. 371-403. Sipes, R.G. (1973) War, sports and aggression: An empirical test of two rival theories. Amer. Anthropol., 75, 1, pp. 64-86 Sipes, R.G. (1975) War, combative sports, and aggression: A preliminary causal model of cultural patterning. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 749-64. Siskind, J. (1973a) To Hunt in the Morning. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Siskind, J. (1973b) Tropical forest hunters and the economy of sex. In: D.R. Gross (Ed.) Peoples and Cultures of Native South America. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press, pp. 226-40. Siverts, H. (1975) Jivaro head hunters in a headless time. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 663-74. Sjoberg, A.F. (1951) The Bidai Indians of southwestern Texas. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 7, pp. 391-400. Skeat, W.W. (1902) The wild tribes of the Malay peninsula. J. Anthropol. Inst., 32, pp. 124-41. Skeat, W.W. & C.O. Blagden (1906) Pagan Races of the Malay Peninsula. 2 Vols. London: Macmillan. Skinner, A.B. (1914) Political organization, cults, and ceremonies of the Plains-Ojibway and Plains-Cree Indians. Anthropol. Papers Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 11, Pt. 6. Skinner, B.F. (1981) Selection by consequences. Sci., 213, pp. 501-4. Skinner, B.F. (1984) The phylogeny and ontogeny of behavior. Behav. & Brain Sciences, 7, 4, pp. 669-711. Slater, P.E. (1967) Codes for ‘Pursuit of Military Glory’, ‘Bellicosity’ and ‘Killing, Torturing or Mutilating the Enemy’. In: Textor, pp. 160-62. Slater, P.E. & D.A. Slater (1965) Maternal ambivalence and narcissism: A cross-cultural study. Merrill Palmer Quart., 11, pp. 241-59. Sloane, H. (1707-25) A Voyage to the Islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, St. Chistopher’s and Jamaica... with some Relation Concerning the Neighbouring Continent, and Islands of America. 2 Vols. London. Sluckin, W. (Ed.) (1979) Fear in Animals and Man. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Slurink, P. (1989) Natuurlijke selectie en de tragiek van de menselijke idealen; een naturalistische rechtvaardiging en kritiek van ethische noties. Delft: Eburon. Slurink, P. (1993) Ecological dominance and the final sprint in hominid evolution. Human Evolution, 8, 4, pp. 265-73. Slurink, P. (1994a) Paradox and tragedy in human morality. Internat. Polit. Sci. Rev., 15, 4, pp. 347-78. Slurink, P. (1994b) Causes of Our Complete Dependence on Culture. Unpubl. Manuscript. Small, A.W. (1905) General Sociology. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Small, M. & J.D. Singer (1982) Resort to Arms: International and Civil Wars, 1816-1980. London: Sage. Small, M.F. (Ed.) (1984) Female Primates: Studied by Women Primatologists. New York: Alan Liss. Smith, A.D. (1971) Theories of Nationalism. London: Duckworth. Smith, A.D. (1979) Towards a theory of ethnic nationalism. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 2, 1, pp. 21-37. Smith, A.D. (1981) War and ethnicity: The role of warfare in the formation, self-images and cohesion of ethnic communities. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 4, 4, pp. 375-97. Smith, A.D. (1986) The Ethnic Origins of Nations. Oxford: Blackwell. Smith, C.C. (1968) The adaptive nature of social organization in the genus of tree squirrels Tamiasciurus. Ecol. Monogr., 38, 1, pp. 31-63. Smith, C.R. (1978) Tubatulabal. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 437-45. Smith, F.H. & F. Spencer (Eds.) (1984) The Origins of Modern Humans: A World Survey of the Fossil Evidence. New York: Alan Liss. Smith, G.E. (1923) The Ancient Egyptians and the Origin of Civilization. London: Macmillan. Smith, G.E. (1924) The Evolution of Man. London: Macmillan. Smith, G.E. (1929/1930) Human History. New York: Norton. Smith, J.G.E. (1981) Chipewyan. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 271-84. Smith, K.C.P. & M.J. Apter (1975) A Theory of Psychological Reversals. Chippenham: Picton Publ. Smith, M.W. (1938) The war complex of the Plains Indians. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Philadelphia, 78, 3, pp. 425-64. Smith, M.W. (1951) American Indian warfare. Trans. NY Acad. Sci., 2nd ser., 13, pp. 348- 65. Smith, P. (1991) Codes and conflict: Toward a theory of war as ritual. Theory & Society, 20, pp. 103-38. Smith, P.K. (1979) The ontogeny of fear in children. In: Sluckin (Ed.), pp. 164-98. Smith, R.L. (Ed.) (1984) Sperm Competition and the Evolution of Animal Mating Systems. New York: Academic Press. Smith, T. (1976) Social violence and conservative social psychology: The case of Erik Erikson. J. Peace Res., 13, 1, pp. 1-12. Smith, W. & J.M. Roberts (1954) Zuni Law: A Field of Values. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Smole, W.J. (1976) The Yanoama Indians: A Cultural Geography. Austin: Univ. Texas Press. Smuts, B.B. (1987) Sexual competition and mate choice. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 385- 99. Smuts, B.B.; D.L. Cheney; R.M. Seyfarth; R.W. Wrangham & T.T. Struhsaker (Eds.) (1987) Primate Societies. Chicago: Chicago Univ. Press. Smyth, R.B. (1878) The Aborigines of Victoria. 2 Vols. Melbourne: J. Ferres. Smyth, R.N. (1832) Journey from Lima to Para (incomplete reference in Markham, 1895). Smythe, J. (1590) Proeme dedicatorie. In: Certain Discourses. London. Smythe, N. (1970) The adaptive value of the social organization of the coati (Nasua narica). J. Mammal., 51, 4, pp. 818-20. Snow, J.H. (1981) Ingalik. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 602-17. Snyder, L.L. (1964) The Dynamics of Nationalism. New York: Van Nostrand. Sombart, W. (1913) Krieg und Kapitalismus. Leipzig: Duncher & Humboldt. Somerville, B.T. (1894) Ethnological notes on New Hebrides. J. Anthropol. Inst., 23, pp. 363-93. Somerville, B.T. (1897) Ethnographical notes on New Georgia, Solomon Islands. J. Anthropol. Inst., 26, pp. 357-412. Somit, A.O. (1972) Biopolitics. Brit. J. Polit. Sci., 2, pp. 209-38. Somit, A.O. (1990) Humans, chimps, and bonobos; The biological bases of aggression, war, and peacemaking. J. Conflict Resolution, 34, 3, pp. 553-82. Sommers, P. van (1972) The Biology of Behaviour. New York: Wiley. Sorenson, E.R. (1972) Socio-ecological change among the Fore of New Guinea. Current Anthropol. 13, pp. 349-83. Sorenson, E.R. (1976) The Edge of the Forest: Land, Childhood and Change in a New Guinea Protoagricultural Society. Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press. Sorenson, E.R. (1978) Cooperation and freedom among the Fore of New Guinea. In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 12-30. Sorokin, P.A. (1928/1964) Contemporary Sociological Theories. New York: Harper. Sorokin, P.A. (1937) Social and Cultural Dynamics. Vol. 3: Fluctuations of Social Relationships, War and Revolutions. New York: Amer. Book Co. Sorokin, P.A. (1957) Social Change and Cultural Dynamics. Boston: Sargent. Sorokin, P.A. (1966) Sociological Theories of Today. New York: Harper & Row. Southwick, C.H. (1962) Patterns of intergroup social behaviour in primates, with special reference to rhesus and howler monkeys. Annals, 102, pp. 436-54. Southwick, C.H. (Ed.) (1963) Primate Social Behavior. Princeton: Van Nostrand. Southwick, C.H. (1969) Aggressive behaviour of rhesus monkeys in natural and captive groups. In: S. Garattini & E.B. Sigg (Eds.) Aggressive Behaviour. Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica, pp. 32-43. Southwick, C.H. (Ed.) (1970) Animal Aggression. Princeton: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Southwick, C.H. (1972) Aggression among Nonhuman Primates. Addison-Wesley Modules in Anthropology, 23. Southwick, C.H.; M.A. Beg & M.R. Siddiqi (1965) Rhesus monkeys in North India. In: DeVore (Ed.), pp. 111-59. Southwick, C.H.; M.F. Siddiqi; M.Y. Farooqui & B.C. Pal (1974) Xenophobia among free-ranging rhesus groups in India. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 185-210. Southwick, C.H.; M.F. Siddiqi; M.Y. Farooqui & B.C. Pal (1976) Effects of artificial feeding on aggressive behaviour of rhesus monkeys in India. Animal. Behav., 24, 1, pp. 11-15. Speck, F.G. (1933) Ethical attributes of the Labrador Indians. Amer. Anthropol., 35, pp. 559-94. Speck, F.G. (1935) Naskapi: The Savage Hunters of the Labrador Peninsula. Norman: Univ. Oklahoma Press. Speck, F.G. (1945) The Iroquois: A study in cultural evolution. Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull., 23. Speier, H. (1941) The social types of war. Amer. J. Sociol., 46, pp. 445-54. Speier, H. (1952) Social Order and the Risks of War. New York: G.W. Stewart. Speke, J.H. (1864/1908) Journal of the Discovery of the Source of the Nile. 2 Vols. New York: Harper. Spencer, B. & F.J. Gillen (1899) The Native Tribes of Central Australia. London: Macmillan. Spencer, B. & F.J. Gillen (1904) The Northern Tribes of Central Australia. London: Macmillan. Spencer, B. & F.J. Gillen (1912) Across Australia. 2 Vols: London: Macmillan. Spencer, B. & F.J. Gillen (1927) The Arunta: A Study of a Stone Age People. 2 Vols. London: Macmillan. Spencer, H. (1850/1864/1897) Social Statics. London: Williams & Norgate; New York: Appleton. Spencer, H. (1873-81) Descriptive Sociology. 8 Vols. New York: Appleton. Spencer, H. (1876/1885) The Principles of Sociology. 3 Vols. London: Williams & Nor- gate; New York: Appleton, 1912; etc. Spencer, H. (1892/1895) The Principles of Ethics. London: Williams & Norgate; New York: Appleton. Spencer, H. (1902/1916) Man versus the State. London: Williams & Norgate. Spencer, R.F. (1959) The North Alaskan Eskimo: A study in ecology and society. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 171, pp. 1-490. Spicer, E.H. (1947) Yaqui militarism. Arizona Quart., 3, pp. 40-48. Spicer, E.H. (1980) American Indians. In: S. Thernstrom; A. Orlov & O. Handlin (Eds.) Harvard Encyclopedia of American Ethnic Groups. Cambridge MA: Belknap Press, pp. 58-109. Spier, L. (1928) Havasupai ethnography. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 29, 3, pp. 81-329. Spier, L. (1930) Klamath ethnography. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 30, pp. 1-338. Spier, L. & E. Sapir (1930) Wishram ethnography. Univ. Washington Publ. in Anthropol., 3, 3, pp. 151-300. Spier, R.F.G. (1978) Monache; Foothill Yokuts. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 426-36; 471-84. Spinden, H.J. (1927) Culture: The Diffusionist Controversy. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Spiro, M.E. (1950) The Problem of Aggression in a South Sea Culture. PhD., Northwestern Univ. Spiro, M.E. (1952) Ghosts, Ifaluk, and teleological functionalism. Amer. Anthropol., 54, pp. 497-503. Spiro, M.E. (1961) Sorcery, evil spirits, and functional analysis: A rejoinder. Amer. Anthropol., 63, pp. 820-24. Spits, F.C. (1977) Hobbes’ views on war and peace. In: R.J. Akkerman et al. (Eds.) Declarations on Principles: A Quest for Universal Peace. Leiden: Sijthoff, pp. 101- 19. Spix, J.B. von & C.F.P. von Martius (1823/1824) Reisen in Brasilien, 1817-1820. München (transl. Travels in Brasil, in the Years 1817-1820. London: Macmillan). Sponsel, L.E. (n.d.) Preconditions for a General Theory of Social Peace. Unpubl. Manuscript. Sponsel, L.E. (1989) An anthropologist's perspective on peace and quality of life. In: Sanders & Matsuoka (Eds.), pp. 29-48. Sponsel, L.E. (1994) The mutual relevance of anthropology and peace studies. In: Sponsel & Gregor (Eds.), pp. 1-36. Sponsel, L.E. & T.A. Gregor (Eds.) (1994) The Anthropology of Peace and Nonviolence. Boulder: Lynne Rienner. Spott, R. & A.L. Kroeber (1942) Yurok narratives. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 35, 9, pp. 143-256. Sprengling, M. (1933) Moslem North Africa. In: B. Laufer (Ed.) The New Orient. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Spuhler, J.N. (Ed.) (1959) The Evolution of Man’s Capacity for Culture. Detroit: Wayne State Univ. Press. Sroufe, L. (1977) Wariness of strangers and the study of infant development. Child Developm., 48, pp. 731-46. Staden, H. [1557] Wahrhaftige Historia und Beschreibung eyner Landtschafft der wilden nacketen grimmigen Menschfresser Leuthen in der Newenwelt Amerika gelegen, etc. (facsimile of original). Frankfurt a.M.: Verlag Wüsten, 1925. Stagner, R. (1965) The psychology of human conflict. In: McNeil (Ed.), pp. 45-63. Stagner, R. (1967) The analysis of conflict. In: R. Stagner (Ed.) The Dimensions of Human Conflict. Detroit: Wayne State Univ. Press, pp. 131-65. Stammel, H.J. (1977) Indianer. Leben - Kampf - Untergang. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Verlag. Standon V. & R.A. Foley (Eds.) (1989) Comparative Socioecology. Oxford: Blackwell. Stanford, C.B. (1991) Social dynamics of intergroup encounters in the capped langur (Presbytis pileata). Amer. J. Primatol., 25, 1, pp. 35-47. Stanford, C.B. & J. Allen (1991) On strategic storytelling: Current models of human behavioral evolution. Current Anthropol., 32, pp. 58-61. Stanley, H.M. (1878) Through the Dark Continent. New York: Harper. Stannus, H.S. (1910) Notes on some tribes of British Central Africa. J. Anthropol. Inst., 40, pp. 285-335. Stanton, W. (1960) The Leopard’s Spots: Scientific Attitudes towards Race in America. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Starin, E.D. (1981) Monkey moves. Nat. Hist., 90, pp. 37-44. Starr, C.G. (1974) A History of the Ancient World. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Starr, H. & B.A. Most (1976) The substance and study of borders in international relations research. Internat. Studies Quart., 20, pp. 581-620. Starr, H. & B.A. Most (1978) A return journey: Richardson, `frontiers' and wars in the 1946-1965 era. J. Conflict Resolution., 22, 3, pp. 141-47. Stauder, J. (1972) Anarchy and ecology: Political society among the Majangir. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 28, pp. 153-68. Steadman, L.B. (1971) Neighbors and Killers: Residence and Dominance among the Hewa of New Guinea. PhD., Australian National Univ. Steager, P. (1975) Alternative patterns of warfare in primitive societies. Lecture, McMaster Univ., Hamilton, Feb. 26. Stearns, S.C. (Ed.) (1988) The Evolution of Sex and its Consequences. Basel: Birkhauser Verlag. Steen, W. van der & B. Voorzanger (1985) Sociobiology in perspective. In: Wind (Ed.), pp. 25-40. Steensby, H.P. (1910) Contributions to the ethnology and anthropogeography of the Polar Eskimos. Meddelelser om Grønland, 34, pp. 253-405. Steere, E. (1872) East African tribes and languages. J. Anthropol. Inst., 1, pp. cxliv-cliv. Stefflre, V. (1974) Long-term forecasting and the problem of large-scale wars. Futures, Aug., pp. 302-8. Stegelmann, F. (1903) Die Indianer des Rio Envira. Globus, 83, pp. 135-37. Stein, A.A. (1976) Conflict and cohesion: A review of the literature. J. Conflict Resolution, 20, 1, pp. 143-72. Stein, G.J. (1987) The biological bases of ethnocentrism, racism and nationalism in National Socialism. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 251-67. Stein, H.F. & R.F. Hill (1977) The Ethnic Imperative. University Park: Pennsylvania State Univ. Press. Steinen, K. von den (1888) Über seine zweite Schingu-Expedition. Verhandl. Gesellsch. f. Erdkunde zu Berlin, 15, pp. 369-87. Steinen, K. von den (1894) Unter den Naturvölkern Zentral-Brasiliens. Reiseschilderung und Ergebnisse des zweiten Schingu-Expedition, 1887-1888. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde. Steinmetz, S.R. (1892) Ethnologische Studien zur ersten Entwicklung der Strafe. Leiden: S.C. van Doesburgh. Steinmetz, S.R. (1896) Endokannibalismus. Mitt. anthropol. Gesellschaft in Wien, 26, pp. 1-60. Steinmetz, S.R. (1907) Philosophie des Krieges. Leipzig: J.A. Barth. Steinmetz, S.R. (1929) Soziologie des Krieges. Leipzig: J.A. Barth. Steinmetz, S.R. (1931) De vredelievendheid der laagste volksstammen. Mensch en Maatschappij, 7, pp. 433-55; 538-61. Stenin, P. von (1891) Das Gewohnheitsrecht der Samojeden. Globus, 60, pp. 170-74, 186- 90. Stepan, N. (1987) ‘Nature’s pruning hook’: War, race and evolution, 1914-1918. In: J.M.W. Bean (Ed.) The Political Culture of Modern Britain. London, pp. 132-38. Stepanova, M.V.; I.S. Gurvich & V.V. Khramova (1964) The Yukagirs. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 788-98. Stephenson, G.M.; M. Skinner & C.J. Brotherton (1976) Group participation and intergroup relations: An experimental study of negotiation groups. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 6, pp. 51-70. Stevens, H.V. (1892-94) Materialien zur Kenntnis der wilden Stämme auf der Halbinsel Malakka. Veröffentl. Kön. Museum f. Völkerkunde Berlin, Bd II, Heft 3 & 4. Stevenson, M. Coxe (1903) The Zuñi Indians. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 23, pp. 1- 634. Steward, J.H. (1933) Ethnography of the Owens Valley Paiute. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 33, 3, pp. 233-350. Steward, J.H. (1934) Two Paiute autobiographies. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 33, 5, pp. 423-38. Steward, J.H. (1936) The economic and social basis of primitive bands. In: R. Lowie (Ed.) Essays in Anthropology Presented to A.L. Kroeber. Berkeley: Univ. California Press, pp. 331-45. Steward, J.H. (Ed.) (1946/1948/1949) Handbook of South American Indians. 7 Vols. Washington: US Government Printing Office. Steward, J.H. (1948) Tribes of the Montaña: An introduction; Western Tucanoan tribes; The Witotoan tribes; The circum-Carribean tribes: An introduction. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 507-33; 737-48; 749-62; Vol. 4, pp. 1-42. Steward, J.H. (1955) Theory of Culture Change; The Methodology of Multilinear Evolution. Urbana: Univ. Illinois Press. Steward, J.H. (1958) Problems of cultural evolution. Evolution, 12, pp. 206-10. Steward, J.H. (1968) Causal factors and processes in the evolution of pre-farming societies. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 321-34. Steward, J.H. & L.C. Faron (1959) Native Peoples of South America. New York: McGraw-Hill. Steward, J.H. & A. Métraux (1948) Tribes of the Peruvian and Ecuadorian Montaña: Arawakan tribes; The Peban tribes. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 535-656; 727-36. Steward, J.H. & E.W. Voegelin (1974) The Northern Paiute Indians. New York: Garland. Steward, R. (1865) The Boksas of the Bijnour District. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 34. Stewart, C.S. (1832) A Visit to the South Seas, in the United States’ Ship ‘Vincennes’, during the Years 1829 and 1830. London. Stewart, K.J. & A.M. Harcourt (1987) Gorillas: Variation in female relationship. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 155-64. Stewart, K.M. (1947/1971) Mohave warfare. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 3, pp. 257-78; reprint in: Heizer & Whipple (Eds.). Stewart, R.A.C. & K.J. Jones (1972) Cultural dimensions: A factor analysis of Textor's `Cross-Cultural Summary'. Behav. Sci. Notes, 7, pp. 37-81. Stigand, C.H. (1907) The natives of Nyassaland, N.E. Rhodesia, and Portuguese Zambesia. Their arts, customs, and modes of subsistence. J. Anthropol. Inst., 37, pp. 119-32. Stigand, C.H. (1909) Notes on the tribes in the neighborhood of Fort Manning, Nyassaland. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 35-43. Stillman, E. & W. Pfaff (1964) The Politics of Hysteria: The Sources of Twentieth- Century Conflict. New York: Harper & Row. Stirling, M.W. (1938) Historical and ethnographical material on the Jivaro Indians. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 117. St.John, H.C. (1873) The Ainos: Aborigines of Yeso. J. Anthropol. Inst., 2, pp. 248-54. Stocklein, H. (1726) Reisebeschreibungen (incomplete reference in Markham, 1895). Stöhr, W. (1972) Lexikon der Völker und Kulturen, 3 Vols. Reinbek: Rowohlt. Stokes, G. (1982) Cognitive style and nationalism. Can. Rev. Studies Nationalism, 9, pp. 1-14. Stoltz, L.P. & G.S. Saayman (1970) Ecology and social organization of chacma baboon troops in the northern Transvaal. Annals Transvaal Mus., 26, pp. 499-599. Stone, C.L. (1981) Economy and warfare along the Lower Colorado River. Anthropol. Res. Papers Univ. Arizona, 24, pp. 183-97. Stonehouse, B. & C.M. Perrins (Eds.) (1977) Evolutionary Ecology. London: Macmillan. Storr, A. (1968) Human Aggression. New York: Atheneum. Storr, A. (1972) Human Destructiveness. London: Chatto-Heinemann. Stouffer, S.A. et al. (1950) The American Soldier: Combat and its Aftermath. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Stow, G.W. (1905) The Native Races of South Africa: A History of the Intrusion of the Hottentots and Bantu on the Hunting Grounds of the Bushmen, the Aborigines of the Country. London: S. Sonnenschein. Strachey, A. (1957) The Unconscious Motives of War: A Psychoanalytic Contribution. London: Allen & Unwin. Strassmann, B.I. (1981) Sexual selection, paternal care, and concealed ovulation in humans. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 2, pp. 31-40. Strate, J.M. (1982) Warfare and Political Evolution: A Cross-Cultural Test. PhD., Univ. Michigan. Strate, J.M. (1985) The role of war in the evolution of political systems and the functional priority of defense. Humboldt J. Sociol. Relations, 12, 1, pp. 87-114. Strathern, A.J. (1971) The Rope of Moka: Big-Men and Ceremonial Exchange in Mount Hagen, New Guinea. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press. Strehlow, C. (1910) Die Aranda- und Loritja-Stämme in Zentral-Australien. Frankfurt a.M.: Veröff. Städt. Völkermuseum. Strehlow, T.G.H. (1947) Aranda Traditions. Melbourne: Melbourne Univ. Press. Strehlow, T.G.H. (1970) Geography and the totemic landscape in Central Australia. In: Berndt (Ed.), pp. 92-140. Stringer, C.B. (Ed.) (1981) Aspects of Human Evolution. London: Taylor & Francis. Stringer, C.B. (1992) Evolution of early humans. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 241-51. Stringer, C.B. & C. Gamble (1993) In Search of the Neanderthals: Solving the Puzzle of Human Origins. London: Thames & Hudson. Struhsaker, T.T. (1967a) Behavior of vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). Univ. Calif. Publ. in Zool., 82, pp. 1-64. Struhsaker, T.T. (1967b) Social structure among vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). Behav., 29, pp. 6-121. Struhsaker, T.T. (1969) Behavior of vervet monkeys and other cercopithecines. Sci., 156, pp. 1197-1203. Struhsaker, T.T. (1975) Behavior and Ecology of Red Colobus Monkeys. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Struhsaker, T.T. (1978) Infanticide and social organization in the redtail monkey (Cercopithecus ascanius schmidti) in the Kibale Forest, Uganda. In: Chivers & Herbert (Eds.), p. 591. Struhsaker, T.T. (1980) Comparison of the behaviour and ecology of red colobus and redtail monkeys in the Kibale Forest, Uganda. Afr. J. Ecol., 18, pp. 33-51. Struhsaker, T.T. (1988) Group fission in redtail monkeys (Cercopithecus ascanius) in the Kibale Forest, Uganda. In: A. Gautier-Hion et al. (Eds.) A Primate Radiation: Evolutionary Biology of the African Guenons. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Struhsaker, T.T. & J.S. Gartlan (1970) Observations on the behaviour and ecology of the patas monkey (Erythrocebus patas) in the Wazas Reserve, Cameroon. J. Zool. London. 161, 1, pp. 49-63. Struhsaker, T.T. & L. Leland-Struhsaker (1979) Socioecology of five sympatric monkey species in the Kibale Forest, Uganda. In: Rosenblatt et al. (Eds.), pp. 159-228. Strum, S.C. (1975) Life with the Pumphouse Gang: New insights into baboon behavior. Nat. Geogr. Mag., 147, pp. 673-91. Strum, S.C. (1981) Processes and products of change: Baboon predatory behavior at Gilgil, Kenya. In: Harding & Teleki (Eds.), pp. 255-302. Strum, S.C. (1987) Almost Human: A Journey into the World of Baboons. New York: Random House. Strum, S.C. & W. Mitchell (1987) Baboon models and muddles. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 87- 104. Stübel, H. & P. Meriggi (1937) Die Li-Stämme der Insel Hainan: ein Beitrag zur Volkskunde Südchinas. Berlin: Klinkhart & Biermann. Stuhlmann, F. (1894) Mit Enim Pascha ins Herz von Afrika. Berlin: Reimer. Sturler, W.L. de (1843) Proeve eener beschrijving van het gebied van Palembang. Groningen: Wolters. Sturm, I.E. (1972) The emotional satisfactions of war. In: Parker (Ed.), pp. 117-21. Sturtevant, W.C. & W.L. D’Azevedo (Eds.) (1986) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 11: Great Basin. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & D. Damas (Eds.) (1984) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 5: Arctic. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & R.F. Heizer (Eds.) (1978) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 8: California. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & J. Helm (Eds.) (1981) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 6: Subarctic. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & A. Ortiz (Eds.) (1979) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 9: Southwest. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & A. Ortiz (Eds.) (1983) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 10: Southwest (2nd. Vol.). Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & W. Suttles (Eds.) (1990) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 7: Northwest Coast. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sturtevant, W.C. & B.G. Trigger (Eds.) (1978) Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 15: Northeast. Washington DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sugawara, K. (1988) Visiting relations and social interactions between residential groups of the Central Kalahari San. African Study Monogr., 8, pp. 173-211. Sugiyama, Y. (1960) On the division of a natural troop of Japanese monkeys at Takasakiyama. Primates, 2, 2, pp. 109-48. Sugiyama, Y. (1967) Social organization in Hanuman langurs. In: Altmann (Ed.), pp. 221- 36. Sugiyama, Y. (1969) Social behaviour of the chimpanzees in the Budongo Forest, Uganda. Primates, 10, pp. 197-225. Sugiyama, Y. (1971) Characteristics of the social life of bonnet macaques (Macaca radiata). Primates, 12, 3-4, pp. 247-66. Sugiyama, Y. (1976) Life history of male Japanese monkeys. In: Rosenblatt et al. (Eds.), pp. 255-84. Sugiyama, Y. (1981a) [The Society of Wild Chimpanzees]. Tokyo: Kodansha. Sugiyama, Y. (1981b) Observations on the population dynamics and behavior of wild chimpanzees at Bossou, Guinea, in 1979-1980. Primates, 22, pp. 435-44. Sugiyama, Y.; K. Yoshiba & M.D. Parthasarathy (1965) Home range, mating season, male group, and intertroop relations in Hanuman langurs (Presbytis entellus). Primates, 6, 1, pp. 73-106. Sullivan, H.S. (1953) The Interpersonal Theory of Psychiatry. New York: Norton. Sullivan, H.S. (1955) The Collected Works of Harry Stack Sullivan. New York: Norton. Sullivan, P.L. & J. Adelson (1954) Ethnocentrism and misanthropy. J. Abnorm. Soc. Psychol., 49, pp. 246-50. Sumner, M.L. (1978) The social face of antiviolence: Structure and control. Paper 3rd Biennial Meeting ISRA, Washington DC. Sumner, W.G. (1906) Folkways: A Study of the Sociological Importance of Usages, Manners, Customs, Mores and Morals. Boston: Ginn. Sumner, W.G. (1911) War and Other Essays. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Sumner, W.G. (1913) Earth-Hunger and Other Essays. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Sumner, W.G. (1963) Social Darwinism: Selected Essays of William Graham Sumner. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Sumner, W.G. (1964) War. In: Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), pp. 205-28. Sumner, W.G. & A.G. Keller (1927) The Science of Society. 4 Vols. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Sun Tzu (1963) The Art of War (orig: ‘Sunzi Bingfa’, transl. and introduced by S.B. Griffith). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Susman, R.L. (Ed.) (1984) The Pygmy Chimpanzee: Evolutionary Biology and Behavior. New York: Plenum Press. Susman, R.L. (1987) Pygmy chimpanzees and common chimpanzees: Models for the behavioral ecology of the earliest hominids. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 72-86. Susman, R.L.; J.T. Stern & W.L. Jungers (1984) Arboreality and bipedality in the Hadar hominids. Folia Primatol., 43, pp. 113-56. Sussman, R.W. & A. Richard (1974) The role of aggression among diurnal prosimians. In: Holloway (Ed.), pp. 49-76. Suttles, W. (1961) Subhuman and human fighting. Anthropologica, 3, pp. 148-63. Suttles, W. (1990) Central Coast Salish. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 453- 75. Suttles, W. & B. Lane (1990) Southern Coast Salish. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 485-502. Swadesh, M. (1948) Motivations in Nootka warfare. Southwest. J. Anthropol., 4, pp. 76- 93. Swanton, J.R. (1909) Contributions to the ethnology of the Haida. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 8, pp. 1-300. Swanton, J.R. (1928) Social organization and social usages of the Indians of the Creek confederacy. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 42, pp. 23-472. Swanton, J.R. (1943) Are Wars Inevitable? Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. War Background Studies, 12. Swanton, J.R. (1946) The Indians of the Southeastern United States. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 137. Swanton, J.R. (1952) The Indian Tribes of North America. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull., 145. Reprint: Washington: Smithsonian Inst. Press, 1968. Sweet, L.E. (1965) Camel raiding of North Arabian Bedouin: A mechanism of ecological adaptation. Amer. Anthropol., 67, pp. 1132-50. Swettenham, F.A. (1887) On the native races of the Straits settlements and Malay states. J. Anthropol. Inst., 16, pp. 7-21. Symons, D. (1979) The Evolution of Human Sexuality. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press. Symons, D. (1989) A critique of Darwinian anthropology. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 10, 1-3, pp. 131-44.

Tacitus, C. [n.d.] The History, Germany, Agricola and Dialogue on Orators. London: Henry G. Bohn, 1854. Taçon, P. (1993) Art of the land. In: Burenhult (Ed.), Vol. 1, pp. 158-62. Taçon, P. & C. Chippindale (1994) Australia's ancient warriors: Changing depictions of fighting in the rock art of Arnhem Land, N.T. Cambridge Archaeol. J., 4, 2, pp. 211- 48. Tajfel, H. (1970) Experiments in intergroup discrimination. Sci. Amer., 223, 5, pp. 96-102. Tajfel, H. (1974) Social identity and intergroup behaviour. Soc. Sci. Info., 13, 2, pp. 65-93. Tajfel, H. (1978) The psychological structure of intergroup relations. In: Tajfel (Ed.), pp. 1-28. Tajfel, H. (Ed.) (1978) Differentiation between Social Groups: Studies in the Social Psychology of Intergroup Relations. London: Academic Press. Tajfel, H. (1979) Human intergroup conflict: Useful and less useful forms of analysis. In: von Cranach et al. (Eds.), pp. 396-422. Tajfel, H. (1981) Human Groups and Social Categories: Studies in Social Psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Tajfel, H. (1982a) Intergroup relations. Ann. Rev. Psychol., pp. 1-41. Tajfel, H. (1982b) Experimental studies of intergroup behaviour. In: J.P. Codol & J.P. Leyens (Eds.) Cognitive Analysis of Social Behaviour. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, pp. 227-46. Tajfel, H. (Ed.) (1982) Social Identity and Intergroup Relations. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Tajfel, H. (Ed.) (1984) The Social Dimension. 2 Vols. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Tajfel, H. & M. Billig (1974) Familiarity and categorization in intergroup behavior. J. Exp. Soc. Psychol., 10, pp. 159-70. Tajfel, H. & J.C. Turner (1979) An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In: Austin & Worchel (Eds.), pp. 33-47. Tajfel, H. & J.C. Turner (1986) The social identity theory of intergroup behavior. In: Worchel & Austin (Eds.), pp. 7-24. Tajfel, H. et al. (1971) Social categorization and intergroup behavior. Europ. J. Soc. Psychol., 1, pp. 149-78. Takahata, Y. (1985) Adult male chimpanzees kill and eat a male newborn infant: Newly observed intragroup infanticide and cannibalism in Mahale National Park, Tanzania. Folia Primatol., 44, 3-4, pp. 161-70. Takahata, Y.; T. Hasegawa & T. Nishida (1984) Chimpanzee predation in the Mahale Mountains from August 1979 to May 1982. Internat. J. Primatol., 5, pp. 213-33. Takasaki, H. (1981) Troop size, habitat quality, and home range area in Japanese macaques. Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 9, pp. 277-81. Talbot, P.A. (1923) Life in Southern Nigeria: The Magic, Beliefs and Customs of the Ibibio Tribe. London: Macmillan. Tannahill, R. (1975) Flesh and Blood: A History of the Cannibal Complex. New York: Stein & Day. Tanner, N.M. (1981) On Becoming Human: A Model of the Transition from Ape to Man and the Reconstruction of Early Human Social Life. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Tanner, N.M. (1987) The chimpanzee model revisited and the gathering hypothesis. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 3-27. Tarde, G. (1897) L’opposition universelle. Paris: Alcan. Tarde, G. (1899) Social Laws. New York: Macmillan. Tartabini A. & M.L. Genta (Eds.) (1988) Perspectives in the Study of Primates. Cosenza: DeRose. Tate, H.R. (1904) The Kikuyu and Kamba tribes of British East Africa; Further notes on the Kikuyu tribe of British East Africa. J. Anthropol Inst., 34, pp. 130-48; 255-65. Taylor, A.J.P. (1979) How Wars Begin. London: Hamish Hamilton. Taylor, C.R. & V.J. Rowntree (1973) Running on two legs or four: Which consumes more energy?. Sci., 179, pp. 186-87. Taylor, H.C. & W. Duff (1956) A post-contact southward movement of the Kwakiutl. Res. Stud. State College Washington, 24, pp. 56-66. Taylor, R. (1870) Te Ika A Maui, or New Zealand and its Inhabitants. London: Macintosh. Teas, J.H. et al. (1980) Population patterns and behavioral ecology of rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) in Japan. In: Lindburg (Ed.), pp. 247-62. Teas, J.H. et al. (1982) Aggressive behavior in the free-ranging rhesus monkeys of Kathmandu, Nepal. Aggr. Behav., 8, 1, pp. 63-77. Tedeschi, J.T. (1983) Social influence theory and aggression. In: Geen & Donnerstein (Eds.), Vol. 1, pp. 135-62. Tedeschi, J.T.; V. Melburg & P. Rosenfeld (1981) Is the concept of aggression useful? In: Brain & Benton (Eds.), 1981a, pp. 23-37. Tedeschi, J.T.; R.B. Smith & R.C. Brown (1974) A reinterpretation of research on aggression. Psychol. Bull., 81, 9, pp. 540-62. Tefft, S.K. (1975) Warfare regulation: A cross-cultural test of hypotheses. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 693-712. Tefft, S.K. (1988) Structural contradictions, war traps and peace. J. Peace Res., 25, 2, pp. 149-63. Tefft, S.K. (1990) Cognitive perspectives on risk assessment and war traps: An alternative to functional theory. J. Polit. & Military Sociol., 18, pp. 57-77. Tefft, S.K. & D. Reinhardt (1974) Warfare regulation: A cross-cultural test of hypotheses among tribal peoples. Behav. Sci. Res., 9, pp. 151-72. Teit, J.A. (1906) The Lillooet Indians. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem., 4, Pt 5, pp. 193-300. Teit, J.A. (1909) The Shuswap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem., 4 Pt 7, pp. 443-789. Teit, J.A. (1912) Traditions of the Lillooet. J. Amer. Folklore, 25, pp. 287-371. Teit, J.A. (1928) The Middle Columbia Salish. Univ. Washington Publ. Anthropol., 2, pp. 83-128. Teit, J.A. (1930) The Salishan tribes of the Western Plateau. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 45, pp. 23-396. Teleki, G. (1973) The Predatory Behavior of Wild Chimpanzees. Lewisburg: Bucknell Univ. Press. Temple, R.C. (1903) Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Calcutta: Government Printing Office. Tenaza, R.R. (1975) Territory and monogamy among Kloss’ gibbons (Hylobates klossii) in Siberut Island, Indonesia. Folia Primatol., 24, 1, pp. 60-80. Tennent, J.E. (1859-60) Ceylon: An Account. 2 Vols. 5th ed. London: Macmillan. Tenorio, J. (1892) Costumbres de los Indios Tirurayes. Manila. Terborgh, J. (1983) Five New World Primates: A Study in Comparative Ecology. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Testart, A. (1978) Les sociétés de chasseurs-cueilleurs. Pour la Sci., 16, pp. 99-108. Testart, A. (1982a) Les chasseurs-cueilleurs, ou l'origine des inégalités. Paris: Travaux et Mémoires de l'Institut d'Ethnographie. Testart, A. (1982b) The significance of food storage among hunter-gatherers: Residence patterns, population densities, and social inequalities. Current Anthropol., 23, pp. 523-37. Testart, A. (1985) Le communisme primitif: economie et idéologie. Paris: Maison des Sciences de l’Homme. Testart, A. (1987) Game sharing systems and kinship systems among hunter-gatherers. Man, 22, pp. 287-304. Textor, R.B. (1967) A Cross-Cultural Summary. New Haven: HRAF Press. Thalbitzer, W.C. (1914) The Ammasalik Eskimo. Meddelelser om Grønland, 39. Thirkell, R. (1873) Notes on the aborigines of Tasmania. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1873. Thoden van Velzen, H.U.E. & W. van Wetering (1960) Residence, power groups and intra-societal aggression: An inquiry into the conditions leading to peacefulness within non-stratified societies. Internat. Archives Ethnography, 49, pp. 169-200. Thom, R. & E.C. Zeeman (1974) Catastrophe theory: Its present state and future perspectives. In: A. Manning (Ed.) Dynamical Systems. New York: Springer Verlag. Thomas, D.H.; L.S.A. Pendleton & S.C. Cappannari (1986) Western Shoshone. In: Sturtevant & D’Azevedo (Eds.), Vol. 11, pp. 262-83. Thomas, E.M. (1958/1965) The Harmless People: The Bushman of South West Africa. New York: Random House. Thomas, E.M. (1965/1966) Warrior Herdsmen. New York: Vintage; London: Secker & Warburg. Thomas, E.M. (1994) Management of violence among the Ju/wasi of Nyae Nyae: The old way and a new way. In: Reyna & Downs (Eds.), pp. 69-84. Thomas, N.W. (1906) The Native Races of Australia. London: Harrison & Son. Thompson, S.I. (1975) Torture and execution of surrogate kinsmen in two societies: The Ainu and the Tupinamba. J. Soc. Psychol., 95, 2, pp. 19-26. Thomson, B.H. (1901) The natives of Savage Island, or Niué. J. Anthropol. Inst., 31, pp. 137-45. Thomson, B.H. (1908) The Fijians: A Study of the Decay of Custom. London: Heinemann. Thomson, J. (1881) To the Central African Lakes and Back. 2 Vols. London: Cass. Thomson, J. (1885) Through Massailand: A Journey of Exploration among the Snowclad Volcanic Mountains and Strange Tribes of Eastern Africa. London: Cass. Thomson, R. (1979) The concept of fear. In: Sluckin (Ed.), pp. 1-23. Thorndike, E.L. (1913a) Original Nature of Man. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Thorndike, E.L. (1913b) Eugenics: With special reference to intellect and character. Popular Sci. Monthly, 83. Thucydides [n.d.] The Peloponnesian War. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1973. Thurnwald, R. (1912) Forschungen auf den Salomoninseln und den Bismarckarchipel. 3 Vols. Berlin: De Gruyter. Thurnwald, R. (1917) Über Forschungen im Innern von Deutsch Neu-Guinea. Z. f. Ethnol., 49. Thurnwald, R. (1926) Kannibalismus. In: M. Ebert (Ed.) Reallexikon der Vorgeschichte. Bd. 6, Berlin: De Gruyter, pp. 207-12. Thurnwald, R. (1930-35) Die menschliche Gesellschaft in ihren ethnosoziologischen Grundlagen. 5 Vols. Berlin: De Gruyter. Thurnwald, R. (1935a) Werden, Wandel und Gestaltung von Staat und Kultur im Lichte der Völkerforschung. Berlin: De Gruyter. Thurnwald, R. (1935b) Blood vengeance feud. In: Encycl. Soc. Sciences, Vol. 2, pp. 598- 99. Thurnwald, R. (1936) The price of the white man’s peace. Pacific Affairs, 9, Sept., p. 358. Thurston, E. (1896) Anthropology of the Todas and Kotas of the Nilgiri Hills. Madras Gov. Mus. Bull., 1, 4. Thurston, E. (1906) Ethnographic Notes in Southern India. Madras: Government Press. . Thurston, E. (1909) Toda. In: E. Thurston & K. Rangachari (Eds.) Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Vol. 7, Madras: Government Press. Thwaites, R.G. (Ed.) (1896/1897) The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents: Travels and Explorations of the Jesuit Missionaries in New France 1610-1791. 73 Vols. Cleveland: Burrows Brothers Co. Tibon, G. (1961) Pinotepa Nacional: Mixtecos, Negros y Triques. Mexico City: Univ. Nac. Autonoma Mex. Tiger, L. (1969) Men in Groups. New York: Random House. Tiger, L. (1979) Biology, psychology, and incorrect assumptions of cultural relativism. In: Chagnon & Irons (Eds.), pp. 511-18. Tiger, L. (1987) The Manufacture of Evil: Ethics, Evolution, and the Industrial System. New York: Harper & Row. Tiger, L. (1990) The cerebral bridge from family to foe. In: van der Dennen & Falger (Eds.), pp. 99-106. Tiger, L. (1993) The biological antecedents of human aggression. In: Mason & Mendoza (Eds.), pp. 373-86. Tiger, L. & R. Fox (1971/1989) The Imperial Animal. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston; 2nd rev. ed. Tilson, R.L. (1981) Family formation strategies of Kloss’s gibbons. Folia Primatol., 35, pp. 259-87. .Tilson, R.L. & J.R. Henschel (1986) Spatial arrangement of spotted hyaenas in a desert environment, Namibia. Afr. J. Ecol., 24, pp. 173-80. Tilson, R.L. & R.R. Tenaza (1976) Monogamy and duetting in an Old World monkey. Nature, 263, pp. 320-21. Tinbergen, N. (1950) The hierarchical organization of nervous mechanisms underlying instinctive behaviour. Symp. Soc. Exp. Biol., 4, pp. 305-12. Tinbergen, N. (1951/1969) The Study of Instinct. London: Oxford Univ. Press. Tinbergen, N. (1952) ‘Derived’ activities: their causation, biological significance, origin and emancipation during evolution. Quart. Rev. Biol., 27, 1-32. Tinbergen, N. (1953a) Social Behaviour in Animals. London: Methuen. Tinbergen, N. (1953b) Fighting and threat in animals. New Biol., 14, pp. 9-24. Tinbergen, N. (1954) The origin and evolution of courtship and threat displays. In: J.S. Huxley et al. (Eds.) Evolution as a Process. London: Allen & Unwin. Tinbergen, N. (1963) The Social Behaviour of Animals. London: Chapman & Hall. Tinbergen, N. (1964) Social Behavior in Animals; With Special Reference to Vertebrates. London: Methuen. Tinbergen, N. (1965) Behavior and natural selection. In: J.A. Moore (Ed.) Ideas in Modern Biology. New York: Nat. Hist. Press, pp. 519-42. Tinbergen, N. (1968) On war and peace in animals and man. Sci., 160, pp. 1411-18. Tinbergen, N. (1976) Ethology in a changing world. In: Bateson & Hinde (Eds.), pp. 507- 28. Tinbergen, N. (1981) On the history of war. In L. Valzelli & L. Morgese (Eds.) Aggression and Violence: A Psychobiological and Clinical Approach. Saint Vincent: Edizioni Centro Culturale, pp. 31-38. Tindale, N.B. (1974) Aboriginal Tribes of Australia. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Toates, F.M. (1980) Animal Behaviour: A Systems Approach. New York: Wiley. Toates, F.M. & J. Archer (1978) A comparative review of motivational systems using classical control theory. Anim. Behav., 26, 2, pp. 368-80. Tobach, E. (1974) Social Darwinism rides again. In: E. Tobach et al. (Eds.) The Four Horsemen: Racism, Sexism, Militarism and Social Darwinism. New York: Behavioral Publ. Tobey, M.L. (1981) Carrier. In: Sturtevant & Helm (Eds.), Vol. 6, pp. 413-32. Tobias, P.V. (1964) Bushmen hunters-gatherers: A study of human ecology. In: D.H.S. Davis (Ed.) Ecological Studies in Southern Africa. Chicago: Aldine, pp. 67-86. Tobias, P.V. (Ed.) (1978) The Bushmen: San Hunters and Herders of Southern Africa. Cape Town: Haman & Rousseau. Tobias, P.V. (Ed.) (1985) Hominid Evolution: Past, Present and Future. New York: Alan Liss. Tobias, P.V. (1991) The environmental background of hominid emergence and the appearance of the genus Homo. Human Evolution, 6, pp. 129-42. Tocqueville, A. de (1863) Democracy in America. Cambridge: Sever & Francis; partly reprinted in Bramson & Goethals (Eds.), 1964. Tönnesmann, W. (1987) Group identification and political socialisation. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 175-89. Tolstoy, L. (1896) War and Peace. New York: Modern Library Edition. Tonkinson, R. (1974) The Jingalong Mob: Aboriginal Victors at the Desert Crusade. Menlo Park: Cummings. Tonkinson, R. (1978/1991) The Mardu(djara) Aborigines: Living the Dream in Australia’s Desert. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Tonkinson, R. (1988) `Ideology and domination' in aboriginal Australia: A Western Desert test case. In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), Vol. 2, pp. 150-64. Tooby, J. & L. Cosmides (1988) The evolution of war and its cognitive foundations. Proc. Inst. Evolutionary Studies, 88, pp. 1-15. Tooby, J. & L. Cosmides (1989) Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture, Part 1: Theoretical considerations. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 10, pp. 29-49. Tooby, J. & L. Cosmides (1994) Cognitive adaptations for threat, cooperation, and war (Abstract). Ethol. & Sociobiol., 15, 1, p. 56. Tooby, J. & I. DeVore (1987) The reconstruction of hominid behavioral evolution through strategic modeling. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 183-237. Topinard, P. (1900) L’Anthropologie et la science sociale. Paris: Alcan. Torday, E. & T.A. Joyce (1905) Notes on the ethnography of the Ba-Mbala. J. Anthropol. Inst., 35, pp. 318-426. Torday, E. & T.A. Joyce (1906) The ethnography of the Ba-Yaka; The ethnography of the Ba-Huana. J. Anthropol. Inst., 36, pp. 39-58; 272-301. Tout, C. Hill (1904) Report on the ethnology of the Siciatl of British Columbia, a coast division of the Salish stock; Ethnological report of the Stseelis and Skaulits tribes of the Halkomelem division of the Salish of British Columbia. J. Anthropol. Inst., 34, pp. 20-91; 311-76. Tout, C. Hill (1905) Some features of the language and culture of the Salish. Amer. Anthropol., 7, 4, pp. 674-87. Tout, C. Hill (1907) British North America: 1. The Far West, The Home of the Salish and Dené. London: A. Constable. Toutain, D. (1898) Etude sur la dépopulation de l'Archipel de Marquises. L’Anthropologie, 9. Toynbee, A.J. (1950) War and Civilization. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Tozzer, A.M. (1925) Social Origins and Social Continuities. New York: Putnam. Tregear, E. (1890) The Maoris of New Zealand. J. Anthropol. Inst., 19, pp. 97-123. Tregear, E. (1904) The Maori Race. New Zealand: Wanganui. Treisman, M. (1981) Evolutionary limits to the frequency of aggression between related or unrelated conspecifics in diploid species with simple Mendelian inheritance. J. Theoret. Biol., 93, 1, pp. 97-124. Treisman, M. & J.S. Collins (1980) Prior fitness and the evolutionary stable strategy for intraspecific conflict. J. Theoret. Biol., 84, 3, pp. 567-74. Treitschke, H. von (1916) Politics. 2 Vols. London: Constable & Co. Tremearne, A.J.N. (1912) Notes on the Kagoro and other Nigerian head-hunters. J. Anthropol. Inst., 42, pp. 136-99. Trenk, P. (1910) Die Buschleute der Namib, ihre Rechts- und Familienverhältnisse. Mitt. aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 23, pp. 166-70. Trigger, B.G. (1962) Trade and tribal warfare on the St. Lawrence in the sixteenth century. Ethnohistory, 9, pp. 240-56. Trigger, B.G. (1967) Settlement archaeology - its goals and promise. Amer. Antiquity, 32, pp. 149-60. Trigger, B.G. (1969) The Hurons: Farmers of the North. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Trigger, B.G. (1976) The Children of Aataentsic: A History of the Huron People to 1660. 2 Vols. McGill: Queen's Univ. Press. Trigger, B.G. (1978) Early Iroquoian contacts with Europeans. In: Sturtevant & Trigger (Eds.), pp. 344-56. Trigger, B.G. (1990) Maintaining economic equality in opposition to complexity: An Iroquoian case study. In: Upham (Ed.), pp. 119-45. Trinkaus, E. (1983) The Shanidar Neandertals. New York: Academic Press. Trinkaus, E. (1985) Cannibalism and burial at Krapina. J. Human Evol., 14, pp. 203-16. Trinkaus, E. (1987) Bodies, brawn, brains and noses: Human ancestors and human predation. In: Nitecki & Nitecki (Eds.), pp. 107-45. Trinkaus, E. (Ed.) (1989) The Emergence of Modern Humans: Biocultural Adaptations in the Later Pleistocene. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Trinkaus, E. & P. Shipman (1993) The Neanderthals: Changing the Image of Mankind. New York: Knopf. Trivers, R.L. (1971) The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quart. Rev. Biol., 46, 4, pp. 35- 57. Trivers, R.L. (1972) Parental investment and sexual selection. In: Campbell (Ed.), pp. 136- 79. Trivers, R.L. (1974) Parent-offspring conflict. Amer. Zool., 14, 1, pp. 249-64. Trivers, R.L. (1985) Social Evolution. Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings. Trivers, R.L. & D.E. Willard (1973) Natural selection of parental ability to vary the sex ratio of offspring. Sci., 179, pp. 90-92. Trotter, W. (1915/1916) Instincts of the Herd in Peace and War. London: Fisher Unwin. Trudeau, M.B.; E. Bergmann-Riss & D.A. Hamburg (1981) Towards an evolutionary perspective on aggressive behavior: The chimpanzee evidence. In: Hamburg & Trudeau (Eds.), pp. 27-40. Tschopik, H. (1946) The Aymara. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 2, pp. 501-73. Tschopik, H. (1951) The Aymara of Chucuito, Peru. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Papers, 44, pp. 133-308. Tuchman, B.W. (1967) The Proud Tower: A Portrait of the World Before the War: 1890- 1914. New York: Bantam Books. Tuchman, B.W. (1978) A Distant Mirror: The Calamitous 14th Century. New York: Knopf. Tuchman, B.W. (1984) The March of Folly: From Troy to Vietnam. New York: Knopf. Tuck, J.A. (1971) The Iroquois Confederacy. Sci. Amer., 224, 2, pp. 32-42. Tullock, G. (1979) The economics of revolution. In: H.J. Johnson et al. (Eds.) Revolutions: Systems and Theories. Dordrecht: Reidel, pp. 47-60. Turke, P.W. (1984) Effects of ovulatory concealment and synchrony on protohominid mating systems and parental roles. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 5, pp. 33-44. Turnbull, C. (1948) Black War: Extermination of the Tasmanian Aborigines. London: Cheshire-Lansdowne. Turnbull, C.M. (1961) The Forest People: A Study of the Pygmies of the Congo. London: Chatto & Windus. Turnbull, C.M. (1965) Wayward Servants: The Two Worlds of the African Pygmies. New York: Eyre & Spottiswood. Turnbull, C.M. (1966) Report from Africa: A people apart. Nat. Hist., 75, pp. 8-14. Turnbull, C.M. (1968) The importance of flux in two hunting societies. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 132-37. Turnbull, C.M. (1978) The politics of non-aggression (Zaire). In: Montagu (Ed.), pp. 161- 221. Turner, C.G. & N.T. Morris (1970) A massacre at Hopi. Amer. Antiquity, 34, 3, pp. 320- 31. Turner, G. (1884) Samoa, A Hundred Years Ago and Long Before. London: Macmillan. Turner, J.C. (1981) The experimental social psychology of intergroup behaviour. In: Turner & Giles (Eds.), pp. 66-101. Turner, J.C. (1982) Intergroup conflict and cooperation. In: A.M. Colman (Ed.) Cooperation and Competition in Humans and Animals, Berkshire: Van Nostrand Reinhold, pp. 218-49. Turner, J.C. (1982) Towards a cognitive redefinition of the social group. In: Tajfel (Ed.), pp. 15-40. Turner, J.C. (1984) Social categorization and the self-concept: A social-cognitive theory of group behaviour. In: E.J. Lawler (Ed.) Advances in Group Processes: Theory and Research, Vol. 2. Greenwich: JAI Press, pp. 77-122. Turner, J.C. (Ed.) (1987) Rediscovering the Social Group: A Self-Categorizing Theory. Oxford: Blackwell. Turner, J.C. & H. Giles (Eds.) (1981) Intergroup Behaviour. Oxford: Blackwell. Turner, J.H. (1986) Toward a unified theory of ethnic antagonism: A preliminary synthesis of three macro models. Sociol. Forum, 1, 3, pp. 403-27. Turner, L.M. (1894) Ethnology of the Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territory. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 11, pp. 167-350. Turner, P.R. & D. Pitt (Eds.) (1989) The Anthropology of War and Peace: Perspectives on the Nuclear Age. London: Greenwood Press. Turney-High, H.H. (1941) Ethnography of the Kutenai. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. Mem., 56, pp. 1-202. Turney-High, H.H. (1949/1971) Primitive War: Its Practice and Concepts. Columbia: Univ. South Carolina Press. Turrado Moreno, A. (1945) Etnografía de los Indios Guaraunos. Cuadernos Verdes, Caracas, 15. Tutin, C.E.G. (1975) Sexual Behaviour and Mating Patterns in a Community of Wild Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii). PhD., Univ. Edinburgh. Tutin, C.E.G. (1979) Mating patterns and reproductive strategies in a community of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii). Behav. Ecol. & Sociobiol., 6, pp. 29- 38. Tutin, C.E.G.; W.C. McGrew & P.J. Baldwin (1983) Social organization of savanna- dwelling chimpanzees, Pan troglodytes verus, at Mt. Assirik, Senegal. Primates, 24, 2, pp. 154-73. Tuttle, R.H. (Ed.) (1972) The Functional and Evolutionary Biology of Primates. Chicago: Aldine. Tuttle, R.H. (Ed.) (1975) Socioecology and Psychology of Primates. Chicago; Aldine. Tweddell, C.E. (1970) The identity and distribution of the Mangyan tribes of Mindoro, Philippines. Anthropol. Linguistics, 12, pp. 189-207. Tylor, E.B. (1865) Researches into the Early History of Mankind and the Development of Civilization. London: Murray. Tylor, E.B. (1871/1874/1881) Primitive Culture; Part 1: The Origins of Culture. London: Murray. Tylor, E.B. (1888/1909) Anthropology: An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilization. New York: Appleton. Tylor, E.B. (1889) On a method of investigating the development of institutions, applied to laws of marriage and descent. J. Anthropol. Inst. 18, pp. 245-72. Tylor, E.B. (1894) On the Tasmanians as representatives of Paleolithic man. J. Anthropol. Inst., 23, pp. 141-52. Tyrrell, J.B. (Ed.) (1916) David Thompson’s Narrative of His Explorations in Western America 1784-1812. Toronto: The Champlain Society.

Ucko, P.J. & A. Rosenfeld (1967) Paleolithic Cave Art. New York: Praeger. Uehara, S. (1988) Grouping patterns of wild pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus) observed at a marsh grassland amidst the tropical rain forest of Yalosidi, Republic of Zaïre. Primates, 29, 1, pp. 41-52. Underhill, R.M. (1946) Papago Indian Religion. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. UNESCO (1963) Man Through His Art: War and Peace. Paris: UNESCO. Upham, S. (Ed.) (1990) The Evolution of Political Systems: Sociopolitics of Small-Scale Sedentary Societies. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Urbano, M. (1864) Report of ascent of tributaries of the Napo. J. Roy. Geograph. Soc. (incomplete reference in Markham, 1895). Uyanik, M. (1974) Petroglyphs of South-Eastern Anatolia. Graz. Uyenoyama, M.K. & M.W. Feldman (1980) Theories of kin and group selection: A population genetics perspective. Theor. Popul. Biol., 17, pp. 380-414.

Vaccaro, M. (1886) La lotta per l’esistenza e suoi effetti nell’humanita. Roma: Setth. Vaccaro, M. (1898) Les bases sociologiques du droit et de l'état. Paris: Alcan. Väyrynen R. (Ed.) (1987) The Quest for Peace: Transcending Collective Violence and War among Societies, Cultures and States. London: Sage. Valkenburgh, P. (1964) Mensen in de Koude Oorlog: Sociologische bijdrage tot onze kennis van internationaal-politieke conflictsituaties. Meppel: Boom. Vallentin, W. (1897) Kaiser Wilhelmsland. N.D. Rundschau (incomplete reference in van der Bij, 1929). Vallois, H.V. (1961) The social life of early man: The evidence of skeletons. In: Washburn (Ed.), pp. 214-35. Vandenbergh, J.G. (1966) Rhesus monkey bands. Nat. Hist., 75, pp. 22-27. Vandenbergh, J.G. (1967) The development of social structure in free-ranging rhesus monkeys. Behav., 29, pp. 179-94. Vanderpool, H. (Ed.) (1973) Darwin and Darwinism: Revolutionary Insights Concerning Man, Nature, Religion and Society. Lexington: Lexington Books. Vanggaard, T. (1972) Phallos: A Symbol and its History in the Male World. London: Jonathan Cape. Vanhanen, T. (1992) On the Evolutionary Roots of Politics. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers. Vanoverbergh, M. (1925) Negritos of northern Luzon. Anthropos, 20, pp. 148-99, 399- 443. Vasilevich, G.M. & A.V. Smolyak (1964) The Evenks. In: Levin & Potapov (Eds.), pp. 620-54. Vasquez, J.A. (1993) The War Puzzle. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Vatter, E. (1932) Ata Kiwan. Unbekannte Bergvölker im tropischen Holland. Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut. Vaux, L. de (1883) Les Canaques de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Revue d’Ethnologie, 2. Vayda, A.P. (1956) Maori conquests in relation to the New Zealand environment. J. Polynesian Soc., 65, pp. 204-11. Vayda, A.P. (1960a) Maori Warfare Polynesian Soc., Wellington, Maori Monogr., 2. Vayda, A.P. (1960b) Maori women and Maori cannibalism. Man, 60, pp. 70-71. Vayda, A.P. (1961) Expansion and warfare among swidden agriculturists. Amer. Anthropol., 63, pp. 346-58. Vayda, A.P. (1967a) Research on the functions of primitive war. Peace Res. Soc. (Internat.) Papers, 7, pp. 133-38. Vayda, A.P. (1967b) Maori warfare. In: P. Bohannan (Ed.), pp. 359-80. Vayda, A.P. (1968a) War: primitive warfare. In: Internat. Encycl. Soc. Sciences, Vol. 16, pp. 468-72. Vayda, A.P. (1968b) Hypotheses about functions of war. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 85-91. Vayda, A.P. (1968c) Foreword to ‘Pigs for the ancestors’ (R. Rappaport). Yale Univ. Press, New Haven. Vayda, A.P. (Ed.) (1968) Peoples and Cultures of the Pacific. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Vayda, A.P. (1969) The study of the causes of war, with special reference to head-hunting raids in Borneo. Ethnohistory, 16, pp. 211-24. Vayda, A.P. (Ed.) (1969) Environment and Cultural Behavior: Ecological Studies in Cultural Anthropology. Garden City: Nat. Hist. Press. Vayda, A.P. (1970a) Maoris and muskets in New Zealand: disruption of a war system. Polit. Sci. Quart., 85, pp. 560-84. Vayda, A.P. (1970b) On the limited nutritional value of cannibalism. Amer. Anthropol., 72, pp. 1462-63. Vayda, A.P. (1970c) Revenge and territorial conquest in primitive warfare. Paper 69th Ann. meeting Amer. Anthropol. Soc., San Diego. Vayda, A.P. (1971) Phases of the process of war and peace among the Marings of New Guinea. Oceania, 42, pp. 1-24. Vayda, A.P. (1974) Warfare in ecological perspective. Ann. Rev. Ecol. & Systematics, 5, pp. 183-93. Vayda, A.P. (1976) War in Ecological Perspective: Persistence, Change, and Adaptive Processes in Three Oceanian Societies. New York: Pergamon Press. Vayda, A.P. (1989) Explaining why Marings fought. J. Anthropol. Res., 45, 2, pp. 159-77. Vayda, A.P. & A. Leeds (1961) Anthropology and the study of war. Anthropologica, 3, pp. 131-34. Vayda, A.P. & R.A. Rappaport (1968) Ecology, cultural and non-cultural. In: J.A. Clifton (Ed.) Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Vayda, A.P.; A. Leeds & D.B. Smith (1968) The place of pigs in Melanesian subsistence. In: V.E. Garfield (Ed.) Symposium: Patterns of Land Utilization and Other Papers. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Vedder, H. (1928) Nama; The Bergdamara. In: H.P. Smith (Ed.) The Native Tribes of South West Africa. Cape Town, pp. 1-36; 37-78. Vedder, H. (1937) Die Buschmänner Südwestafrikas und ihre Weltanschauung. South African J. Sci., 24, pp. 416-36. Vedder, H. (1952) Über die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. I. Die Buschmänner. J. South West Africa Sci. Soc., 9, pp. 45-56. Velasco, J. de [1789] Historia del Reino de Quito en la America Meridionale. 3 Vols. Quito, 1841-44. Vencl, S.L. (1984) War and warfare in archaeology. J. Anthropol. Archaeol., 3, pp. 116- 32. Venturillo, M.H. (1908) The `Batacs' of the island of Palawan, Philippine Islands. Internat. Archiv f. Ethnographie, 18, pp. 137-44. Verhaegen, M. (1987) Origin of hominid bipedalism. Nature, 325, pp. 305-6. Vessey, S.H. (1968) Interactions between free-ranging groups of rhesus monkeys. Folia Primatol., 8, pp. 228-39. Vessey, S.H. (1971) Free-ranging rhesus monkeys: Behavioral effects of removal, separation, and reintroduction of group members. Behav., 40, pp. 216-27. Vestdijk, S. (1979) Het wezen van de angst. Amsterdam: De Bezige Bij. Vierkandt, A. (1896) Naturvölker und Kulturvölker. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. Vierkandt, A. (1928) Gesellschaftslehre. Hauptprobleme der philosophischen Soziologie. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. Vincendom-Dumoulin C.A. & C. Desgraz (1843) Les îles marquises ou Nouka-Hiva. Paris: A. Bertrand. Vicedom, G.F. & H. Tischner (1962) Die Mbowamb: Die Kultur der Hagenberg-Stämme in östlichen Zentral-Neuguinea. 3 Vols. Hamburg: Friederichsen & De Gruyter. Vincent, P. (1947) Guerre et population. Population, 1. Vine, I. (1973) Social spacing in animals and man. Soc. Sci. Info., 12, 5, pp. 7-50. Vine, I. (1987) Inclusive fitness and the self-system: The roles of human nature and sociocultural processes in inter-group discrimination. In: Reynolds, Falger & Vine (Eds.), pp. 60-80. Vine, I. (1989) Myth, truth & method: The Tasaday tribe. Paper Conf. Human Ethology, Edinburgh, July-Aug. Virchow, H. (1920) Die menschlichen Skelettreste aus dem Kämpfeschen Bruch im Travertin von Ehringsdorf bei Weimar. Jena. Voegelin, E.W. (1935) Tubatulabal texts. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 34, 3, pp. 191-246. Voegelin, E.W. (1938) Tubatulabal ethnography. Univ. Calif. Anthropol. Rec., 2, 1, pp. 1- 84. Vogel, C. (1975) Intergroup relations of Presbytis entellus in the Kumaon Hills and in Rajasthan (North India) In: Kondo et al. (Eds.), pp. 157-81. Vogel, C. (1989) Vom Töten zum Mord; das wirkliche Böse in der Evolutionsgeschichte. München: Carl Hanser Verlag. Voget, F.W. (1964) Warfare and the integration of Crow Indian culture. In: W.H. Goodenough (Ed.) Explorations in Cultural Anthropology. New York: McGraw- Hill, pp. 483-509. Vogt, P.F. (1902-03) Material zur Ethnographie und Sprache der Guayaki-Indianer. Z. f. Ethnol., 34, pp. 30-45; 35, pp. 849-74. Volhard, E. (1939) Der Kannibalismus. Stuttgart: Strecker und Schröder. Volkan, V.D. (1985) The need to have enemies and allies. Polit. Psychol., 6, 2, pp. 219- 47. Volkan, V.D. (1988) The Need to Have Enemies and Allies: From Clinical Practice to International Relationships. New York: Jason Aronson. Volkan, V.D.; D. Julius & J. Montville (Eds.) (1990-91) The Psychodynamics of International Relationships. 2 Vols. Lexington: Lexington Press. Vollmer, G. (1983) Evolutionäre Erkenntnistheorie. Stuttgart: Hirzel Verlag. Volterra, V. (1928) Variations and fluctuations of the number of individuals in animal species living together. J. Cons. Internat. Explor. Mer., 3, pp. 3-51. Voorzanger, B. (1987) Woorden, waarden en de evolutie van gedrag. Amsterdam: VU Uitgeverij. Voth, H.R. (1912) Brief miscellaneous Hopi papers. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Anthropol. Ser., 11, 2, pp. 91-149. Vree, J.K. de (1982) Foundations of Social and Political Processes: The Dynamics of Human Behaviour, Politics, and Society. Vol. 1: Theory. Bilthoven: Prime Press. Waal, F.B.M. de (1976) Straight-aggression and appeal-aggression in Macaca fascicularis. Experientia, 32, 10, pp. 1268-70. Waal, F.B.M. de (1977) The organization of agonistic relations within two captive groups of Java-monkeys (Macaca fascicularis). Z. f. Tierpsychol., 44, 3, pp. 225-82. Waal, F.B.M. de (1978a) Exploitative and familiarity-dependent support strategies in a colony of semi-free living chimpanzees. Behav., 66, 3-4, pp. 268-312. Waal, F.B.M. de (1978b) Join-aggression and protective aggression among captive Macaca fascicularis. In: Chivers & Herbert (Eds.), pp. 577-79. Waal, F.B.M. de (1982) Chimpanzee Politics: Power and Sex among Apes. London: Jonathan Cape. Waal, F.B.M. de (1987) Dynamics of social relationships. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 421- 29. Waal, F.B.M. de (1988) Verzoening: vrede stichten onder apen en mensen. Utrecht: Spectrum. Waal, F.B.M. de (1989) Peacemaking among Primates. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Waal, F.B.M. de (1992) Aggression as a well-integrated part of primate social relationships: A critique of the Seville Statement on Violence. In: Silverberg & Gray (Eds.), pp. 37-57. Waal, F.B.M. de (1993) Reconciliation among primates: A review of empirical evidence and unresolved issues. In: Mason & Mendoza (Eds.), pp. 111-44. Waal, F.B.M. de & A.H. Harcourt (1992) Coalitions and alliances: A history of ethological research. In: Harcourt & de Waal (Eds.), pp. 1-22. Waal, F.B.M. de & J.A.R.A.M. van Hooff (1981) Side-directed communication and agonistic interactions in chimpanzees. Behav., 77, 3, pp. 164-98. Wagley, C. (1977) Welcome of Tears: The Tapirapé Indians of Central Brazil. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Wagley, C. & E. Galvão (1948) The Tapirapé. In: Steward (Ed.), Vol. 3, pp. 167-78. Wagner, G.H. (1940) The political organization of the Bantu of Kavirondo. In: Fortes & Evans-Pritchard (Eds.), pp. 196-236. Wagner, K. (1906) Der Krieg als schaffendes Weltprinzip. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Waitz, F.T. (1859-62) Anthropologie der Naturvölker. 6 Vols. Leipzig: Fleischer (Vols. 5 and 6 by P. Gerland). Walker, E.E. (1972) The Emergent Native Americans. Boston: Little, Brown. Walker, R.B.J. (1987) Realism, change, and international political theory. Internat. Stud. Quart., 31, 1, pp. 65-86. Wallace, A.F.C. (1968) Psychological preparations for war. In: Fried, Harris & Murphy (Eds.), pp. 173-82. Wallace, A.R. (1853/1972) A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. London: Reeve; New York: Dover. Wallace, A.R. (1864) Origin of the human races and the antiquity of man deduced from the theory of ‘natural selection’. J. Anthropol. Soc., 2, pp. 158-70. Wallace, A.R. (1870) Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection. London: Macmillan. Wallace, A.R. (1889) Darwinism. London: Macmillan. Wallace, A.R. (1891) Natural Selection and Tropical Nature: Essays on Descriptive and Theoretical Biology. London: Macmillan. Wallace, J.M. (1990) Is war a cultural universal? Anthropological perspectives on the causes of warfare in human societies. In: Jongsuk Chay (Ed.) Culture and International Relations. New York: Praeger, pp. 21-33. Wallace, M.D. (1972) Status, formal organization and arms levels as factors leading to the onset of war, 1820-1964. In: B.M. Russett (Ed.) Peace, War, and Numbers. Beverly Hills: Sage, pp. 49-69. Wallace, M.D. (1973) War and Rank among Nations. Lexington: Heath. Wallace, M.D. (1981) Old nails in new coffins: The para bellum hypothesis revisited. J. Peace Res., 18, 1, pp. 91-95. Wallace, W.J. (1949) Hupa warfare. Los Angeles: Southwest. Mus. Leaflet No. 23. Wallace, W.J. (1978) Hupa, Chilula and Whilkut; Southern Valley Yokuts; Northern Valley Yokuts. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 164-79; 448-61; 462-70. Walland, M. (1864) Het eiland Engano. Tijdschr. v. Indische Taal-, Land-, en Volken- kunde, 14. Wallas, G. (1908) Human Nature in Politics. London: Unwin. Wallensteen, P. (1981) Incompatibility, confrontation, and war: Four models and three historical systems, 1816-1976. J. Peace Res. 18, 1, pp. 57-90. Wallensteen, P. (1984) Universalism vs. particularism: On the limits of major power order. J. Peace Res., 21, 3, pp. 243-57. Wallis, D.I. (1964/1970) Aggression in social insects. In: Carthy & Ebling (Eds.), pp. 15- 22; Also in: Southwick (Ed.) 1970. Walsh, M.N. (1971) Psychic factors in the causation of recurrent mass homicide. In: Walsh (Ed.), pp. 1-28. Walsh, M.N. (Ed.) (1971) War and the Human Race. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Walsh, M.N. & B.G. Scandalis (1975) Institutionalized forms of intergenerational male aggression. In: Nettleship, Givens & Nettleship (Eds.), pp. 135-56. Walther, F.R. (1958) Zum Kampf- und Paarungsverhalten einiger Antilopen. Z. f. Tierpsychol., 15, pp. 340-80. Walther, F.R. (1962) Von Waffen und Kämpfen bei Horntieren. Die Blauen Hefte, 3/4. Walther, F.R. (1966) Mit Horn und Huf. Berlin: Parey Verlag. Waltz, K.N. (1959) Man, the State and War. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Waltz, K.N. (1979) Theory of International Politics. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley. Wanders, C. (1903) Die Khoi-Khoin oder Nama. In: Steinmetz (Ed.), pp. 223-251. Ward, L. (1903) Pure Sociology: A Treatise on the Origin and Spontaneous Development of Society. New York: Macmillan. Ward, L. (1906) Applied Sociology. Boston: Ginn. Ward, R.B. (1965) Australia. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. Warnecke, A.M.; R.D. Masters & G. Kempter (1992) The roots of nationalism: Nonverbal behavior and xenophobia. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 13, pp. 267-82. Warner, W.L. (1930) Murngin warfare. Oceania, 1, pp. 457-94. Warner, W.L. (1937) A Black Civilization: A Social Study of an Australian Tribe. New York: Harper. Warnock, G.J. (1976) The Object of Morality. London: Methuen. Warren, C.P. (1977) Palawan. In: LeBar (Ed.), Vol. 2, Section 4, pp. 229-90. Waser, P.M. (1974) Intergroup Interactions in a Forest Monkey: The Mangabey Cercocebus albigena. PhD., Rockefeller Univ. Waser, P.M. (1976) Cercocebus albigena: site attachment, avoidance, and intergroup spacing. Amer. Naturalist, 110, pp. 911-35. Waser, P.M. (1987) Interactions among primate species. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 210- 26. Waser, P.M. & R.H. Wiley (1979) Mechanisms and evolution of spacing in animals. In: P. Marler & J.G. Vandenbergh (Eds.) Handbook of Behavioral Neurobiology. Vol. 3. New York: Plenum Press. Washburn, S.L. (1950) Analysis of primate evolution. In: Origin and Evolution of Man. Cold Spring Harbor Symp., pp. 66-77. Washburn, S.L. (1957) Australopithecines: The hunters or the hunted? Amer. Anthropol., 59, pp. 612-14. Washburn, S.L. (1959) Speculations on the inter-relations of the history of tools and biological evolution. In: Spuhler (Ed.), pp. 21-31. Washburn, S.L. (1960) Tools and human evolution. Sci. Amer., 203, pp. 63-75. Washburn, S.L (Ed.) (1961) The Social Life of Early Man. Chicago: Aldine. Washburn, S.L. (1972) Aggressive behavior and human evolution. In: G.V. Coelho & E.A. Rubinstein (Eds.) Social Change and Human Behavior. Washington DC: USGPO. Washburn, S.L. & V. Avis (1958) Evolution of human behavior. In: Roe & Simpson (Eds.), pp. 421-36. Washburn, S.L. & I. DeVore (1961) The social life of baboons. Sci. Amer., 204, pp. 62-71. Washburn, S.L. & D.A. Hamburg (1968/1972/1973) Aggressive behavior in Old World monkeys and apes. In: Jay (Ed.), 1968, pp. 458-78; Also in: Dolhinow (Ed.), 1972, pp. 276-96; Also in: Otten (Ed.), 1973, pp. 63-81. Washburn, S.L. & R.S. Harding (1975) Evolution and human nature. In: D.A. Hamburg & K. Brodie (Eds.) American Handbook of Pyschiatry, Vol. 6. New York: Basic Books. Washburn, S.L. & F.C. Howell (1960) Human evolution and culture. In: S.Tax (Ed.) The Evolution of Man. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 33-56. Washburn, S.L. & P.C. Jay (Eds.) (1968) Perspectives on Human Evolution. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Washburn, S.L. & C.S. Lancaster (1968) The evolution of hunting. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 293-303. Washburn, S.L. & E.R. McCown (1972) Evolution of human behavior. Social Biol., 19, 2, pp. 163-70. Washburn, S.L. & E.R. McCown (Eds.) (1978) Human Evolution: Biosocial Perspectives. Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings. Washburn, S.L. & R. Moore (1980) Ape into Human: A Study of Human Evolution. Boston: Little, Brown. Wasser, S.K. (Ed.) (1983) Social Behavior of Female Vertebrates. New York: Academic Press. Wastl, J. (1939) Prähistorische Menschenreste aus dem Müschelhügel von Bindjai- Tamiang in Nord-Sumatra. In: Kultur und Rasse. Festschrift z. 60. Geburtstag O. Reches. Leipzig. Watanabe, H. (1973) The Ainu Ecosystem: Environment and Group Structure. Seattle: Univ. Washington Press. Watt, G. (1887) The aboriginal tribes of Manipur. J. Anthropol. Inst., 16, 346-68. Watts, C.R. & A.W. Stokes (1971) The social order of turkeys. Sci. Amer., 224, 6, pp. 112-18. Watts, D.P. (1985) Relations between group size and composition and feeding competition in Mountain gorilla groups. Anim. Behav., 33, 1, pp. 72-85. Watts, D.P. (1989) Infanticide in Mountain gorillas: New cases and a reconsideration of the evidence. Ethol., 81, 1, pp. 1-18. Wauchope, R. & E.Z. Vogt (Eds.) (1969) Handbook of Middle American Indians. 8 Vols. Austin: Univ. Texas Press. Webb, M. (1975) The flag follows trade: An essay on the necessary integration of military and commercial factors in state formation. In: J. Sabloff & C.C. Lamberg Karlovsky (Eds.) Ancient Civilization and Trade. Albuquerque: Univ. New Mexico Press, pp. 155-209. Webb, M. (1984) The state of the art on state origins? Rev. in Anthropol., 11, 4, pp. 270- 81. Webb, P. (1983) The Erotic Arts. New York: Farrar, Strauss, Giroux. Webster, D.L. (1975) Warfare and the evolution of the state: A reconsideration. Amer. Antiquity, 40, pp. 464-70. Webster, D.L. (1977) Warfare and the evolution of Maya civilization. In: R.E. Adams (Ed.) The Origin of Maya Civilization. Albuquerque: Univ. New Mexico Press, pp. 335-72. Wecke, L. & J. de la Haye (1980) Vijandbeelden. In: Everts & Tromp (Eds.), pp. 156-71. Wedgwood C.H. (1930) Some aspects of warfare in Melanesia. Oceania, 1, pp. 5-33. Weede, E. (1975) Weltpolitik und Kriegsursachen im 20. Jahrhundert. München: Oldenbourg. Weeks, J.H. (1909-10) Anthropological notes on the Bangala of the Upper Congo River. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 416-59; 40, pp. 360-427. Weeks, J.H. (1913) Among Congo Cannibals. Philadelphia: Lippincott. Weidenreich, F. (1928) Der Schädelfund von Weimar-Ehringsdorf. Jena: Thüringer Verlagsanstalt. Weidenreich, F. (1943) The skull of Sinanthropus pekinensis, a comparative study of a primitive hominoid skull. Paleontologia Sinica, New Ser. D, pp. 1-298. Weidenreich, F. (1946) Apes, Giants, and Man. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Weidkuhn, P. (1968-69) Aggressivität und Normativität. Anthropos, 63-64, pp. 361-94. Weinberg, R. (1903) Die anthropologische Stellung der Esten. Z. f. Ethnol., 35. Weinert, H. (1951) Der geistige Aufstieg der Menschheit. Stuttgart: Kosmos. Wells, C. et al. (1907) Social Darwinism. Amer. J. Sociol., 7, pp. 695-716. Wells, D.A. (1967/1971) The War Myth. New York: Pegasus. Wesseling, H.L. (1969) Soldaat en krijger: Franse opvattingen over leger en oorlog, 1905-1914. Assen: Van Gorcum. West, J. (1852) The History of Tasmania. Launceston. West, L.J.; A. Paredes & C.C. Snow (1969) Sanity in the Sierra Madre: The Tarahumara Indians. Paper 122nd Ann. Meeting Amer. Psychiat. Assoc., Miami Beach, May. West, T. (1865) Ten Years in South-Central Polynesia. London: Macmillan. West Eberhard, M.J. (1975) The evolution of social behaviour by kin selection. Quart. Rev. Biol., 50, pp. 1-34. Westermann, D.H. (1912) The Shilluk People: Their Language and Folklore. Philadelphia: Foreign Mission Board of Presbyterian Church. Westermarck, E.A. (1889) The History of Human Marriage. New York: Allerton Press. Westermarck, E.A. (1906/1907) Ursprung und Entwicklung der Moralbegriffe. Leipzig: Klinkhardt. Westermarck, E.A. (1934/1935) The blood-feud among some Berbers of Morocco. In: E.A. Westermarck (Ed.) Essays to Seligman. London: Macmillan. Weule, K. (1916) Der Krieg in den Tiefen der Menschheit. Stuttgart: Kosmos. Weyer, E.M. (1932) The Eskimos: Their Environment and Folkways. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Wheeler, G.C. (1910) The Tribe, and Intertribal Relations in Australia. London: Murray. Wheeler, P. (1984) The evolution of bipedality and loss of functional body hair in hominids. J. Human Evolution, 13, pp. 91-98. Wheeler, P. (1985) The loss of functional body hair in man: The influence of thermal environment, body form and bipedality. J. Human Evolution, 14, pp. 23-28. Wheeler, W.M. (1928) Emergent Evolution and the Development of Societies. New York: Norton. Wheeler, V. (1974) Drums and Guns: A Cross-Cultural Study of the Nature of War. PhD., Univ. Oregon. Whetham, W.C.D. (1917) The war and the race. Quart. Rev., 227, pp. 17-38. Whiffen, T.W. (1915) The North-West Amazons: Notes on Some Months Spent among Cannibal Tribes. New York: Scribner's. White, D.R. (1988) Rethinking polygyny: Co-wives, codes, and cultural systems. Current Anthropol., 29, pp. 519-72. White, D.R. (1989) Warfare and related codes for the Standard Sample, drawing on subsample codes by Ember and Ember. World Cultures, 5#4. White, D.R. & M.L. Burton (1988) Causes of polygyny: Ecology, economy, kinship and warfare. Amer. Anthropol., 90, 4, pp. 871-87. White, L.A. (1949) The Science of Culture: A Study of Man and Civilization. New York: Farrar, Straus & Cudahy. White, L.A. (1959) The Evolution of Culture: The Development of Civilization to the Fall of Rome. New York: McGraw Hill. White, R.B. (1884) The aboriginal races of the North-Western provinces of South America. J. Anthropol. Inst., 13, pp. 240-56. White, R.C. (1963) Luiseño social organization. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. & Ethnol., 48, 2, pp. 91-194. White, R.K. (1984) Fearful Warriors. New York: Free Press. White, R.K. & R. Lippitt (1960) Autocracy and Democracy: An Experimental Inquiry. New York: Harper. White, T.D. (1986) Cut marks on the Bodo cranium: A case of prehistoric defleshing. Amer. J. Phys. Anthropol., 69, pp. 503-9. White, T.D. (1992) Prehistoric Cannibalism at Mancos 5MTUMR-2346. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. White, T.D. & N. Toth (1991) The question of ritual cannibalism at Grotta Guattari. Current Anthropol., 32, pp. 103-38. White, W.A. (1919) Thoughts of a Psychiatrist on the War and After. New York: Hoeber. Whitehead, N.L. (1984) Carib cannibalism: The historical evidence. J. Société des Américanistes, 70, pp. 69-88. Whitehead, N.L. (1990) The snake warriors: Sons of the tiger’s teeth: A descriptive analysis of Carib warfare, ca. 1500-1820. In: Haas (Ed.), pp. 146-70. Whitehead, N.L. (1992) Tribes make states and states make tribes: Warfare and the creation of colonial tribes and states in northeastern South America. In: Ferguson & Whitehead (Eds.), pp. 127-50. Whitehead, N.L. & R.B. Ferguson (Eds.) (i.p.) Expanding States and Native Warfare. Whiten, A. & R.W. Byrne (1988) Taking (Machiavellian) intelligence apart: Editorial. In: Byrne & Whiten (Eds.), pp. 51-65. Whiting, B.B. (1950) Paiute Sorcery. New York: Viking Fund Publ. in Anthropol. 15. Whiting, B.B. (1965) Sex identity conflict and physical violence: A comparative study. Amer. Anthropol., 67, 6, Pt 2, 123-40. Whiting, B.B. & J.W.M. Whiting (1975) Children of Six Cultures: A Psycho-Cultural Analysis. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Whiting, J.W.M. (1941) On Becoming a Kwoma: Teaching and Learning in a New Guinea Tribe. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Whiting, J.W.M. (1944) The frustration complex in Kwoma society. Man, 44, 155, pp. 140-44. Whiting, J.W.M. (1969) Effects of climate on certain cultural practices. In: A.P. Vayda (Ed.) Environment and Cultural Behavior. New York: Nat. Hist. Press, pp. 416-55. Whiting, J.W.M. & I.L. Child (1953) Child Training and Personality: A Cross-Cultural Study. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Whiting, J.W.M.; R. Kluckhohn & A.S. Anthony (1958) the function of male initiation ceremonies at puberty. In: E.E. Maccoby, T. Newcomb & E. Hartley (Eds.) Readings in Social Psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Whiting, J.B.M. et al. (1967) The learning of values. In: E.Z. Vogt & E.M. Albert (Eds.) People of Rimrock: A Study of Values in Five Cultures. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press, pp. 83-125. . Wiberg, H. (1981) JPR 1964-1980: What have we learnt about peace? J. Peace Res., 18, 2, pp. 111-48. Wied-Neuwied, Maximilian Prinz zu (1820) Reise nach Brasilien in den Jahren 1815 bis 1817. 2 Vols. Frankfurt a.M.: Joseph Baer. Wiessner, P. (1982) Risk, reciprocity and social influences on !Kung San economics. In: Leacock & Lee (Eds.), pp. 61-84. Wight, M. (1979) Power Politics. London: Pelican. Wilhelm, J.H. (1953-54) Die !Kung Buschleute; Die Hukwe. Jahrbuch d. Museums f. Völkerkunde, Leipzig, 12, pp. 91-189; 13, pp. 8-44. Wilkinson, D. (1980) Deadly Quarrels: Lewis F. Richardson and the Statistical Study of War. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Wilkinson, P.F. & C.C. Shank (1976) Rutting-fight mortality among musk oxen on Banks Island, Northwest Territories, Canada. Anim. Behav., 24, 4, pp. 756-58. Wilkinson, R.J.A. (1910) The aboriginal tribes. Papers on Malay Subjects, Suppl. Kuala Lumpur: Government Printer. Wilkinson, R.J.A. (1920) A History of the Peninsular Malays. Singapore: Kelley & Walsh. Willhoite, F.H. (1977) Evolution and collective intolerance. J. Politics, 39, 3, pp. 667-84. Willhoite, F.H. (1980) Evolutionary biology and political authority. Human Ethol. Newsletter, 31, pp. 10-24. Williams, B.J. (1968) The Birhor of India and some comments on band organization. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 126-31. Williams, G.C. (1966) Adaptation and Natural Selection: A Critique of Some Current Evolutionary Thought. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Williams, G.C. (1975) Sex and Evolution. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Williams, G.C. (1979) The question of adaptive sex ratio in outcrossed vertebrates. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, B205, pp. 567-80. Williams, G.C. (1988) Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics in sociobiological perspective. Zygon, 4, pp. 385-411. Williams, G.C. (1992) Natural Selection: Domains, Levels and Challenges. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. Williams, J. (n.d.) Some remarks on the island of Espirito Santo, New Hebrides. Proc. Roy. Geograph. Soc. Australasia, 6 (incomplete reference in Hobhouse et al., 1915). Williams, R. (1590) A Briefe Discourse of Warre. London Williams, R. (1973) Social Darwinism. In: J. Benthall (Ed.) The Limits of Human Nature. London: Oxford Univ. Press, pp. 115-30. Williams, R.M. (1947) The Reduction of Intergroup Tensions. New York: Soc. Sci. Res. Council. Williams, R.M. (1972) Conflict and social order: A research strategy for complex propositions.. J. Soc. Issues, 28, 1, pp. 11-26. Williams, R.M. (1977) Mutual Accomodation: Ethnic Conflict and Cooperation. Minneapolis: Univ. Minnesota Press. Williamson, R.W. & R. Piddington (1939) Essays in Polynesian Ethnology. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Willis, R.G. (1989) The ‘peace puzzle’ in Ufipa. In: Howell & Willis (Eds.), pp. 133-45. Willoughby, W.C. (1905) Notes on the totemism of the Becwana. J. Anthropol. Inst., 35, pp. 295-314. Wilmsen, E.N. (1973) Interaction, spacing behavior, and the organization of hunting bands. J. Anthropol. Res., 29, 1, pp. 1-31. Wilmsen, E.N. (1989) Land Filled with Flies: A Political Economy of the Kalahari. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Wilmsen, E.N. & J.R. Denbow (1990) Paradigmatic history of San-speaking peoples and current attempts at revision. Current Anthropol., 31, pp. 489-507. Wilser, L. (1904) Die Germanen. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Wilson, A.P. (1969) Social behavior of free-ranging rhesus monkeys with an emphasis on aggression. Dissert. Abs., 29 (12-B), p. 4494. Wilson, A.P. & R.C. Boelkins (1970) Evidence for seasonal variation in aggressive behavior by Macaca mulatta. Anim. Behav., 18, pp. 719-24. Wilson, D.S. (1980) The Natural Selection of Populations and Communities. Menlo Park: Benjamin Cummings. Wilson, D.S. (1994) Adaptive genetic variation and human evolutionary psychology. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 51, 4, pp. 219-35. Wilson, E.O. (1970) Competitive and aggressive behavior. Soc. Sci. Info., 9, 6, pp. 123-54. Wilson, E.O. (1971) The Insect Societies. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Wilson, E.O. (1973) Group selection and its significance for ecology. BioSci., 23, pp. 631- 38. Wilson, E.O. (1975) Sociobiology: The New Synthesis. Cambridge MA; Harvard Univ. Press Wilson, E.O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Wilson, H.C. (1958) Regarding the causes of Mundurucu warfare. Amer. Anthropol, 65, pp. 355-69. Wilson, M. & M. Daly (1985) Competitiveness, risk-taking, and violence: The young male syndrome. Ethol. & Sociobiol., 6, 1, pp. 59-73. Wilson, N.L. (1957-63) Nisenan Fieldnotes. Unpubl. Manuscript. Wilson, N.L. & A.H. Towne (1978) Nisenan. In: Sturtevant & Heizer (Eds.), Vol. 8, pp. 387-97. Wilson, W. & N. Miller (1961) Shifts in evaluation of participants following intergroup competition. J. Abnorm. Soc. Psychol., 63, pp. 428-31. Wind, J. (1980) Man’s selfish genes, social behavior and ethics. J. Soc. & Biol. Structures, 3, pp. 33-41. Wind, J. (1982) Primatology and sociobiology. In: A.B. Chiarelli & R.S. Corruccini (Eds.) Advanced Views in Primate Biology. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Wind, J. (1984/1985) Sociobiology and the human sciences: An introduction. J. Human Evolution, 13, pp. 3-24; Also in: Wind (Ed.), 1985, pp. 3-24. Wind, J. (Ed.) (1985) Essays in Human Sociobiology. Vol. 1. New York: Academic Press. Wind, J. & V. Reynolds (Eds.) (1986) Essays in Human Sociobiology. Vol. 2. Brussels: VUB Press. Windass, S. (1964) Christianity versus Violence: A Social and Historical Study of War and Christianity. London: Sheed & Ward. Wingfield, J.C. & D.M. Lewis (1993) Hormonal and behavioural responses to simulated territorial intrusion in the cooperatively breeding white-browed sparrow weaver, Plocepasser mahali. Anim. Behav., 45, 1, pp. 1-11. Winship, G.P. (1896) The Coronado expedition, 1540-42. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 14, Pt 1, pp. 329-613. Winstedt, R. (1950) The Malays: A Cultural History. New York: Philosophical Library. Winter, H.R. (1901) Ook onderdanen onzer koningin: Een bezoek aan de tamme Koeboes. De Indische Gids, 23, pp. 208-48. Winter, K.W. de (1984) Biological and cultural evolution: Different manifestations of the same principle: A systems-theoretical approach. J. Human Evolution, 13, pp. 61-70. Winterhalder, B. & E.A. Smith (Eds.) Hunter-Gatherer Strategies: Ethnographic and Archaeological Analysis. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Winthrop, R.H. (1991) Dictionary of Concepts in Cultural Anthropology. Westport: Greenwood Press. Wissler, C. (1906) The Blackfoot. Ann. Archaeol Rep. for 1905, Toronto. Wissler, C. (1912) Social life of the Blackfoot Indians. Anthropol. Papers Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, Pt 1, pp. 1-64. Wissler, C. (1914) The influence of the horse in the development of Plains culture. Amer. Anthropol., 16, pp. 1-25. Wissler, C. (Ed.) (1916) Societies of the Plains Indians. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Wissler, C. (1917) The American Indian: An Introduction to the Anthropology of the New World. New York: D.C. McMurtrie. Wissler, C. (1923) Man and Culture. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Wissler, C. (1941) North American Indians of the Plains. New York: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Wissmann, H. von (1886-87) Meine zweite Durchquerung Aequatorial Afrikas. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Wissmann, H. von (1888) Im Inneren Afrikas. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Wissmann, H. von (1889) Unter deutscher Flagge quer durch Afrika von West nach Ost. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Wit, J. de & W.W. Hartup (Eds.) (1974) Determinants and Origins of Aggressive Behavior. The Hague: Mouton. Wittfogel, K.A. (1957) Oriental Despotism: A Comparative Study of Total Power. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press. Wolf, E.R. (1982) Europe and the People without History. Berkeley: Univ. California Press. Wolf, E.R. (1987) Cycles of violence: The anthropology of war and peace. In: K. Moore (Ed.) Waymarks: The Notre Dame Inaugural Lectures in Anthropology. Univ. Notre Dame, pp. 127-50. Wolf, K.E & J.G. Fleagle (1984) Male response to ‘stranger’ females as a function of reproductive value among chimpanzees. Amer. Naturalist, 123, pp. 163-74. Wollaston, A.F.R. (1912) Pygmies and Papuans: The Stone-Age Today in Dutch New Guinea. London: Smith, Elder & Co. Wood, B.A. (1978) Human Evolution. New York: Wiley. Wood, B.A. (1992a) Origin and evolution of the genus Homo. Nature, 355, pp. 783-90. Wood, B.A. (1992b) Evolution of Australopithecines. In: Jones, Martin & Pilbeam (Eds.), pp. 231-40. Wood, B.A.; L.B. Martin & P. Andrews (Eds.) (1986) Major Topics in Primate and Human Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. Wood, D. (1968) Conflict in the twentieth century. Adelphi Paper, 48. Wood, G. (1957) The Tiruray. Philippine Sociol. Rev., 5, pp. 12-39. Wood, J.G. (1868-70) The Natural History of Man: Being an Account of the Manners and Customs of the Uncivilized Races of Men. 2 Vols. London: Routledge & Sons. Woodburn, J.C. (1964) The Social Organization of the Hadza. PhD., Univ. Cambridge. Woodburn, J.C. (1968) An introduction to Hadza ecology; Stability and flexibility in Hadza residential groupings. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 49-55; 103-10. Woodburn, J.C. (1982) Egalitarian societies. Man, 17, pp. 431-51. Woodburn, J.C. (1988) African hunter-gatherer social organization: Is it best understood as a product of encapsulation? In: Ingold et al. (Eds.), Vol. 1, pp. 31-64. Woodford, C.M. (1890) A Naturalist among the Headhunters. Melbourne: E.A. Petherick. Woodford, C.M. (1909) The canoes of the British Solomon Islands. J. Anthropol. Inst., 39, pp. 506-16. Woodhouse, H.C. (1979) The Bushmen Art of Southern Africa. Sydney: Macdonald & James. Woodhouse, H.C. (1987) Inter- and intragroup aggression illustrated in the rock paintings of South Africa. S. Afr. J. Ethnol., 10, 1, pp. 42-48. Woodhouse, H.C. (1988) Images of war: A problem in San rock art research. Pictogram, 1, 2, pp. 4-6. Woodhouse, H.C. (1993) Conflict, Weapons and Warfare in the Rock Art of Southern Africa. Johannesburg: Inst. Study of Man. Woods, F.A. & A. Baltzly (1915) Is War Diminishing? Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Woods, J.D. (Ed.) (1879) The Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide: Wigg. Woolfenden, G.E. & J.W. Fitzpatrick (1984) The Florida Scrub Jay: Demography of a Cooperatively-Breeding Bird. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. Worchel, S. (1974) Societal restrictiveness and the presence of outlets for the release of aggression. J. Cross-Cultural Psychol., 5, 1, pp. 109-23. Worchel, S. & W.G. Austin (Eds.) (1986) Psychology of Intergroup Relations. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. Worchel, S. & J.A. Simpson (Eds.) (1993) Conflict between People and Groups: Causes, Processes, and Resolutions. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. Worchel, S.; E.A. Lind & K.H. Kaufman (1975) Evaluations of group products as a function of expectations of group longevity, outcome of competition, and publicity of evaluations. J. Person. & Soc. Psychol., 31, 6, pp. 1089-97. World Archaeol. (1986) Weaponry and warfare. World Archaeol., 18, 2. Wrangham, R.W. (1975) The Behavioural Ecology of Chimpanzees in Gombe National Park, Tanzania. PhD., Univ. Cambridge. Wrangham, R.W. (1977) Feeding behaviour of chimpanzees in Gombe National Park, Tanzania. In: Clutton-Brock (Ed.) pp. 77-89. Wrangham, R.W. (1979) On the evolution of ape social systems. Soc. Sci. Info., 18, pp. 355-86. Wrangham, R.W. (1980) An ecological model of female-bonded primate groups. Behav., 75, 3-4, pp. 262-300. Wrangham, R.W. (1985) War in evolutionary perspective. In: D. Pines (Ed.) Emerging Syntheses in Science. New Mexico: Rio Grande Inst. Wrangham, R.W. (1987a) The significance of African apes for reconstructing human social evolution. In: Kinzey (Ed.), pp. 51-71. Wrangham, R.W. (1987b) Evolution of social structure. In: Smuts et al. (Eds.), pp. 282-96. Wrangham, R.W. & D.I. Rubenstein (1986) Social evolution in birds and mammals. In: Rubenstein & Wrangham (Eds.), pp. 452-70. Wrangham, R.W. & B.B. Smuts (1980) Sex differences in behavioural ecology of chimpanzees in Gombe National Park, Tanzania. J. Reprod. Fert. (Suppl.), 28, pp. 13-31. Wrench, G.T. (1926) The Causes of War and Peace. London: Fisher Unwin. Wright, H.T. (1977) Recent research on the origin of the state. Ann. Rev. Anthropol., 6, pp. 379-97. Wright, P.C. (1978) Home range, activity pattern, and agonistic encounters of a group of night monkeys (Aotus trivirgatus) in Peru. Folia Primatol., 29, 1, pp. 43-55. Wright, Q. (1942/1965) A Study of War. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press. Wright, Q. (1955) The Study of International Relations. New York: Appleton. Wu R. & S. Lin (1983) Peking Man. Sci. Amer., 248, 6, pp. 86-94. Wuketits, F.M. (1993) Verdammt zur Unmoral? Zur Naturgeschichte von Gut und Böse. München: Piper. Wynne-Edwards, V.C. (1962) Animal Dispersion in Relation to Social Behavior. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd.

Yablonsky, L. (1962) The Violent Gang. New York: Macmillan. Yamagiwa, J. (1983) Diachronic changes in two eastern lowland gorilla groups (Gorilla gorilla graueri) in the Mt. Kahuzi region, Zaïre. Primates, 24, 2, pp. 174-83. Yamagiwa, J. (1985) Sociosexual factors of troop fission in wild Japanese monkeys (Macaca fuscata yakui) on Yakushima Island, Japan. Primates, 26, 2, pp. 105-20. Yamagiwa, J. (1987) Intra- and inter-group interactions of an all-male group of Virunga Mountain gorillas (Gorilla gorilla beringei). Primates, 28, 1, pp. 1-30. Yates, A.J. (1962) Frustration and Conflict. London: Methuen. Yellen, J.E. & R.B. Lee (1976) The Dobe-/Du/da environment: Considerations for a hunting and gathering way of life. In: Lee & DeVore (Eds.), pp. 1-46. Yengoyan, A.A. (1977) Southeast Mindanao. In: LeBar (Ed.), Section 4, pp. 79-116. Yoshiba, K. (1966) A case of new troop formation and social organization in Hanuman langurs. Primates, 7, 3. Yoshiba, K. (1968) Local and intertroop variability in ecology and social behavior of common Indian langurs. In: Jay (Ed.), pp. 217-42. Yrjö-Koskinen, Y.K. (1890) Suomalaisten etc. Jyväskylä.

Zagoskin, L.A. (1967) Lieutenant Zagoskin’s Travels in Russian America, 1842-1844, etc. Toronto: Univ. Toronto Press. Zahavi, A. (1975) Mate selection: A selection for a handicap. J. Theoret. Biol., 53, pp. 205-14. Zahavi, A. (1977a) The testing of a bond. Anim. Behav., 25, 246-47. Zahavi, A. (1977b) Reliability in communication systems and the evolution of altruism. In: Stonehouse & Perrins (Eds.), pp. 253-59. Zahavi, A. (1981) Natural selection, sexual selection and the selection of signals. In: G.E. Scudder & J.L. Reveal (Eds.) Evolution Today. Pittsburgh: Carnegie-Mellon Univ. Press, pp. 133-38. Zahavi, A. (1987) The theory of signal selection; Fighting and altruism in Arabian babblers. Paper and presentation ESS Conf., Jerusalem, Jan. Zahavi, A. (1990) Arabian babblers: The quest for social status in a cooperative breeder. In: P.B. Stacey & W.D. Koenig (Eds.) Cooperative Breeding in Birds. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 103-30. Zastrow, B. von & H. Vedder (1930) Die Buschmänner. In: E. Schultz-Ewerth & L. Adam (Eds.), pp. 399-435. Zeeman, E.C. (1976) Catastrophe theory. Sci. Amer., 234, 4, pp. 65-83. Zegwaard, G.A. (1959) Head-hunting practices of the Asmat of Netherlands New Guinea. Amer. Anthropol., 61, 6, pp. 1020-41. Also in: Vayda (Ed.), 1968, pp. 421-50. Zenk, H.B. (1990) Kalapuyans; Alseans; Siuslawans and Coosans. In: Sturtevant & Suttles (Eds.), Vol. 7, pp. 547-53; 568-71; 572-79. Zigler, E. & I.L. Child (1969) Socialization. In: E. Aronson & G. Lindzey (Eds.) Handbook of Social Psychology. Vol. 3. Zigmond, M.L. (1986) Kawaiisu. In: Sturtevant & D'Azevedo (Eds.), Vol. 11, pp. 398- 411. Zihlman, A.L. (1978) Women and evolution: 2. Subsistence and social organization. Signs, 4, pp. 4-20. Zihlman, A.L. (1981) Women as shapers of the human adaptation. In: Dahlberg (Ed.), pp. 77-120. Zihlman, A.L. & N.M. Tanner (1976) Women and evolution: 1. Innovation and selection in human origins. Signs, 1, pp. 585-608. Zihlman, A.L. & N.M. Tanner (1978) Gathering and the hominid adaptation. In: L. Tiger & H. Fowler (Eds.) Female Hierarchies. Chicago: Beresford Books, pp. 163-94. Zillmann, D. (1979) Hostility and Aggression. Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum. Zillmann, D. (1984) Connections between Sex and Aggression. Hillsdale: L. Erlbaum. Zimbardo, P.G. (Ed.) (1969) The Cognitive Control of Aggression. Glenview: Scott, Foresman. Zimbardo, P.G. (1974) On ‘Obedience to Authority’. Amer. Psychol., 29, pp. 566-67. Zimen, E. (1978) The Wolf: A Species in Danger. New York: Delacourt Press. Zmarzlick, H.G. (1972) Social Darwinism in Germany seen as a historical problem. In: H. Holborn (Ed.) Republic to Reich: The Making of the Nazi Revolution. New York: Vintage. Zubrow, E. (1989) The demographic modelling of Neanderthal extinction. In: Mellars & Stringer (Eds.), pp. 212-31. Zuckerman, S. (1932) The Social Life of Monkeys and Apes. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Zur, O. (1987) The psychohistory of warfare: The co-evolution of culture, psyche and enemy. J. Peace Res., 24, 2, pp. 125-34. Zur, O. (1991) The love of hating: The psychology of enmity. Hist. Europ. Ideas, 4, pp. 345-69.